Skip to main content

Full text of "Education by radio (1937)"

See other formats


■  •  ,'  ■'  •;  '  '•'  ■■•.■':  -v.^')/:,, -I, ;■■■  '■  . 

'  '  '■'  ^  ‘’  '•  •■  ^  ■  ('  ■'  V' '  •.;*  ■* ;  '•? '.  ' 


>'■? 


n 


r  •  ':  ■  ' 

'. '  tv  V, 

yi 


Education  by  Radio 


Volume  Seven 

lumbers  1-12  lueliii«ive 
•laniiar.v  -  lleceiiiber  1937 


A  Bulletin  to  I'roinute  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Ediieational, 
Uiiltural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


National  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio 
One  Madison  Avenue 
New  York,  N.  Y. 

1937 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2017  with  funding  from 
Media  History  Digital  Library 


https://archive.org/details/educationbyradio07nati 


VOLUME  VII  TABLE  OF  CONTEXTS  15L*I7 

Number  Date  Page 

1  January —  The  Educational  Broadcasting  Conference .  1 

2  February —  Is  Radio  Living  up  to  its  Promise? .  5 

Dr.  Tyson  Retires  from  the  Radio  Field  .  8 

3  March —  Social  Values  in  Broadcasting .  9 

4  April —  So  They  Don’t  Want  Educational  Programs? .  13 

Radio  at  the  New  Orleans  Convention .  14 

Guideposts  for  Producing  Educational  Programs .  16 

5  May —  Government  and  Radio  .  17 

6  June —  Eighth  Institute  for  Education  by  Radio  23 

California  Experiments  with  Radio  Education  .  26 

7  July —  The  Radio  Panorama .  29 

8  August —  Detroit’s  Plan  for  Educational  Broadcasts .  35 

The  Contribution  of  School  Broadcasting  37 

Radio  as  a  Classroom  Device .  38 

9  September —  Another  Perspective  on  Broadcasting . 39 

10  October —  How  Much  Clean  Up? .  45 

1 1  November — ■  A  Public  Broadcasting  Service .  49 

12  December —  A  Report  of  Stewardship .  55 


[  iii  1 


‘"M 


‘■f.. 


m 


HT^jltv:«'>  w  aJa#.T 

. 


■„ 

B  ■  '■‘'%Vfv 


m  *■  ^ 

iiy  mmA&f  ^ 


fTL.  •., 


'  ijiIl«iiA::HJhK‘t  ')(I'V  I 


.  /)|  »n  »ifj  i^nivlJ  otbcH  vl 

nibilM  ifll  tWfn?  1 


'  ’»''■  ,  '  -T 


- .  ai  •rti/tety 


tn)|V/  j’atiCI  ^('^f^T 

.rmi)fr;tvno"  >  AiisJtiQ  •>rff  Jn  oihi.>l 

(jatr-Itji'imj-iM  ittbubfti’l  lol  ^iwcphiun 


>ih«H  hfijfi  irt?)fnifi’j‘jv<»i) 


rtihuH ’cd  noUA^HUil  loV'iJuJtitr.nl  rfirf;|i/l 
Tr.aMiir*wKi  ftihtJJ  rfllw 


S  luntsiottw*!  oH>j;5l  ,')/i  r, 


I  Ipl  rtaH  l 

'M'ifld?  If)  nuihidnliti/^ 


."•f‘i  >bRC»i&  ftf)  *)Vii>K;(^’)'lr^')i(jrifsA  ■ -j  »yflrwt<p>'At 

rbwf/.  '^rt)H 


r  r.  V  ,.  ■%  '  •  .  J 

_■  <  i  ‘  'L  u-  £■'  S’  s”'  -  ^  --(iS; 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


Volume  7 


JANUARY  1937 


Number  I 


The  Educational  Broadcasting  Conference 

The  first  national  conference  on  educational  broad¬ 
casting,  held  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  December  10-12,  was 
definitely  successful  as  an  overview  of  current  practises  in  educa¬ 
tional  broadcasting.  It  reflected  what  seems  to  be  a  general  appro¬ 
bation  of  the  present  system  of  broadcasting,  but  introduced  enough 
criticism  to  indicate  that  room  for  much  improvement  still  exists. 
It  avoided,  in  accordance  with  the  wishes  of  the  eighteen  sponsoring 
organizations,  any  attempt  to  pass  resolutions  or  to  agree  upon 
conclusions.  It  moved  with  a  smoothness  which  reflected  great  credit 
upon  its  managers. 

During  the  course  of  the  conference  two  separate  and  distinct 
areas  of  interest  developed.  One  included  the  general  sessions,  which 
dealt  with  subjects  of  widespread  interest.  The  second  was  composed 
of  section  meetings  devoted  to  specialized  interests. 

The  general  sessions  were  designed  to  create  a  broad  background 
of  information  and  understanding  about  radio.  One  meeting  was 
given  over  to  a  description  of  basic  engineering  facts  and  an  inter¬ 
pretation  of  their  importance.  Other  meetings  took  up  questions  of 
the  use  of  radio  in  politics  and  in  education.  Certain  speeches  dealt 
with  the  social  significance  of  this  new  medium  of  mass  communi¬ 
cation.  It  may  be  said  that  the  conference  came  to  a  climax  around 
the  great  topic  assigned  to  the  banquet  evening,  “The  Influence  of 
Radio  on  the  Comity  of  Nations.” 

Several  of  the  speeches  at  the  general  sessions  were  thought-pro¬ 
voking  and  -highly  worthwhile.  A  number  of  the  others  were  largely 
descriptive  rather  than  analytical.  These  related  what  was  happening, 
with  apparent  acceptance  of  the  assumption  that  current  practise 
is  a  satisfactory  answer  to  problems  for  which  some  people  are  still 
seeking  a  solution.  In  one  or  two  instances  speakers  raised  straw  men 
which  had  been  felled  for  years. 

The  only  one  of  the  general  sessions  in  which  interest  lagged  was 
that  dealing  with  engineering  facts.  Four  highly  reputable  radio  tech¬ 
nicians  failed  to  simplify  sufficiently  for  a  lay  audience  the  compli¬ 
cated  charts  and  mathematical  formulas  of  their  profession.  This 
should  not  be  taken  to  indicate  that  engineering  facts  cannot  be 
simplified  for  public  consumption.  In  this  particular  instance,  how¬ 
ever,  that  very  desirable  contribution  to  public  understanding  fell 
short  of  accomplishment. 

The  general  sessions,  taken  as  a  whole,  contributed  little  towards 
a  solution  of  the  problems  which  sooner  or  later  must  be  faced  in 
broadcasting.  This  suggests  that  whether  another  conference  is  to 
grow  out  of  the  recent  one  or  is  called  de  nouveau  at  some  future 
time  more  emphasis  might  well  be  placed  on  analyzing  specifically 
the  remaining  problems.  In  this  connection  it  might  be  suggested 

[  1  ] 


Any  educational  system  on  the  air 

-  would  be  but  a  hollow  thing  if  it  were  not 
fundamental  in  it  that  those  participating  in  the 
program  were  free  at  all  times  to  seek  the  truth 
wherever  it  might  be  found,  and,  having  found  it, 
to  proclaim  it.  Unless  the  people  in  their  might 
stand  firm  to  protect  educational  broadcasting 
from  the  witchhunters,  then  it  had  better  not  be 
undertaken  at  all.  Freedom  of  the  press,  freedom 
of  assemblage,  freedom  of  speech,  and  that  aca¬ 
demic  freedom  which  is  implicit  in  freedom  of 
speech,  constitute  the  piles  driver  to  bedrock 
upon  which  our  institutions  securely  stand. 
These  rights  must,  as  a  matter  of  course,  extend 
to  and  be  inseparable  from  any  program  of  edu¬ 
cational  broadcasting  that  is  worth  the  snap  of  a 
finger.  While  the  radio  should  not  be  subjected  to 
abuse,  neither  should  it  suffer  from  the  stran¬ 
gulation  of  either  standardization  or  censorship. 
— -Harold  L.  Ickes,  U.  S.  Secretary  of  the  In¬ 
terior. 


Educational  broadcasting,  like 

commercial  broadcasting,  must  not  only 
obtain  the  halls  and  classrooms,  that  is,  the  time 
on  the  air;  it  must  also  induce  people  to  come, 
as  a  voluntary  audience,  to  the  programs  given  in 
these  classrooms.  In  neither  field  does  it  follow 
that,  given  a  powerful  station  and  a  favorable 
hour,  a  large  audience  automatically  tunes  in.- — 
Henry  C.  Link,  secretary.  Psychological  Corpo¬ 
ration. 


Title  page,  Table  of  Contents,  and  Index 
for  Education  by  Radio,  Volume  VI,  1936, 
will  be  supplied  free  on  request  for  the  use  of 
persons  who  wish  to  bind  or  preserve  perma¬ 
nently  sets  of  this  publication.  Please  send 
stamped,  self-addressed  envelope  to  Room  308, 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  Missing 
issues  to  use  in  completing  sets  for  binding  or 
filing  will  be  supplied  free  while  they  last. 

• 

All  quotations  given  in  this  issue  of 
.  Education  by  Radio  are  from  addresses 
made  before  the  First  National  Conference  on 
Educational  Broadcasting  held  in  Washington, 
D.  C.,  December  10,  11,  and  12,  1936.  Complete 
proceedings  of  the  conference  will  be  published 
in  book  form  by  the  University  of  Chicago  Press. 


VOL.  7  JANUARY  1937  No.  1 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 

is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Organizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G.  Crane,  chairman,  president.  University  of 
VVyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  National  Association 
of  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education,  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

J.  0.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  of 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  National  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B.  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  of  Edu¬ 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  St.  Louis  University, 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  of 
State  Superintendents. 

Willis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schools,  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  of  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
U  niversities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president,  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Council  on  Education. 

MEMBER  EDUCATIONAL  PRESS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  AMERICA 


My  prediction  is  that  the  major  future 
developments  in  broadcasting  lie  with  local 
broadcasting  service  rather  than  in  the  field  of 
national  broadcasting  service.  National  broad¬ 
casting  thru  chains  of  stations  is  well  advanced 
toward  saturation.  .  .  Obviously  national  pro¬ 
gram  service  either  by  telephone,  wire,  or  by 
transcription  will  turn  to  national  sources  for 
educational  programs.  .  .  On  the  other  hand,  sta¬ 
tions  with  predominantly  local  service  objectives 
will  turn  to  local  educational  and  other  civic 
agencies  for  public  service  programs.  .  .  .  Here 
is  the  opportunity  for  educational  institutions! 
If  the  present  American  plan  of  radio  is  main¬ 
tained  by  the  Federal  Communications  Commis¬ 
sion  then  there  will  be  ample  opportunity  for 
schools  to  use  these  local  outlets.  Then  the  prob¬ 
lem  becomes  one  of  whether  educational  institu¬ 
tions  can  build  programs  able  to  compete  with 
national  programs  for  listener  interest. — William 
Dow  Boutwell,  director.  Educational  Radio 
Project,  U.  S.  Office  of  Education. 

• 

Greater  safeguards  for  the  freedom 

of  the  air  are  desirable.  No  abuses  have 
developed  which  would  justify  an  effort  at  this 
time  to  take  control  of  the  broadcasting  business 
out  of  the  hands  of  the  broadcasting  companies 
and  station  licensees,  but  arrangements  should  be 
devised  by  means  of  which  the  radio  listeners  of 
the  country  may  be  better  protected  against  un¬ 
wise  use  of  the  power  of  editorial  supervision  by 
the  managers  of  the  great  chains  and  the  pro¬ 
prietors  of  local  stations. — Arthur  N.  Hol¬ 
combe,  Harvard  University. 


that  the  fruitfulness  of  such  a  conference  could  be  enhanced  by  apply¬ 
ing  the  recognized  forum  procedure  and  allowing  the  immediate  and 
direct  questioning  of  speakers. 

This  point  of  view  could  scarcely  be  accommodated  within  the 
limitations  under  which  the  recent  conference  was  planned.  Its 
primary  design  was  to  secure  for  the  program  maximum  prestige 
thru  outstanding  personalities  in  the  fields  both  of  scholarship  and 
of  practical  experience  in  broadcasting  and  its  uses.  It  is  an  accepted 
custom  that  distinguished  speakers  such  as  these  are  accorded  wide 
latitude  in  the  matter  of  speech  preparation.  It  was  unavoidable, 
therefore,  that  a  sharply  contrasting  program  built  around  current 
radio  issues  which  might  have  been  discussed  with  timely  advantage 
should  have  to  wait  its  turn  at  some  later  date. 

None  of  the  comments  so  far  made  are  particularly  applicable  to 
the  second  area  of  the  conference’s  interest,  namely,  the  special  sec¬ 
tions  dealing  with  specific  problems.  In  this  area  there  was  more 
sureness  of  touch  and  more  definite  accomplishment.  Indeed,  the 
general  impression  gained  from  attending  a  number  of  the  section 
meetings  was  that  these  gave  a  true  reflection  of  the  extent  to  which 
a  mastery  of  radio  had  been  achieved  by  the  educators.  They  fol¬ 
lowed  very  closely  the  pattern  of  the  Institute  for  Education  by 
Radio  conducted  annually  at  the  Ohio  State  University. 

If  there  are  such  things  as  stages  of  development  in  the  mastery  of 
a  subject,  the  educators,  judging  from  the  frequency  with  which  they 
used  the  word,  were  in  the  stage  of  “technics.”  “Technic”  seemed  to 
be  on  the  lips  of  everyone.  It  made  its  appearance  under  one  guise  or 
another  in  most  of  the  sessions.  It  seemed  to  reflect  a  fixed  conviction 
on  the  part  of  a  large  majority  of  conferees  that  the  important  thing 
in  educational  broadcasting  at  present  is  the  development  of  special 
skills  which  have  a  practical  application  to  the  specific  business  of 
broadcasting. 

In  the  first  of  the  conference  sections  listed  on  the  program, 
namely,  “Broadcasting  as  a  Community  Enterprise,”  the  discussion 
centered  around  technics  by  which  the  broadcasting  station  could 
make  itself  more  a  part  of  its  community.  A  representative  of  a 
local  commercial  radio  station  in  Peoria,  Illinois,  outlined  what  is 
perhaps  the  outstanding  example  of  successful  technic  for  this  pur¬ 
pose.  In  Peoria  several  years  ago  the  local  station  found  itself  with 
a  very  small  listening  audience  and  with  little  acceptance  as  a 
community  institution.  Its  managers  decided  to  make  the  station  a 
champion  of  certain  local  reforms,  being  careful  both  to  avoid 
questions  of  political  controversy  around  which  prejudices  had 
become  established  and  to  select  problems  having  a  rather  obvious 
solution.  They  began  to  editorialize  on  the  air.  In  a  surprisingly 
short  time  they  had  made  their  station  a  vital  force  in  their  com¬ 
munity  and  had  won  a  growing  public  support  which,  incidentally, 
meant  an  audience  highly  salable  to  advertisers.  ' 

Another  device  of  the  same  station  was  to  have  its  news  commen¬ 
tator  break  into  any  program  which  might  be  on  the-  air  whenever 
he  received  news  of  particular  interest  to  the  listeners.  The  result 
has  been  that  people  leave  their  radio  sets  tuned  to  that  particular 
station  lest  they  miss  some  especially  interesting  item  of  local  news. 
Since  no  other  station  is  in  a  position  to  supply  the  same  kind  of  in¬ 
formation,  the  local  station  in  Peoria  has  a  definite  advantage  over 
its  most  severe  competitors,  the  chain  broadcasting  stations. 

By  applying  these  technics  this  particular  station  has  convinced 
its  listeners  that  it  is  operating  in  their  public  interest.  It  no  longer 
has  to  court  the  favor  of  public  officials  or  to  beg  for  the  support  of 
educators  and  other  leaders  whose  names  will  make  a  “front”  for 


[2] 


the  renewal  of  its  license.  It  has  made  a  place  for  itself  not  only  in 
its  community  but  also  in  the  broadcasting  spectrum. 

In  some  of  the  other  sessions  such  as  those  dealing  with  the  radio 
workshop,  measuring  the  audience,  and  labor’s  experience  in  radio, 
other  special  technics  with  which  to  achieve  specific  purposes  were 
discussed.  The  judgment  seemed  to  be  that  if  the  proper  technics 
could  be  developed,  almost  any  purpose  could  be  achieved. 

In  the  section  on  radio  workshops  the  technics  discussed  became 
so  numerous  as  to  be  confusing.  If  it  was  not  clear  at  the  beginning 
just  what  constituted  a  radio  workshop,  it  was  even  less  clear  when 
the  session  ended.  This  was  not  surprising  because  both  the  name 
and  the  concept  are  very  new.  In  this  discussion  the  term  was 
stretched  to  include  everything  from  the  preparation  of  radio  pro¬ 
grams  within  a  single  department  of  a  college  or  university  to  the 
radio  project  of  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Education,  which  gives  full-time 
occupation  to  many  people  and  puts  out  a  considerable  variety  of 
scripts  and  broadcasting  materials.  However,  in  spite  of  all  the 
confusion  it  was  evident  that  radio  workshops  have  become  a  vital 
part  of  educational  broadcasting  and  that  no  agency  can  afford  to 
undertake  putting  programs  on  the  air  without  benefit  of  the  tech¬ 
nics  which  they  represent. 

The  emphasis  on  technics  was  so  completely  dominant  in  the 
various  sections  that  almost  for  the  first  time  it  overshadowed  the 
complaints  of  educators  about  the  lack  of  money  with  which  to  take 
advantage  of  the  opportunity  offered  by  radio.  The  lack  of  money 
still  exists.  Educational  stations  are  struggling  along  on  budgets 
totally  inadequate  to  the  proportions  of  their  task.  Special  educa¬ 
tional  projects  in  broadcasting  are  suffering  from  the  scarcity  of 
funds.  But  in  this  conference  there  was  evidence  of  a  definite  con¬ 
viction  that  with  the  development  of  technics  and  the  increased 
application  of  intelligence  much  more  effective  educational  broad¬ 
casting  could  be  done  within  the  limits  of  present  finance. 

In  the  section  on  labor  and  radio  there  was  a  particularly  inter¬ 
esting  contribution.  This  group  represented  what  was  admittedly  a 
special  economic  interest.  Those  present  emphasized  that  radio 
is  no  more  than  a  medium  of  communication  and  that  its  effective¬ 
ness  depends  first  and  last  upon  the  program  any  particular  group 
can  prepare  to  further  its  purposes.  The  speakers  emphasized  the 
need  for  a  sequence  of  steps,  viz:  first,  preparing  a  program  which 
would  tell  the  labor  story;  second,  reshaping  that  program  until  its 
script  had  the  qualities  of  intrinsic  excellence;  third,  selling  the 
program  to  its  own  supporters;  and,  finally,  seeking  the  opportunity 
to  put  the  message  on  the  air  in  the  best  radio  form. 

Two  rather  definite  conclusions  seemed  to  represent  the  con¬ 
sensus  of  opinion  in  the  section  on  classroom  broadcasting.  One  was 
that  broadcasting  for  classroom  use  must  be  more  closely  integrated 
with  the  curriculum.  This  seemed  to  imply  that  the  broadcasting 
must  be  done  by  local  stations  for  particular  school  systems  and 
could  not  be  done  effectively  by  national  broadcasting  systems  for 
general  school  use.  The  second  conclusion  seemed  to  be  that  class¬ 
room  broadcasts  should  be  more  carefully  controled  and  more 
exactly  evaluated.  Technics  for  this  purpose  appeared  to  involve 
a  more  careful  formulation  of  objectives,  a  more  precise  determi¬ 
nation  of  changes  induced  in  pupils  by  the  broadcasts,  and  a 
scientific  evaluation  of  the  results  achieved  in  terms  of  the  accepted 
objectives. 

The  impression  must  be  avoided  that  every  section  was  concerned 
primarily  with  technics.  In  some  sections,  indeed,  the  thinking  of 
the  participants  had  not  advanced  to  the  point  where  they  had  devel- 


I  OFFER  for  your  consideration  six  goals  for 
the  use  of  radio  in  the  service  of  education 
during  the  next  ten  years: 

First:  the  vigorous  development  of  educational 
radio  producing  groups.  I  should  like  to  see  sev¬ 
eral  thousand  competent  school  and  college  stu¬ 
dent  radio  producing  groups  by  1946.  I  should 
like  to  see  them  presenting  highgrade  programs 
regularly  on  both  local  commercial  and  educa¬ 
tional  stations. 

Second:  Further  cooperation  between  educators 
and  broadcasters  thru  the  Federal  Radio  Educa¬ 
tion  Committee.  This  will  require  faith  on  the 
part  of  all  concerned  and  adequate  finances  for 
investigation  and  research  definitely  planned  to 
clear  away  the  obstacles  which  now  thwart  our 
progress  in  the  development  of  education  by 
radio. 

Third:  Further  experimentation  and  demon¬ 
stration  in  educational  radio  by  the  Office  of 
Education  and  expansion  of  its  service  to  aid 
national,  state,  and  local  agencies  interested  in 
the  problem. 

Fourth:  Development  of  practical  training  fa¬ 
cilities  for  educators  responsible  for  creating 
educational  radio  programs  or  in  using  such  pro¬ 
grams  for  instructional  purposes. 

Fifth:  Establishment  of  shortwave  stations  by 
many  local  school  systems  to  serve  rural  areas  as 
well  as  urban  centers. 

Sixth:  More  adequate  support  for  existing  edu¬ 
cational  radio  stations  with  an  increase  in  their 
power  and  time  to  enable  them  to  serve  a  large 
clientele. — John  W.  Studebaker,  U.  S.  Commis¬ 
sioner  of  Education. 


• 

I  AM  ADVOCATING  no  lessening  in  the  effort 
to  make  the  finest  and  best  of  classical  music 
an  actual  and  necessary  part  of  the  daily  lives  of 
all  kinds  of  people.  I  am  simply  presenting  to  you 
as  a  problem  the  necessity  of  awakening  in  our 
people  such  a  sense  of  discrimination  and  appre¬ 
ciation  of  workmanship  that,  whatever  the  music 
— classical,  semi-classical,  or  purely  popular,  they 
will  demand  the  most  careful  preparation  and  im¬ 
peccable  performance  as  the  price  of  their  listen¬ 
ing  and  praise.  Given  this  as  an  accomplished  fact, 
an  increase  in  the  national  interest  in  the  highest 
and  noblest  treasures  of  music  must  follow.— 
Julius  F.  Seebach,  program  director.  Mutual 
Broadcasting  System. 


The  commission  is  sincerely  interested 
in  and  is  wholeheartedly  supporting  the 
movement  looking  toward  the  development  of  a 
comprehensible  plan  for  education  by  radio.  We 
believe  it  can  be  done. — Anning  S.  Prall, 
chairman.  Federal  Communications  Commission. 


Requests  for  the  special  supplement  to 
Education  by  Radio,  which  was  published 
in  connection  with  the  First  National  Conference 
on  Educational  Broadcasting,  have  been  so  nu¬ 
merous  that  it  is  being  included  in  the  January 
mailing. 


[3] 


IT  WOULD  PROBABLY  BE  good  counsel  to 
the  educators  of  the  United  States  to  advise 
them  to  keep  fully  informed  on  the  technical  and 
industrial  developments  in  the  ultra-high-fre¬ 
quency  domain  and  to  study  carefully  in  advance 
what  may  probably  be  accomplished  by  the  use 
of  the  radio  and  visual  broadcasting  services 
which  can  be  established  in  this  domain.  It  would 
also  be  well  if  carefully  planned  broadcasting  of 
educational  material  were  carried  out  using  these 
new  frequencies  and  the  novel  forms  of  transmis¬ 
sion  such  as  facsimile  and  television  which  they 
render  possible.  However,  if  education  is  to  derive 
its  full  benefit  from  these  new  instrumentalities 
of  science  it  will  involve  much  sober  thought, 
cooperative  effort,  and  systematic  planning  on 
the  part  of  educators. — Alfred  N.  Goldsmith, 
consulting  industrial  engineer. 


IN  DISCUSSING  the  results  of  radio  research, 
may  I  start  with  a  statement  that  has  become 
almost  axiomatic  in  the  radio  industry;  namely, 
“The  program  makes  the  audience.”  This  basic 
fact  regarding  programs,  early  discovered,  holds 
true  to  the  present,  and  it  must  be  borne  in  mind 
that  any  data  presented  in  studies  of  listening 
time,  ebb  and  flow  of  audience  at  different  hours, 
variation  in  listening  habits  among  income  classes 
and  various  inconsistencies  of  the  radio  audience, 
result  from,  and  are  not  the  cause  of,  listener 
reaction  to  various  programs.  In  short,  the  pro¬ 
gram  is  the  key  to  radio’s  success.  Good  programs 
build  audiences  and  popularity;  poor  programs 
deflate  the  audience  and  the  effectiveness  of  radio 
as  a  social  and  economic  force. — Samuel  E. 
Gill,  director  of  research,  Crossley,  Inc. 


May  I  URGE  the  consideration  of  one  more 
problem.  In  some  respects  it  is  the  most 
important  of  all,  and  yet  it  seems  to  have  received 
the  least  attention.  That  is  the  problem  of  how  to 
use  the  programs  that  are  broadcast.  Of  what 
avail  is  it  to  devise  better  educational  broadcasts 
if  the  schools  are  not  prepared  to  *take  full  ad¬ 
vantage  of  them?  Program  presentation  is  a  prob¬ 
lem  that  broadcasters  and  educators  both  can 
grapple  with,  but  program  reception  in  the  class¬ 
room  is  one  with  which  broadcasters  are  not 
competent  to  deal.  So  we  toss  it  hopefully  into 
the  lap  of  the  educators. — Ernest  LaPrade,  Na¬ 
tional  Broadcasting  Company. 


Government  operation  ot  a  neces¬ 
sary  enterprise  should  exist  only  where  pri¬ 
vate  management  has  shown  an  absolute  inability 
to  give  the  public  satisfactory  service.  It  is 
unthinkable  that  in  the  matter  of  education  in 
broadcasting,  the  professional  educators  and  the 
radio  interests  have  not  the  ability  to  work  out 
policies  adequate  to  the  situations.  All  that  is 
needed  is  a  spirit  of  cooperation,  of  mutual 
confidence  and  concerted  approach. — William 
Mather  Lewis,  president,  Lafayette  College. 


oped  technics  which  they  could  discuss.  This  seemed  to  be  particu¬ 
larly  true  in  the  sections  on  listening  groups  and  propaganda. 

There  were  some  splendid  reports  on  listening  groups  showing 
that  great  achievement  could  be  wrought  by  mere  enthusiasm  and 
much  effort.  But  no  formulas  had  been  developed  on  the  basis  of 
which  the  successful  organization  of  additional  listening  groups 
could  be  predicated.  Rather,  the  impression  seemed  to  be  that  at 
present  no  formula  is  possible.  It  may  be,  as  was  suggested  in  the 
report  on  the  labor  section,  that  the  effective  organization  of  listen¬ 
ing  groups  must  wait  until  programs  more  specifically  designed  for 
the  service  of  such  groups  are  being  produced.  It  may  be  that  when 
such  special  programs  have  been  developed  they  will  constitute  the 
best  impetus  toward  organizing  listening  groups  and  maintaining 
the  interest  of  participants. 

In  the  section  on  propaganda  the  failure  to  reach  any  considera¬ 
tion  of  specific  technics  was  not  that  technics  were  lacking  but  that 
limitations  of  time  prevented  the  discussion  from  getting  down  to 
them.  The  discussion  started  with  questions  and  definitions  as 
to  what  was  education  and  what  was  propaganda.  From  that  it 
progressed  to  a  recognition  that  there  can  be  no  complete  freedom 
of  the  air  so  long  as  radio  stations  have  to  be  licensed,  and  that, 
inevitably,  certain  individuals  must  exercise  control  as  to  what  is 
or  is  not  to  be  allowed  on  the  air.  The  question  was  raised  as  to  who 
should  exercise  this  control.  Before  the  possible  answers  to  that  ques¬ 
tion  could  be  explored  the  audience  began  deserting  the  conference 
room  to  listen  to  the  abdication  speech  of  King  Edward  VIII  and  the 
meeting  had  to  be  adjourned. 

In  contrast  to  the  majority  of  the  sections,  which  were  concerned 
with  technics  or  did  not  reach  the  stage  of  discussing  them,  there 
were  some  sections  which  seemed  to  be  pointing  the  way  to  the  next 
and  future  stage  of  radio  development.  These  sections  accepted  the 
inevitability  and,  no  less,  the  desirability  of  the  widespread  use  of 
technics.  Indeed,  most  of  those  in  attendance  upon  these  sections 
were  already  successful  users  of  many  of  the  technics.  They  had 
reached  the  stage  where  they  were  faced  with  the  problem  of 
creating  a  framework  of  organized  cooperation  within  which  the 
various  technics  and  the  people  interested  in  using  them  could  func¬ 
tion  with  maximum  effectiveness. 

This  was  particularly  true  in  the  section  on  state  planning  for 
radio.  There  the  representatives  of  a  number  of  states  reported  on 
the  devices  already  being  used  in  an  effort  to  secure  cooperation. 
While  the  details  of  these  reports  differed  considerably,  they  indi¬ 
cated  that  the  trend  was  toward  some  version  of  state  boards  or 
their  equivalent.  Attention  was  more  or  less  focussed  around  the 
public  radio  board  plan  which  has  been  described  at  various  times  in 
these  columns.^  Certainly  the  plan  gained  new  acceptance,  which 
seems  to  promise  that  it  will  be  an  increasingly  important  factor 
in  future  discussions  of  cooperative  enterprise  in  radio. 

Thruout  the  conference  friendliness  and  good  will  prevailed. 
Representatives  of  government,  commercial  broadcasting  interests, 
and  educational  groups  recognized  their  common  responsibility  for 
the  improvement  of  broadcasting.  They  saw  together  the  social  values 
of  this  great  instrument  of  communication.  They  realized  that  its 
potentialities  are  yet  to  be  achieved.  Many  of  them  were  convinced 
anew  of  the  necessity  of  closer  collaboration  to  the  end  that  broad¬ 
casting  may  attain  its  widest  social  usefulness. 

'  “New  Mexico  Plans  State  Radio  Service.”  Education  by  Radio  6:  2-3,  January-February  1936. 
“An  American  Public  Radio  Board  Plan.”  Education  by  Radio  6:  13-15.  May  1936. 

“A  Basis  for  Cooperation.”  Education  by  Radio  6:  45-48,  December  1936  Supplement. 

[4] 


Lan 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


L  R  A  D  I  O 


Volume  7 


FEBRUARY  1937 


Number  2 


Is  Radio  Living  up  to  its  Promise? 

The  fifth  inaugural  program  of  the  WEVD  University  of 
the  Air,  broadcast  from  the  auditorium  of  the  College  of  the 
City  of  New  York  on  December  18,  1936,  suggested  a  new  per¬ 
spective  from  which  to  view  the  problems  of  educational  broadcast¬ 
ing.  Its  point  of  departure  was  the  question  of  whether  or  not  radio 
was  living  up  to  its  promise.  It  led  to  a  consideration  of  fundamental 
social  values  in  broadcasting,  with  a  minimum  of  disturbance  to  those 
ancient  issues  which  have  been  the  cause  of  endless  controversy. 

The  program  consisted  of  a  series  of  four  addresses  followed  by 
a  panel  discussion.  The  addresses  were  delivered  by  Dr.  John  W. 
Studebaker,  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Education,  Hon.  George  Henry 
Payne,  member  of  the  Federal  Communications  Commission,  and 
S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary.  National  Committee  on  Education  by 
Radio.  Hendrik  Willem  Van  Loon,  historian  and  author,  acted  as 
chairman  and  master  of  ceremonies. 

The  panel  was  composed  of:  Dean  Ned  H.  Dearborn,  New  York 
University;  Mark  Eisner,  assistant  superintendent  of  schools.  New 
York,  N.  Y.;  Dr.  Henry  Pratt  Fairchild,  New  York  University; 
Dr.  Frank  Kingdon,  president.  University  of  Newark;  Dr.  Sandor 
Lorand;  Prof.  Robert  Morss  Lovett,  University  of  Chicago;  and 
Dr.  Levering  Tyson,  director.  National  Advisory  Council  on  Radio 
in  Education. 

The  discussion  started  with  a  narrowing  of  the  subject  and  a  defi¬ 
nition  of  terms.  It  was  readily  accepted  that  the  speakers  were  to 
be  concerned  only  about  broadcasting.  While  there  was  not  so  much 
agreement  when  it  came  to  determining  the  promise  by  which  broad¬ 
casting  was  to  be  judged,  most  of  the  speakers  seemed  to  feel  that 
there  was  a  promise  of  social  service  inherent  in  the  public  nature 
of  this  great  medium  of  mass  communication.  However,  one  panel 
member  expressed  the  opinion  that  radio  had  made  no  promise  to 
him  and  that  he  had  no  right  to  make  demands  upon  the  program 
makers. 

What  is  the  promise  of  radio  broadcasting?  There  is  no  definition 
upon  which  people  commonly  agree.  That  may  be  one  of  the  reasons 
why  so  much  misunderstanding  is  rampant  and  why,  in  the  past,  so 
much  suspicion  has  existed. 

It  would  be  very  interesting  to  have  their  interpretations  of  the 
promise  of  radio  written  by  representatives  of  the  different  factions 
within  the  governmental  regulatory  body,  by  the  broadcasting  indus¬ 
try,  including  both  the  independent  stations  and  the  chain  systems, 
and  by  different  citizens’  groups.  Such  a  procedure  might  pave  the 
way  for  a  rapprochement  and  for  the  establishment  of  a  real  basis  of 
cooperation  between  the  different  groups. 

None  of  the  speakers  at  the  WEVD  Inaugural  attempted  to  make 


CARLTON  H.  LARRABEE,  in  an  address 
before  the  National  Council  of  Teachers  of 
English  in  Boston  on  November  28,  1936,  re¬ 
minded  English  teachers  that  listening  to  the  radio 
is  one  of  the  chief  interests  of  high  school  children 
and  that  many  phases  of  English  work  can  be 
vitalized  by  correlating  them  with  the  radio.  He 
suggested : 

“Take  letter  writing  for  example.  A  study  of 
over  three  thousand  New  York  City  school  chil¬ 
dren  by  I.  L.  Eisenberg  disclosed  that  73  percent 
of  them  had  at  some  time  voluntarily  written  to  a 
radio  station.  Ask  your  pupils  to  write  such  a 
letter,  and  they  will  gladly  write  and  rewrite  until 
their  letters  are  perfect. 

“A  renewed  interest  in  composition  writing  will 
result  from  an  assignment  like  this;  ‘Listen  to¬ 
night  to  such  and  such  a  program.  Pretend  you’re 
a  radio  critic  for  a  newspaper.  After  the  drama 
has  been  given,  write  a  review  of  it.’ 

“Original  material  for  pretended  radio  presenta¬ 
tion  can  take  the  form  of  plays,  forum  talks,  book 
reviews,  dialogs,  and  news  items,  and  many  scenes 
from  literature  can  be  dramatized  and  vitalized 
by  adaptation  to  broadcasting.  If  your  school  has 
a  portable  loudspeaker  system,  or  if  your  pupils 
can  borrow  or  even  construct  one,  you  have  an 
excellent  means  for  motivating  good  speech.  If 
high  school  pupils  stand  before  a  real  microphone 
connected  to  a  loudspeaker,  they  will  take  all  the 
pains  they  would  if  actually  broadcasting. 

“According  to  a  doctor’s  dissertation  recently 
submitted  to  the  University  of  Michigan  by  Paul 
T.  Rankin,  listening  constitutes  45  percent  of  our 
life  communication  but  receives  only  8  percent  of 
school  emphasis.  This  leads  to  the  conclusion  that 
schools  should  provide  more  training  in  systematic 
listening,  and  radio  may  be  one  of  the  chief  means. 
Pupils  can  be  encouraged  to  build  well-rounded 
vocabularies  thru  the  addition  of  words  heard  over 
the  radio. 

“Even  outside  reading  will  take  on  a  new  in¬ 
terest  if  pupils  are  encouraged  or  allowed  to  read 
and  report  on  radio  books  and  periodicals.” 


'^HE  UNIVERSITY  OF  KENTUCKY  broad- 
casts  daily,  Monday  thru  Friday,  over  sta¬ 
tion  WHAS,  Louisville,  a  50,000  watt  dear- 
channel  station  which  can  be  heard  over  a  large 
midwestern  territory.  The  University  publishes  a 
free  booklet  giving  a  complete  list  of  its  programs. 
For  copies  of  the  booklet  write  to  Elmer  G. 
Sulzer,  director,  publicity  bureau.  University  of 
Kentucky,  Lexington,  Ky. 


[5] 


VOL.  7 


FEBRUARY  1937 


No.  2 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 

is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howakd  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Organizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G.  Crane,  chairman,  president,  University  of 
Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  National  Association 
of  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education.  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

J.  0.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  of 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  National  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B.  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  oj  Edu¬ 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  St.  Louis  University, 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  of 
State  Superintendents. 

Willis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schools,  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture^  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  oj  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
U  niversities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president,  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Council  on  Education. 

MEMBER  EDUCATIONAL  PRESS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  AMERICA 


AT  IOWA  STATE  COLLEGE  a  course  in 
radio  is  being  presented,  sponsored  jointly 
by  the  department  of  technical  journalism  and 
the  department  of  public  speaking.  Special  at¬ 
tention  is  paid  to  continuity  writing  and  the 
young  people  enroled  in  the  class,  insofar  as  their 
voices  will  warrant  using  them,  are  having  some 
experience  in  broadcasting  news  items  over  the 
college  radio  station,  WOI.  The  course  is  being 
administered  by  Prof.  Blair  Converse,  head  of  the 
department  of  technical  journalism. 


WHEREAS  radio  offers  such  vital  oppor¬ 
tunities  for  serving  parents,  teachers,  and 
pupils,  and  the  country  at  large,  therefore 

Be  it  resolved  that  the  Texas  Congress  of 
Parents  and  Teachers  urge  that  definite  plans  for 
educational  broadcasting  for  the  public  school 
system  of  Texas  be  further  developed; 

Be  it  further  resolved  that  they  cooperate  with 
other  agencies  in  education  by  radio. — Adopted  by 
the  Texas  Congress  of  Parents  and  Teachers,  Fort 
Worth,  Texas,  November  1936. 

• 

The  MICHIGAN  STATE  COLLEGE  OF 
THE  AIR,  broadcast  over  WKAR,  Michi¬ 
gan  State  College  station,  reports  that  its  enrol¬ 
ment  during  the  present  term  is  more  than  double 
that  of  the  comparable  period  last  year.  Seven 
courses  are  being  offered,  including  a  weekly 
period  from  the  Michigan  State  Capitol  in  which 
the  various  departments  of  state  government  are 
visited. 


any  thoro  analysis  of  the  promise  of  broadcasting.  They  chose  rather 
to  rest  upon  the  clause  in  the  Radio  Act  of  1927  which  says  that  all 
radio  stations  licensed  by  the  federal  government  must  operate  in 
the  “public  interest,  convenience,  and  necessity.”  Then  they  pro¬ 
ceeded  to  discuss  the  questions  of  whether  or  not  stations  were  oper¬ 
ating  in  the  public  interest  and  what  ought  to  be  done  about  their 
present  practises. 

Commissioner  Payne  was  very  frank  in  admitting  that  from  his 
point  of  view  broadcasting  had  not  fulfilled  its  promise.  He  indicated 
a  willingness  to  join  his  fellow  members  of  the  Commission  in  accept¬ 
ing  their  share  of  the  blame.  He  seemed  to  feel,  however,  that  the 
lion’s  share  of  guilt  rested  with  the  so-called  radio  lobby.  He  said: 

A  more  disagreeable  aspect,  and  a  more  sinister  one,  deterring  radio  from 
living  up  to  its  promise,  is  the  fact  that  the  radio  lobby  in  Washington  has  filled 
the  radio  “industry”  with  the  novel  idea  that  they  control  the  government. 

For  two  and  a  half  years  I  have  watched  the  operations  of  this  lobby  which  has 
endeavored  to  dictate  the  actions  of  the  Federal  Communications  Commission. 

When  I  speak  of  its  contemptuous  attitude  toward  educational  and  cultural 
matters  I  am  not  hazarding  any  guess.  I  am  speaking  from  facts.  An  important 
broadcaster,  a  man  who  has  acted  as  an  official  of  an  organization,  sat  in  my  office 
one  day  arguing  about  the  perfectability  of  the  radio  program.  We  were  naturally 
at  different  ends  of  the  question — he  declaring  that  the  programs  as  given  today 
were  perfect.  Finally  I  drew  out  some  letters  and  extracts  from  letters  of  many 
college  presidents  thruout  the  country  and  showed  him  that  they  were  far  from 
satisfied  with  the  present  set-up. 

His  answer  was,  “What  the  hell  do  them  college  presidents  know!” 

Other  speakers'  took  up  different  aspects  of  the  problem  but  none 
of  them  spoke  with  the  directness  of  Commissioner  Payne.  Likewise, 
none  of  them  saw  fit  to  specify  reasons  why  radio  had  not  fulfilled 
its  promise  with  anything  like  the  exactness  of  a  report,  4  Years  oj 
Network  Broadcasting,^  made  public  recently  by  the  Committee  on 
Civic  Education  by  Radio  of  the  National  Advisory  Council  on 
Radio  in  Education  and  the  American  Political  Science  Association. 
Dr.  Thomas  H.  Reed,  chairman  of  that  committee,  announced  the 
report  at  the  First  National  Conference  on  Educational  Broadcast¬ 
ing  held  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  last  December.  While  that  report  has 
nothing  to  do  with  the  WEVD  Inaugural  Program,  it  so  effectively 
tells  the  story  of  the  difficulties  encountered  by  Dr.  Reed’s  com¬ 
mittee  in  its  efforts  to  cooperate  with  commercial  broadcasters  that 
it  merits  inclusion  at  this  point.  The  two  passages  which  probably 
will  be  most  widely  quoted  and  which  will  have  the  most  bearing  on 
the  future  of  educational  broadcasting  are  as  follows: 

Nevertheless  the  relations  of  the  Committee  with  the  NBC  have  not  been 
entirely  satisfactory,  and  we  are  about  to  recite  them  in  some  detail  because  to  do 
so  will  shed  considerable  light  on  the  whole  relation  of  educational  broadcasting 
and  the  radio  industry.  Our  experience  has  demonstrated  a  conflict  between  the 
commercial  interests  of  the  broadcasting  company  and  the  educational  uses  of 
radio  which  threatens  to  become  almost  fatal  to  the  latter.  Educational  broadcast¬ 
ing  has  become  the  poor  relation  of  commercial  broadcasting,  and  the  pauperiza¬ 
tion  of  the  latter  has  increased  in  direct  proportion  to  the  growing  affluence  of  the 
former.  .  .  . 

It  is  our  contention,  therefore,  that  the  NBC  had  neither  the  will  nor  the  power 
to  provide  the  “You  and  Your  Government”  thirteenth  series  with  a  satisfactory 
network.  Nor  did  it  seem  able  to  tell  us  just  what  network  it  had  provided  so  that 
we  might  adjust  our  merchandising  to  it.  In  the  case  of  an  educational  program  of 
long  duration  it  is  not  so  important  to  have  a  long  list  of  stations  as  it  is  to  have 
an  accurate  and  permanent  list.  Twenty  stations,  if  you  knew  what  they  were  and 
could  rely  on  them,  might  prove  as  profitable  a  field  for  promotional  activity  as 
forty  shifting  and  uncertain  stations.  Imagine  the  devastating  effect  on  the  useful¬ 
ness  of  radio  in  education  when  classes  which  have  begun  listening  to  a  series  in 
good  faith  are  cut  off  because  the  time  is  sold. 

During  the  discussion  at  the  WEVD  Inaugural  the  question  was 
directly  raised  as  to  whether  or  not  government  ownership  and  opera- 

^4  Years  of  Network  Broadcasting  will  be  reproduced  in  full  in  the  proceedings  of  the  First  National 
Conference  on  Educational  Broadcasting,  to  be  published  by  the  University  of  Chicago  Press. 


[6] 


tion  of  broadcasting  facilities  would  insure  a  greater  degree  of  ful¬ 
fillment  of  the  promise  of  radio.  Dr.  Studebaker  gave  an  answer 
which  is  one  of  the  most  complete  and  probably  one  of  the  most 
acceptable  to  educators  which  has  ever  been  given.  Because  of  its 
great  significance  it  is  quoted  at  length.  He  said ; 

The  greatest  danger  inherent  in  the  present  system  of  broadcasting  is  the 
tendency  to  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  ownership  of  the  air  waves  is  vested  in  the 
people  themselves  and  not  in  the  hands  of  those  who  have  the  financial  means 
necessary  to  the  control  of  the  daily  use  of  these  air  waves.  To  quote  from  the 
Federal  Radio  Commission’s  views  as  formally  expressed  in  1928,  “While  it  is 
true  that  broadcasting  stations  in  this  country  are  for  the  most  part  supported  or 
partially  supported  by  advertisers,  broadcasting  stations  are  not  given  these  great 
privileges  by  the  United  States  Government  for  the  primary  benefit  of  advertisers. 
Such  benefit  as  is  derived  by  advertisers  must  be  incidental  and  entirely  secondary 
to  the  interests  of  the  public.  Since  the  number  of  channels  is  limited  and  the 
number  of  persons  desiring  to  broadcast  is  far  greater  than  can  be  accommodated, 
the  Commission  must  determine  from  among  the  applicants  before  it  which  of 
them  will,  if  licensed,  best  serve  the  public.  In  a  measure  perhaps,  all  of  them 
give  more  or  less  service.  Those  who  give  the  least,  however,  must  be  sacrificed 
for  those  who  give  the  most.  The  emphasis  must  be  first  and  foremost  on  the 
interest,  the  convenience,  and  the  necessity  of  the  listening  public  and  not  on  the 
interest,  convenience,  or  necessity  of  the  individual  broadcaster  or  the  advertiser.” 

Imagine  for  an  instant  the  howls  of  indignation  that  would  have  gone  up  from 
the  public  if  the  New  York  Times  on  the  morning  of  December  11  had  come  out 
with  the  entire  front  page  devoted  to  an  advertisement  of  a  department  store  while 
the  story  of  Edward’s  abdication  was  buried,  say,  on  page  15.  This  may  be  an 
extreme  example,  but  to  a  degree  it  parallels  some  radio  programs  which  obviously 
devote  more  time  to  the  advertiser’s  story  than  to  the  presentation  of  the  program 
itself.  Indeed  the  financial  life  of  the  Thnes  is  just  as  dependent  upon  classified 
and  display  advertising  as  is  the  life  of  the  commercial  station  dependent  upon 
sponsors  for  its  programs. 

In  radio  as  in  the  press,  the  program  and  the  story  are  the  sought-for  objectives, 
while  the  advertising  is  but  the  means  to  these  ends.  Once  we  begin  shoving  our 
ads  further  and  further  toward  the  front  page  in  radio  we  compel  the  people  to 
protest,  and  thru  their  voice — the  government — eventually  to  bar  advertising 
altogether.  If  broadcasting  ever  becomes  too  largely  a  soliloquy  of  merchandising 
ballyhoo,  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  may  be  forced  to  deny  addi¬ 
tional  commercial  licenses  on  the  grounds  that  the  public  interest,  convenience, 
and  necessity  are  not  being  properly  served  by  commercial  stations.  Should  this 
occur,  then  the  government  must  assume  the  responsibility  of  serving  the  public 
interest,  convenience,  and  necessity.  Once  the  profit  motive  is  discredited  thru 
poor  management,  then  government  ownership  and  operation  become  the  more 
favorable  alternative. 

I  think  it  is  true  that  the  great  majority  of  educators  do  not  now  want  govern¬ 
ment  ownership  and  operation  of  radio.  They  want  to  work  out  their  problem  with 
the  broadcaster  under  the  present  system.  This  problem  can  be  worked  out.  It  is 
inconceivable  that  we  cannot  sit  down  together  and  work  out  our  plans  in  harmony 
for  the  greatest  benefit  to  all  concerned.  If  this  problem  is  not  solved,  and  I  think 
a  failure  to  solve  it  is  a  remote  possibility,  then  the  educator  will  be  forced  to 
favor  operation  by  a  government  which  would  recognize  the  duties  of  the  educator 
to  disseminate  knowledge  and  develop  civic  enlightenment  over  the  air. 

There  was  no  discussion  of  the  kind  of  cooperation  which  might 
be  effected.  However,  there  was  mention  of  the  Federal  Radio  Edu¬ 
cation  Committee  as  a  means  for  bringing  together  the  different 
groups  concerned.  This  occurred  in  the  address  of  Mr.  Evans,  who 
concluded  his  remarks  with  the  following  words ; 

At  present  there  is  no  satisfactory  basis  for  cooperation  between  these  two 
groups  [broadcasters  and  educators],  A  sincere  effort  to  secure  such  cooperation 
is  being  made  thru  the  Federal  Radio  Education  Committee,  of  which  Dr.  John 
W.  Studebaker,  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Education,  is  chairman.  If  that  committee 
receives  the  unqualified  support  of  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  and 
can  maintain  the  confidence  of  both  the  commercial  broadcasters  and  the  educa¬ 
tional  and  cultural  interests,  it  will  become  the  greatest  single  factor  in  the  con¬ 
structive  evolution  of  broadcasting. 

I  am  not  implying  that  even  the  Federal  Radio  Education  Committee  can  make 
radio  fulfill  its  promise  overnight.  Should  that  committee  be  able  to  secure  com¬ 
plete  cooperation  of  all  the  agencies  concerned,  there  are  still  so  many  difficulties 
to  be  overcome  and  so  many  problems  to  be  solved  that  only  as  those  of  us 
interested  in  making  radio  a  culturally  constructive  force  maintain  an  eternal 
vigilance,  can  we  have  any  real  hope  for  the  future. 


Evaluation  is  an  important  and  necessary 
part  of  the  whole  process  of  school  broad¬ 
casting.  If  the  radio  is  to  become  a  generally  ac¬ 
cepted  educational  tool,  and  if  the  methods  and 
materials  of  school  broadcasting  are  to  be  im¬ 
proved,  it  is  clear  that  there  must  be  abundant 
evidence  of  its  effectiveness  in  accomplishing 
educational  purposes.  The  present  dearth  of  such 
data  is  one  major  cause  for  the  reluctance  of 
teachers  in  adopting  this  new  instrument.  Those 
interested  in  radio  education  can  address  them¬ 
selves  to  no  more  important  task  than  that  of 
developing  a  careful  program  of  evaluation.  .  .  . 

Expressing  in  clear  terms  the  variety  of  changes 
to  occur  in  boys  and  girls  as  a  result  of  listening 
to  a  school  broadcast  series  is  the  first  and  indis¬ 
pensable  step  in  a  program  of  evaluation. 

The  second  step  consists  in  gathering  evidence 
which  wall  indicate  whether  the  anticipated 
changes  are  actually  taking  place.  .  .  . 

The  third  step  in  a  program  of  evaluation  con¬ 
sists  in  the  interpretation  of  the  data.  .  .  . 

There  are  three  observations  which  can  be  made 
regarding  a  practicable  plan  for  carrying  on  a  pro¬ 
gram  of  evaluation.  First  of  all,  the  formulation 
of  objectives  and  their  clarification  will  have  to  be 
a  cooperative  effort  among  the  schools,  the  broad¬ 
casters,  and  the  radio  educator.  .  .  . 

A  second  observation  is  this.  The  gathering 
of  evidence  of  the  changes  taking  place  in  boys 
and  girls  as  a  result  of  school  broadcasts  will, 
like  the  foregoing,  be  a  cooperative  venture.  .  .  . 

The  third  observation  is  that  this  program  of 
evaluation  requires  a  central  staff  to  administer 
it. — I.  Keith  Tyler,  in  an  address  before  the  First 
National  Conference  on  Educational  Broadcast¬ 
ing,  Washington,  D.  C.,  December  11,  1936. 

• 

The  educational  radio  script 

EXCHANGE,  a  new  project  of  the  U.  S. 
Office  of  Education,  is  a  long  step  in  the  direction 
of  coordinating  the  creative  efforts  of  educational 
institutions  and  radio  stations.  The  Exchange 
is  collecting,  editing,  and  duplicating  for  distribu¬ 
tion  scripts  collected  from  all  parts  of  the  country. 
Single  copies  of  the  scripts  and  aids  to  production 
will  be  sent  free  of  charge  to  any  producing  unit, 
providing  the  material  is  to  be  used  for  non¬ 
commercial  purposes.  A  free  catalog  listing  S3 
scripts  is  now  available.  Address  your  requests 
to  the  Educational  Radio  Project,  U.  S.  Office  of 
Education,  Washington,  D.  C. 

• 

Mound  junior  high  school,  Colum¬ 
bus,  Ohio  publishes  a  weekly  Radio  Pro¬ 
gram  News  announcing  to  teachers  and  students 
the  worthwhile  programs  during  the  coming  week. 
Kenneth  W.  Povenmire,  chairman  of  the  depart¬ 
ment  of  history  and  civics,  is  in  charge  of  radio 
education  for  the  school.  A  careful  study  re¬ 
vealed  that  82  percent  of  the  students  have 
receivingsets  in  their  homes.  Mr.  Povenmire  is 
attempting  to  develop  in  the  students  a  critical 
sense  of  discrimination  regarding  the  programs  to 
which  they  listen.  Credit  is  given  in  history  and 
civics  classes  for  well  written  reports  on  approved 
programs. 


[7] 


YYT'  AYNE  UNIVERSITY,  Detroit,  Mich.,  is 
’  ^  instituting  during  the  spring  semester  a 
radio  technics  course,  “Principles  Underlying 
Effective  Radio  Broadcasting.”  Garnet  Garrison, 
director  of  the  radio  division,  department  of 
speech,  will  be  the  instructor. 

Analytical  studies  of  modern  programs  thru 
examination  of  the  actual  scripts;  critical  reviews 
of  programs  as  presented  on  the  air;  audience 
surveys  of  program  popularity;  and  reports  of 
current  radio  research  will  be  some  of  the  topics 
considered. 

“Radio  Technics,”  a  survey  of  the  broadcast¬ 
ing  field,  was  held  the  first  semester  and  will  be 
repeated  again  this  spring.  Two  additional  courses, 
“Preparation  of  Radio  Programs,”  and  “Radio 
Speech,”  are  planned  for  the  following  school 
year.  Actual  work  in  program  planning  and 
participation  is  given  the  students  thru  the  Wayne 
University  broadcasts  over  Detroit  stations. 


Mayor  F.  H.  LAGUARDIA  of  New  York 
City,  at  the  annual  meeting  of  his  Munic¬ 
ipal  Art  Committee  on  January  12,  announced 
his  plan  for  a  national  chain  of  noncommercial 
radio  stations.  According  to  Mayor  LaGuardia’s 
plan,  the  stations  would  be  connected  by  short- 
w’ave  radio,  thus  avoiding  the  excessive  wire 
charges  which  heretofore  have  prevented  such 
cooperation. 

The  Mayor’s  public  announcement  calls  atten¬ 
tion  to  a  project  in  w'hich  educational  broadcasting 
stations  have  been  interested  for  some  time. 
However,  it  does  not  mean  that  all  difficulties 
have  been  overcome  or  that  the  project  has 
received  the  final  approval  of  the  National  Asso¬ 
ciation  of  Educational  Broadcasters.  Until  the 
plan  has  passed  muster  with  this  body,  it  has  no 
prospect  of  immediate  and  widespread  application. 


Beginning  in  January,  the  thousands 

of  listeners  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution’s 
radio  program,  “The  World  Is  Yours,”  receive 
each  month  The  World  Is  Yours  magazine,  an 
innovation  in  educational  broadcasting.  The 
magazine  contains  maps,  drawings,  and  other 
visual  aids  to  complement  the  scientific  articles 
written  by  Smithsonian  authorities ;  a  rotogravure 
section;  a  Smithsonian  scientific  story-of-the 
month;  and  other  valuable  material  to  supple¬ 
ment  the  weekly  programs.  “The  World  Is  Yours” 
is  one  of  the  five  educational  programs  presented 
regularly  over  national  networks  by  the  Educa¬ 
tional  Radio  Project  of  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Edu¬ 
cation. 


The  institute  of  pacific  rela¬ 
tions  has  completed  arrangements  with  sta¬ 
tion  WIXAL,  Boston,  operated  by  the  World¬ 
wide  Broadcasting  Foundation,  to  present  a  series 
of  broadcasts  on  Pacific  affairs  which  will  be 
heard  not  only  in  this  country  but  also  in  the 
Orient.  Preparations  have  already  been  made 
for  listening  groups  in  China  and  other  parts  of 
the  East. 


Dr.  Tyson  Retires  from  the  Radio  Field 

ON  JANUARY  19  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  Muhlenberg  College, 
Allentown,  Pa.,  elected  Dr.  Levering  Tyson  to  the  presidency 
01  that  institution.  Dr.  Tyson  will  retire  from  his  present  position  as 
director  of  the  National  Advisory  Council  on  Radio  in  Education 
and  will  assume  his  new  duties  about  July  1. 

Muhlenberg  is  indeed  fortunate  in  securing  Dr.  Tyson.  Born  in 
Reading,  Pa.,  in  1889,  he  received  an  A.B.  degree  from  Gettysburg 
College  in  1910  and  an  A.M.  from  Columbia  University  in  1911.  In 
1930  Gettysburg  College  conferred  upon  him  the  honorary  degree  of 
Litt.D.  Who’s  Who  in  America  reviews  his  career  from  1912  to  1930: 

Gazetteer  editor.  New  International  Encyclopedia,  1912-15;  alumni  secretary 
and  managing  editor,  Columbia  Alumni  ISews,  1914-20,  editor,  1920-30;  also 
served  as  secretary  and  president.  Association  of  Alumni  Secretaries;  organizer, 
1919,  and  first  president.  Alumni  Magazines,  Associated;  appointed  fellow,  1927, 
American  Alumni  Council  [combination  of  Association  of  Alumni  Secretaries  and 
Alumni  Magazines,  Associated],  also  chairman,  aims  and  policies  commission; 
associate  director  university  extension,  Columbia  University,  1920-30,  organizing 
home  study  department;  conducted  study  of  radio  broadcasting  in  adult  educa¬ 
tion,  1929,  for  American  Association  for  Adult  Education  and  Carnegie  Corpora¬ 
tion  of  New  York. 

In  1930  Dr.  Tyson  became  director  of  the  National  Advisory 
Council  on  Radio  in  Education.  One  of  the  principal  purposes  of  that 
organization  was  to  cooperate  with  commercial  broadcasters  in  bring¬ 
ing  to  the  American  people  the  best  educational  programs  obtainable. 
To  this  end  Dr.  Tyson  organized  committees  of  outstanding  indi¬ 
viduals  in  various  areas  of  educational  experience.  Programs  were 
prepared  and  broadcast  without  sponsorship  on  both  chain  and  inde¬ 
pendent  radio  stations.  This  experiment  was  highly  significant.  If 
successful  it  would  have  done  much  to  solve  the  problems  of  edu¬ 
cation  on  the  air. 

In  spite  of  all  Dr.  Tyson’s  efforts,  the  experiment  failed.  The  story 
is  dramatically  told  in  the  report,  4  Years  oj  Network  Broadcasting^ 
Altho  the  outcome  was  disappointing  to  most  educators,  the  experi¬ 
ment  was  eminently  worthwhile.  All  those  connected  with  it  are  to 
be  congratulated  for  the  sincerity  of  their  efforts  and  the  frankness 
with  which  they  stated  the  reasons  why  it  failed. 

Quite  apart  from  his  efforts  to  cooperate  with  commercial  broad¬ 
casters,  Dr.  Tyson  made  notable  contributions  to  education  by  radio. 
Thru  the  Advisory  Council  he  published  numerous  pamphlets  on 
many  aspects  of  broadcasting,  held  annual  meetings  which  consti¬ 
tuted  a  public  forum  on  radio  problems  and  which  were  reported  in 
a  series  of  volumes  entitled  Radio  and  Education,  and  organized 
committees  to  canvass  special  areas  of  educational  interest. 

He  was  liberal  in  the  time  he  gave  to  cooperation  with  other 
agencies.  He  held  a  conspicuous  place,  which  it  is  hoped  he  may 
retain,  in  the  Institute  for  Education  by  Radio,  conducted  each  year 
at  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  in  the  Federal  Radio  Education 
Committee.  He  was  one  of  the  organizers  of  the  First  National  Con¬ 
ference  on  Educational  Broadcasting,  held  recently  in  Washington. 

Dr.  Tyson’s  retirement  marks  the  end  of  an  epoch  in  broadcasting. 
Had  any  way  existed  for  education  to  cooperate  with  commercial 
broadcasters  on  the  latter’s  terms,  he  would  have  found  it.  To  many 
people  his  withdrawal  can  mean  only  that,  if  the  cooperation  in 
radio  so  much  desired  by  educators  is  to  be  achieved,  a  new  basis  for 
it  must  be  found.  While  the  way  out  is  not  yet  apparent.  Dr.  Tyson’s 
efforts  have  done  much  to  clear  the  path. 

The  National  Advisory  Council  has  not  yet  determined  how  its 
program  will  be  affected  by  Dr.  Tyson’s  retirement. 

^Education  by  Radio  7:6,  February  1937. 

[8] 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 

R  A  D  1  O 


(L^^Ll4.catia^t 


Volume  7 


MARCH  1937 


Number  3 


Social  Values  in  Broadcasting 

WHAT  DO  THE  EDUCATIONAL  AND  CULTURAL  INTERESTS  of  the 
nation  want  from  broadcasting?  This  question  is  asked  fre¬ 
quently  by  commercial  broadcasters,  and  with  reason.  Many  radio 
station  owners  are  sincere  in  their  desire  to  cooperate  with  educa¬ 
tional  groups  and  are  eager  to  learn  the  basis  on  which  cooperation 
will  be  forthcoming.  So  far  they  have  had  no  complete  answer. 

Perhaps  there  is  no  complete  answer.  However,  some  kind  of  a 
response  to  the  question  has  to  be  made  as  a  matter  of  common 
courtesy.  Therefore  this  effort.  While  it  does  not  represent  an  opinion 
with  which  all  educators  will  be  in  agreement,  it  constitutes  a  chal¬ 
lenge  for  those  who  take  exception  to  it  to  formulate  a  more  compre¬ 
hensive  statement. 

To  break  the  subject  wide  open  at  the  outset,  it  is  suggested  that 
the  educational  and  cultural  interests  must  be  concerned  in  seeing 
to  it  that  the  total  program  output  of  all  the  broadcasting  stations 
in  the  United  States  constitutes  a  socially  constructive  force.  This 
assertion  will  cause  surprise  in  many  quarters  and  will  raise  imme¬ 
diately  many  questions,  such  as:  “Why  should  educators  be  con¬ 
cerned  with  programs  which  are  not  designed  to  be  educational?” 
and  “What  is  the  meaning  of  ‘socially  constructive  force’?” 

The  only  reason  for  this  broad  concern  on  the  part  of  educators 
is  the  fact  that,  regardless  of  the  intent  of  their  producers,  all  radio 
programs  have  some  educational  effect.  They  impart  information. 
They  tend  to  condition  attitudes  and  influence  judgments.  This  fact 
has  been  proven  to  the  satisfaction  of  advertisers,  else  they  would 
not  continue  to  sponsor  programs  in  the  hope  of  financial  gain.  As 
the  cultural  implication  of  the  situation  is  driven  home  to  educators, 
they  recognize  that  they  must  be  vitally  concerned. 

The  extent  of  educational  influence  of  present  day  radio  programs 
has  never  been  determined.  That  must  wait  until  some  agency  comes 
forward  to  finance  scientific  studies  such  as  those  made  a  few  years 
ago  in  the  field  of  motion  pictures.  In  that  area  a  group  of  eminent 
scientists,  working  in  universities  from  Yale  to  Iowa  State,  did  a 
piece  of  cooperative  research  in  which  they  analyzed  thoroly  the  in¬ 
fluence  of  motion  pictures  on  children  and  youth.  The  results,  pub¬ 
lished  in  eight  volumes,  summarized  under  the  title.  Motion  Pictures 
and  Youth, ^  indicated  that  this  great  medium  of  communication  ac¬ 
tually  affected  children  in  the  following  ways:  physically,  as  re¬ 
flected  in  sleep;  emotionally,  as  recorded  by  the  psychogalvanic 
technic;  mentally,  as  shown  by  records  of  learning  from  movies  and 
by  changes  in  attitude  brought  about  by  them;  and  behavioristically, 
thru  patterns  of  conduct  molded  by  movies. 

It  is  likely  that  when  equally  comprehensive  radio  studies  are 

1  Charters,  W.  W.  Motion  Pictures  and  Youth.  New  York:  The  Macmillan  Co.,  1933. 

[9] 


"^TEW  radio  bills  introduced  into  the 

^  House  of  Representatives  include  the 
legislation  proposed  by  Representative  Celler  of 
New  York  for  a  government-owned  shortwave  sta¬ 
tion,  a  resolution  by  Representative  Connery 
of  Massachusetts,  and  a  bill  by  Representative 
Wearin  of  Iowa.  Mr.  Connery’s  resolution  calls 
for  the  appointment  of  a  committee  of  seven  to 
investigate  monopoly  in  radio  broadcasting  and 
the  effect  of  such  monopoly  on  radio  programs, 
advertising  rates,  and  the  public  in  general.  Mr. 
Wearin’s  bill  calls  for  the  complete  separation  of 
radio  and  newspapers.  See  page  11  for  a  more 
detailed  statement  of  Mr.  Celler’s  bill. 

While  little  important  radio  legislation  has  been 
introduced  into  the  Senate  to  date,  it  is  expected 
that  Senator  Wheeler  will  soon  introduce  a  bill 
to  separate  newspapers  from  radio  stations. 


Men  who  made  history,  a  weekly  ed¬ 
ucational  series  designed  for  schoolroom 
listeners,  was  inaugurated  over  the  NBC  Blue 
Network  on  February  4  and  may  be  heard  every 
Thursday  at  2pm,  EST.  This  series  was  originally 
developed  as  part  of  the  Ohio  School  of  the  Air 
by  Meredith  Page,  supervisor  of  the  Radio  Work¬ 
shop  at  the  Ohio  State  University.  Network  ac¬ 
ceptance  of  this  program  constitutes  another  rec¬ 
ognition  of  the  quality  of  some  of  the  educational 
broadcasting  now  being  done  by  school  groups. 


The  civic  leader,  a  publication  of  the 
Civic  Education  Service,  744  Jackson  Place, 
Washington,  D.  C.,  recently  contained  a  series  of 
three  articles  which  should  be  very  helpful  to 
teachers  and  others  desiring  to  make  use  of  the 
radio  for  educational  purposes.  The  articles  and 
the  issues  in  which  they  appeared  are  as  follows: 
“The  Use  of  Radio  in  the  Schools,”  January  18, 
1937;  “The  Use  of  Radio  by  the  Schools,”  Feb¬ 
ruary  1,  1937;  and  “Sources  of  Information  on 
Radio,”  February  8,  1937. 


STATION  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  is  conducting  a  short  course  for 
“mike-shy”  legislators.  H.  B.  McCarty,  program 
director  of  WHA  is  in  charge  of  the  course,  which 
includes  “Radio  Speaking,”  “Radio  Writing,”  and 
“Your  Voice  in  Wax!” 


VOL.  7  March  1937  No.  3 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 

is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Organizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G.  Crane,  chairman,  president.  University  of 
Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  National  Association 
oj  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education,  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

J.  0.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  of 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  National  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B.  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  oj  Edu¬ 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  St.  Louis  University, 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  oj 
State  Superintendents. 

WtLLis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schools,  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  oj  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
Universities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president.  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Council  on  Education. 

member  EDUCATIONAL  PRESS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  AMERICA 


The  WISCONSIN  college  of  the  air, 

thru  the  facilities  of  state  radio  stations  WHA 
and  WLBL  and  the  National  Youth  Administra¬ 
tion,  inaugurated  on  August  26,  1936,  a  radio 
group  listening  project.  Since  the  project  was  or¬ 
ganized  there  have  been  established  118  listening 
centers  consisting  of  306  listening  groups  with  a 
total  of  more  than  8,500  listeners.  Of  this  number 
about  5000  are  located  in  school  centers,  2,500 
among  the  youth  of  the  NYA  projects,  and  1000 
in  community  centers. 

While  the  specific  or  central  objective  of  the 
group  listening  project  is  to  bring  a  high  grade, 
educational  opportunity  to  thousands  of  out-of- 
school  youth  who  cannot  continue  their  prepara¬ 
tion,  and  to  the  adult  population  who  desire  to 
form  listening  groups,  the  educational  possibilities 
for  the  classroom  are  not  neglected,  and  a  large 
number  of  schools  thruout  the  state  are  receiving 
helpful  assistance  from  the  broadcasts. 

The  procedure  for  organizing  radio  listening 
groups  is  quite  definitely  set  forth  in  two  bulletins, 
which  are  sent  to  the  organizer  or  sponsor  where- 
ever  a  listening  group  is  being  established.  Where 
the  groups  are  large  enough  to  warrant  it,  an 
instructor  is  appointed  from  the  list  of  available 
teachers  in  the  Emergency  Educational  Division. 

In  addition  to  the  information  given  thru  the 
bulletins  regarding  procedures  for  organizing  and 
conducting  radio  listening  groups,  carefully  pre¬ 
pared  study  aids  or  lesson  previews  of  all  the 
College  of  the  Air  lectures  are  mailed  to  the  group 
sponsors  each  week  to  guide  them  and  their  teach¬ 
ers  in  directing  the  discussions.  At  the  end  of 
the  course  an  examination  is  provided  for  those 
who  care  to  qualify  for  the  certificate  of  achieve¬ 
ment  which  is  granted  for  satisfactory  work. 


made,  the  influence  of  this  medium  will  be  found  similar  to  that  of 
motion  pictures.  If  so,  parents  will  have  to  be  especially  concerned 
about  it  because  of  the  unique  way  it  enters  the  home.  In  motion 
pictures  the  child  has  to  leave  home,  go  to  the  theater,  and  pay 
a  price  of  admission.  In  many  states  there  are  laws  which  prevent 
children’s  attending  theaters  unless  additional  conditions  are  met. 
In  radio  there  are  no  such  barriers.  A  child  in  any  home  with  a  radio 
need  only  turn  a  switch  to  become  a  member  of  the  audience,  regard¬ 
less  of  whether  or  not  the  program  deals  with  experiences  for  which 
he  is  prepared.  Against  the  expressed  wishes  of  his  parents  he  can 
listen  in  on  conversations  never  intended  for  his  ears. 

It  would  be  easier  to  ignore  this  influence.  Parents,  educators,  and 
socially-conscious  persons  in  general  would  find  their  problems 
simpler  if  they  could  be  concerned  only  with  those  segments  of 
human  experience  which  bear  the  formal  labels  of  education.  Such 
an  avoidance  of  reality  is  now  impossible.  Exploratory  studies  have 
gone  far  enough  to  indicate  that  certain  out-of-school  influences,  of 
which  radio  is  one,  have  a  tendency  to  undermine  and  interfere  with 
the  results  which  schools  are  striving  to  achieve. 

Dr.  Vierling  Kersey,  director  of  education  for  the  state  of  Cali¬ 
fornia,  authorized  a  study  in  1931  of  the  out-of-school  influences 
in  the  lives  of  children.  As  a  result  of  this  study,  it  was  pointed 
out  that  the  chief  of  such  influences  were  motion  pictures,  radio, 
books,  magazines  and  newspapers,  playgrounds,  and  comic  strips.  It 
was  suggested  that  the  combined  influence  of  these  media  was  prob¬ 
ably  equal  to  the  influence  of  the  schools  themselves.  In  the  face  of 
such  findings  there  can  be  no  substantial  support  for  the  argument 
that  those  interested  in  education  and  culture  are  going  outside  their 
field  when  they  give  voice  to  their  concern  over  the  sum  total  of 
radio  programs  available  in  this  country. 

Unfortunately  the  evidence  of  need  for  concern  about  programs 
does  not  give  any  equally  clear  indication  of  what  should  be  done 
about  them.  Of  course,  certain  types  of  programs  are  clearly  accept¬ 
able,  while  others  are  obviously  not  desirable.  There  is  a  great  middle 
ground,  however,  where  programs  are  neither  good  nor  bad  and  where 
no  one  can  be  sure  of  what  should  be  done  about  them.  There  is  no 
possibility  of  securing  educational  scrutiny  in  advance  for  these  pro¬ 
grams  because  a  word  which  is  perfectly  innocent  in  the  script  may 
be  given  an  emphasis  in  its  delivery  over  the  air  which  changes  its 
meaning  entirely.  There  is  no  possibility  of  eliminating  this  condi¬ 
tion  by  giving  prizes  for  excellent  programs  because  many  of  the 
users  of  radio  are  more  interested  in  financial  returns  than  in  win¬ 
ning  medals  of  merit. 

The  uncertainty  as  to  the  course  of  procedure  does  not  mean  that 
nothing  should  be  done.  Educators  rightly  look  to  government  to 
develop  program  standards  which  will  take  into  account  the  educa¬ 
tional  influence  of  radio  as  one  of  the  factors  which  determine 
whether  or  not  a  station  is  operating  in  the  “public  interest,  con¬ 
venience,  and  necessity.”  They  look  to  frequent  conferences  among 
those  interested  in  educational  and  cultural  affairs  as  a  fertile  source 
for  ideas  of  what  should  be  done.  To  the  extent  that  they  can  dem¬ 
onstrate  their  competence,  they  also  look  to  an  increasing  share  in 
the  preparation  and  production  of  the  programs  which  constitute  the 
output  of  this  great  educational  instrumentality. 

This  expressed  intention  to  prepare  and  present  programs  should 
not  be  confused  with  the  question  of  who  should  own  and  operate 
broadcast  transmission  stations.  The  so-called  American  system  of 
commercial  radio  has  demonstrated  its  value  and  is  apparently  here 
to  stay.  Educators  want  to  improve,  not  undermine,  that  system. 


[  10] 


They  want  to  make  their  contribution  to  it  in  a  way  which  will 
leaven  the  whole  and  make  it  more  socially  constructive. 

As  part  of  the  present  system  of  broadcasting  there  are  stations 
owned  and  operated  by  educational  institutions.  These  are  used 
largely  in  the  extension  services  of  colleges  and  universities.  They 
bring  to  extension  education  an  increased  effectiveness  and  a  wider 
range  of  serviceability. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  education  to  keep  these  stations  and  to  secure 
new  ones  whenever  opportunity  offers.  Dr.  John  W.  Studebaker, 
U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Education,  has  requested  already  that  a  por¬ 
tion  of  the  shortwave  bands,  which  are  now  being  made  available,  be 
reserved  by  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  for  the  exclu¬ 
sive  use  of  educational  institutions.  This  is  an  outstanding  recogni¬ 
tion  of  the  social  value  of  broadcasting  to  schools.  In  addition  to 
Dr.  Studebaker’s  blanket  request,  there  are  at  frequent  intervals 
requests  by  educational  institutions  for  facilities  with  which  to 
accomplish  specific  purposes.  The  number  of  these  requests  may 
be  expected  to  increase  with  the  growth  in  appreciation  of  radio’s 
possibilities  and  with  the  removal  of  education’s  present  financial 
stringencies. 

Quite  apart  from  any  question  of  educational  ownership  and  use 
of  station  facilities  for  specific  educational  purposes,  there  is  the 
great  problem  of  what  share  educational  and  cultural  interests  should 
have  in  the  general  program  service  of  the  nation.  That  they  should 
have  a  share  is  a  matter  of  common  agreement.  The  Communica¬ 
tions  Commission  has  accepted  them  as  an  important  factor  in  de¬ 
termining  the  extent  to  which  commercial  stations  are  meeting  the 
requirements  of  “public  interest.”  Commercial  stations  proudly 
declare  the  amount  of  time  given  to  education.  Audience  reactions 
have  justified  this  interest. 

A  careful  distinction  should  be  made  between  a  program  designed 
for  specific  educational  use  such  as  broadcasting  to  schools  and  a 
program  of  informative  or  cultural  content  designed  for  a  general 
audience.  It  is  probably  to  be  expected  that  programs  on  commercial 
stations,  particularly  those  with  chain  affiliations,  will  be  predom¬ 
inately  of  the  latter  character. 

Perhaps,  with  these  understandings,  it  may  be  easier  to  return 
to  the  question  of  what  the  educational  and  cultural  interests  of  the 
nation  want  from  broadcasting.  It  may  now  be  possible  to  list  a 
few  of  the  safeguards  which  seem  essential  if  the  total  program 
output  of  all  the  stations  in  the  United  States  is  to  represent  a 
socially  constructive  force. 

In  the  first  place,  educators  want  some  assurance  that  radio  pro¬ 
grams  will  be  planned  to  serve  a  broad  social  purpose.  Up  to  now 
they  have  been  largely  haphazard.  Some  subjects  have  been  greatly 
overemphasized.  Others  have  been  ignored.  There  needs  to  be  some 
comprehensive  planning  to  avoid  the  present  excessive  duplication, 
to  insure  that,  so  far  as  possible,  all  subjects  are  given  consideration 
in  accordance  with  their  importance,  and  to  maintain  the  oppor¬ 
tunity  for  the  continuing  use  of  radio  in  the  service  of  education. 

In  all  fairness  it  must  be  said  that  many  aspects  of  the  present 
general  program  service  have  been  improved.  Thru  the  self-interest 
of  advertisers,  the  evening’s  program  on  almost  any  important  sta¬ 
tion  represents  a  carefully  planned  and  varied  program.  There  is 
no  consideration,  however,  of  the  educational  effect  of  such  a  pro¬ 
gram  and  cultural  considerations  are  for  the  most  part  subordinated 
to  commercial  ends.  Indeed,  there  is  a  real  scarcity  of  periods  among 
the  more  salable  hours  of  the  day  when  anything  can  be  heard  which 
is  not  primarily  commercial. 


Representative  emanuel  celler 

of  New  York  has  introduced  a  bill  authoriz¬ 
ing  the  construction  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  of  a 
high-power  shortwave  government  broadcasting 
station  to  be  known  as  the  Pan-American  Radio 
Station.  In  connection  with  his  bill,  Mr.  Celler 
made  the'  following  statement:  “The  U.  S.  Com¬ 
missioner  of  Education  is  instructed  to  provide 
programs  of  national  and  international  interest. 
There  is  to  be  appropriated  $750,000  for  the  con¬ 
struction  of  such  station.  .  .  . 

“The  plan  and  purpose  of  such  legislation  has 
had  the  approval  and  encouragement  of  respon¬ 
sible  officials  of  the  Department  of  State,  Depart¬ 
ment  of  the  Interior,  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Federal  Communications  Commission,  National 
Committee  on  Education  by  Radio,  and  the  Pan- 
American  Union.  Also,  such  project  has  already 
had  the  approval  specifically  of  President  Roose¬ 
velt,  Secretary  of  State  Hull,  and  Secretary  of  the 
Navy  Swanson.  It  grows  out  of  the  radio  resolu¬ 
tion  adopted  January  1932  at  Montevideo  by  the 
Seventh  International  Conference  of  the  North, 
Central,  and  South  American  countries  forming 
the  twenty-one  sister  republics  of  the  Pan-Amer¬ 
ican  Union. 

“Each  American  nation  participating  at  the 
Conference  agreed  to  set  up  shortwave  broad¬ 
casting  stations  and  to  broadcast  such  programs 
as  to  cement  bonds  of  friendship  and  cultural 
understanding  between  the  peoples  of  the  twenty- 
one  countries  of  the  Pan-American  Union.  .  .  . 
In  all  the  world  there  are  no  more  unassigned  or 
‘empty’  channels  for  new  shortwave  broadcasting 
stations — except  one;  that  is  the  channel  pre¬ 
empted  at  the  Montevideo  Conference  for  exclu¬ 
sive  use  of  Pan-American  republics. 

“President  Roosevelt,  in  pursuance  of  such  pre¬ 
emption,  and  in  accord  with  our  sister  nations, 
issued  Executive  Order  No.  6472,  dated  Decem¬ 
ber  2,  1933,  making  available  for  the  U.  S.  Gov¬ 
ernment  the  following  frequencies:  6120  kc.,  9550 
kc.,  11730  kc.,  15130  kc.,  and  21500  kc. 

“In  pursuance  of  such  Executive  Order,  a  sta¬ 
tion  was  to  be  set  up  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  under 
the  joint  control  and  auspices  of  the  State  Depart¬ 
ment  and  Navy  Department.  The  station  was 
never  set  up.  Many  obstacles  were  thrown  across 
the  path  of  this  much  needed  reform  by  mis¬ 
guided  and  selfish  persons.  It  is  feared  that  this 
would  be  the  entering  wedge  into  governmental 
control  of  radio.  That  is  ridiculous.  .  .  .  One  Pan- 
American  shortwave  station,  set  up  in  pursuance 
of  the  treaty  in  an  unassigned  channel  on  a  non¬ 
competitive  basis,  will  not  in  the  slightest  militate 
against  private  initiative.  It  will  not  lead  to 
government  monopoly.  .  .  . 

“Because  of  the  pressure  against  carrying  out 
the  President’s  Executive  Order  I  have  introduced 
my  bill.  .  .  .  Every  nation  in  the  world  has  a 
broadcasting  station  except  the  United  States. 
.  .  .  There  are  two  million  shortwave  receiving- 
sets  in  this  country  and  the  number  is  mounting 
daily  by  leaps  and  bounds.  Such  increasing  short¬ 
wave  receptivity  might  well  command  a  federal 
station. 

“Such  a  federal-controled  station  could  be  used 
[1]  to  create  good  will  between  this  and  other 
nations,  [2]  to  eradicate  international  misun¬ 
derstandings,  and  [3]  to  develop  two-way  trade 
between  the  United  States  and  other  nations.” 


[  n  1 


BRITISH  BROADCASTING  CORPO- 
RATION,  according  to  The  Listener  for  Jan¬ 
uary  20,  1937,  is  making  an  experiment  to  see  if 
it  is  possible  to  find  out  what  the  listening  public 
thinks  of  radio  dramatic  productions.  Two  hun¬ 
dred  people  have  been  asked  to  listen  with  special 
care  for  about  two  months.  They  are  being  sent  a 
list  of  questions  about  each  production  and  an 
analysis  of  the  answers  will  be  made.  The  listen¬ 
ers  chosen  are  of  all  types  and  from  all  parts  of 
the  country  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  replies  will 
reflect  the  ordinary  man’s  reasons  for  enjoying 
or  not  enjoying  a  radio  play. 


*  I  ^HE  COMMITTEE  has  on  hand  a  limited 
supply  of  the  following  free  publications: 

Tyler,  Tracy  F.  An  Appraisal  of  Radio  Broad¬ 
casting  in  the  Land-Grant  Colleges  and  State  Uni¬ 
versities. 

Tyler,  Tracy  F.  Some  Interpretations  and  Con¬ 
clusions  of  the  Land-Grant  Radio  Survey. 

Requests  will  be  honored  in  the  order  in  which 
they  are  received.  Address  them  to  the  National 
Committee  on  Education  by  Radio,  Room  308, 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


'Y\/’ALD0  abbot,  director  of  broadcasting 
’  '  service.  University  of  Michigan,  is  the 
author  of  a  Handbook  of  Radio  Broadcasting,  to 
be  published  this  month  by  the  McGraw-Hill 
Publishing  Company,  New  York,  N.  Y.  This  hand¬ 
book  is  written  for  students  and  teachers  of 
speech  and  of  broadcasting,  for  the  teacher  receiv¬ 
ing  educational  programs  in  the  classroom,  for 
those  who  are  in  the  radio  profession,  for  the 
radio  listener,  and  for  the  person  who  is  or  who 
may  be  a  radio  speaker  or  writer. 


COMMANDER  T.  A.  M.  CRAVEN,  chief  en¬ 
gineer  of  the  Federal  Communications  Com¬ 
mission,  who  has  already  made  a  report  on  the 
engineering  aspects  of  the  reallocation  hearings 
held  last  October,  is  expected  to  report  soon  on 
the  testimony  concerning  the  economic  and  social 
aspects  of  broadcasting  which  was  developed  in 
the  same  hearing.  This  report  will  be  the  first  of 
its  kind  to  be  prepared  within  the  Commission. 


Let  freedom  ring,  a  new  series  of  weekly 
educational  radio  programs  dramatizing  the 
struggle  of  the  human  race  to  win  civil  liberties, 
is  being  presented  by  the  Educational  Radio  Proj¬ 
ect  of  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Education.  “Let  Free¬ 
dom  Ring,”  the  seventh  series  to  be  presented 
over  the  networks  by  the  Educational  Radio  Proj¬ 
ect,  began  on  February  22. 


Allen  miller,  director  of  the  University 
-  Broadcasting  Council  of  Chicago,  has  been 
granted  a  fellowship  by  the  Rockefeller  Founda¬ 
tion  for  observation  and  training  in  network  pro¬ 
cedure  at  the  NBC  studios  in  New  York. 


In  the  second  place,  education,  when  it  goes  on  the  air,  wants  to 
be  assured  of  a  real  opportunity  to  reach  an  audience.  This  is  a 
fundamental  problem,  so  far  as  chain  broadcasting  is  concerned. 
Educators,  told  that  they  are  to  have  a  nationwide  network,  have 
checked  up  to  find  that  their  program  was  being  carried  by  less  than 
a  dozen  stations.  The  best  report  on  the  experience  of  educators 
in  the  use  of  networks  for  educational  programs  is  contained  in  the 
pamphlet,  4  Years  of  Network  Broadcasting.-  It  justifies  fears 
which  many  educators  have  had  with  respect  to  education  on  the 
networks. 

In  the  third  place,  educators  want  for  themselves  in  the  use  of 
radio  the  same  kind  of  freedom  which  they  enjoy  in  the  classroom. 
This  does  not  mean  that  they  want  to  be  free  to  follow  any  whim 
which  may  come  into  their  minds.  They  are  not  free  to  do  that  in 
their  teaching.  They  are  used  to  subscribing  to  established  policies. 
A  professor  of  chemistry  would  not  undertake  to  speak  with  author¬ 
ity  on  matters  of  psychology.  In  radio  they  are  willing  to  accept 
reasonable  limits  within  which  to  confine  their  discussions.  However, 
they  expect  these  limits,  once  set,  to  be  respected  by  all  parties  to 
the  agreement.  They  expect  to  feel  as  secure  in  the  exercise  of  their 
rights  as  are  the  broadcasters  in  the  exercise  of  theirs. 

At  the  present  time  such  freedom  does  not  exist.  The  contract 
under  which  education  is  allowed  to  approach  the  microphone  is 
largely  unilateral.  The  broadcasters  may  stop  the  program  at  almost 
any  moment  on  any  one  of  a  number  of  grounds.  They  may  take 
exception  to  the  script  or  to  particular  passages  of  it.  They  may  take 
exception  to  the  way  in  which  it  is  presented.  Furthermore,  there  is 
no  effective  recourse  against  their  judgment. 

Conceding  fully  that  there  are  countless  instances  in  which  the 
criticism  of  broadcasters  has  helped  to  improve  the  quality  of  edu¬ 
cational  programs,  educators  can  produce  ample  evidence  that  the 
broadcasters  are  not  infallible  enough  to  warrant  arbitrary  power 
in  the  exercise  of  their  judgment.  One  significant  and  not  particu¬ 
larly  subtle  bit  of  evidence  comes  from  a  contrast  between  the  often 
reiterated  statement  that  educators  must  put  more  showmanship  into 
their  programs  and  the  comments  which  the  officers  of  the  Columbia 
Broadcasting  System  had  to  make  when  the  Republican  National 
Committee  asked  to  buy  time  for  the  dramatization  of  politics.  The 
following  quotation  appeared  early  in  the  correspondence  between 
these  two  principals: 

Our  reasons  for  not  allowing  dramatizations  are  as  follows:  Appeals  to  the 
electorate  should  be  intellectual  and  not  based  on  emotion,  passion,  or  prejudice. 
We  recognize  that  even  the  oratorical  discussion  of  campaign  issues  can  be  to 
a  degree  stamped  with  the  aforementioned  flaws,  but  we  are  convinced  that 
dramatizations  would  throw  the  radio  campaign  almost  wholly  over  to  the  emo¬ 
tional  side.  Then,  too,  we  believe  that  the  dramatic  method  by  its  very  nature 
would  tend  to  over-emphasize  incidents  of  minor  importance  and  significance, 
simply  because  of  the  dramatic  value.  While  we  realize  that  no  approach  to  the 
electorate  is  absolutely  ideal,  we  believe  American  voters  have  long  been  trained 
to  discriminate  among  the  assertions  of  orators  whereas  we  do  not  believe  they 
could  discriminate  fairly  among  dramatizations,  so  that  the  turn  of  national 
issues  might  well  depend  on  the  skill  of  warring  dramatists  rather  than  on  the 
merits  of  the  issue  debated.^ 

It  may  be  that  the  educational  and  cultural  interests  of  the  nation 
want  from  radio  more  than  they  have  any  right  to  expect  and  more 
than  they  have  any  possibility  of  getting.  If  so,  these  groups  will  be 
the  first  to  make  concessions,  so  long  as  there  is  no  attempt  to  make 
them  compromise  on  the  fundamental  proposition  that  broadcasting 
must  constitute  a  constructive  influence  and  that  social  values  must 
be  paramount  in  radio. 

-Education  by  Radio  7:6.  February  1937. 

®  Columbia  Broadcasting  System.  Political  Broadcasts.  Kew  \ork:  CBS.  1935. 


[  12  ] 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


l>u  RADI  O 

Volume  7  APRILI937  Number  4 


So  They  Don’t  Want  Educational  Programs? 

IN  THE  NEXT  FIVE  HUNDRED  WORDS  I  will  describe  the  puncturing 
of  a  myth  of  modern  broadcasting.  This  myth,  a  frustrating  fan¬ 
tasy,  is  worth  killing  because  its  execution  may  encourage  the  assassi¬ 
nation  of  some  of  the  more  hideous  monstrosities  that  crawl  out  of 
our  loudspeakers. 

What  is  this  myth?  You  will  find  it  wearing  various  guises.  You 
will  find  both  broadcasters  and  educators  accepting  it.  You  will  find 
it  cropping  out  in  many  of  the  speeches  delivered  at  the  recent  Na¬ 
tional  Conference  on  Educational  Broadcasting.  You  will  find  it  in 
the  report  of  4  Years  of  Network  Broadcasting. 

Briefly,  the  myth  asks  you  to  believe  that,  “The  majority  of  the 
American  people  want  entertainment  from  their  radios — they  do  not 
want  education.”  Sometimes  you  find  it  couched  differently.  Promi¬ 
nent  educators  will  say,  “Of  course  we  realize  that  educational  pro¬ 
grams  can  never  be  as  popular  as  ‘Amos  and  Andy’  or  Rudy  Vallee, 
but  they  appeal  to  the  minority  and  that  minority  should  be  served.” 

That  myth,  that  conviction,  that  assumption  is  now  dead.  It  has 
been  slain  in  the  last  nine  months;  murdered  by  the  combined 
strength  of  300,000  American  radio  listeners. 

Little  did  these  300,000  listeners  realize  that  they  were  killing  a 
modern  myth  when  they  wrote  to  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Education.  They 
thought  they  were  writing  in  response  to  broadcasts  presented  by  the 
Educational  Radio  Project,  but  their  letters,  flowing  into  Washington 
in  an  ever-increasing  flood — ten  thousand,  fifteen  thousand,  twenty 
thousand  per  week — have  introduced  a  new  fact  in  American  broad¬ 
casting,  namely,  that  the  public  for  education  on  the  air  is  probably 
as  large  as  it  is  for  entertainment! 

By  what  right  can  this  claim  be  made?  Three  hundred  thousand  is 
small  beside  4,200,000  letters  recently  received  on  a  soap  series.  It  is 
small  beside  the  other  records  established  by  many  commercial  con¬ 
cerns.  Yet  300,000  letters  is  probably  more  listener  mail  than  any 
sustaining  educational  program  not  created  by  network  broadcasters 
has  yet  rolled  in.  Considering  the  fact  that  prizes  were  not  offered,  it 
is  very  heavy.  Few  if  any  sustaining  programs  on  NBC,  CBS,  or 
MBS  can  show  listener  response  anywhere  near  that  of  the  five  net¬ 
work  programs  now  being  presented  by  the  Office  of  Education. 

What  does  this  prove?  It  proves  that  millions  of  Americans  want 
educational  programs  prepared  to  meet  public  tastes  and  interests. 
To  those  who  have  examined  this  flood  of  letters,  there  is  clear  evi¬ 
dence  that  educational  programs,  adequately  financed  and  skillfully 
produced,  can  compete  with  any  entertainment  programs  on  the  air. 
This  evidence  challenges  the  moss-covered  assumption  that  the  pub¬ 
lic  demand  is  solely  for  entertainment  and  issues  a  clarion  call  for  a 
new  definition  of  “public  interest,  convenience,  and  necessity.” 

[  13  ] 


A  SUGGESTED  SYLLABUS  for  a  course  in 
radio  education  has  been  completed  as  a 
cooperative  project  of  the  National  Committee  on 
Education  by  Radio.  A  tentative  draft  of  the 
syllabus,  prepared  by  Dr.  Cline  M.  Koon,  U.  S. 
Office  of  Education,  I.  Keith  Tyler,  Bureau  of 
Educational  Research,  The  Ohio  State  University, 
and  S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary,  NCER,  was  sub¬ 
jected  to  criticism  by  a  considerable  number  of 
competent  reviewers.  The  final  draft  should  be 
available  shortly  and  will  be  sent  without  charge 
to  interested  persons.  Address  requests  to:  Na¬ 
tional  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio,  Room 
308,  One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


• 

npHE  RADIO  WORKSHOP  of  New  York 
University  is  now  accepting  registrations  for 
its  summer  session,  July  6-August  14,  1937.  A 
maximum  of  sixty  students  will  be  admitted  and 
registration  will  close  when  that  figure  is  reached. 
Requests  for  admission  should  include  data  con¬ 
cerning  the  applicant’s  training,  experience,  and 
present  occupation,  and  must  be  accompanied  by 
a  $5  registration  fee.  The  cost  to  each  student  will 
be  $50  for  the  complete  course.  Applications 
should  be  addressed  to:  Dr.  Carl  E.  Marsden, 
Radio  Workshop,  Division  of  General  Education, 
New  York  University,  20  Washington  Square 
North,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


T^R.  LESTER  K.  ADE,  superintendent  of  pub- 
lie  instruction  for  Pennsylvania,  foresees  a 
day  when  every  well-planned  school  will  have  a 
radio  coach  as  well  as  an  athletic  coach.  The  radio 
coach  would  be  expected  not  only  to  write  and 
produce  effective  educational  radio  programs  but 
also  to  instruct  pupils  in  the  art  of  radio. 

• 

Every  added  potential  listener 

adds  to  the  responsibility  which  always 
follows  the  broadcaster,  the  responsibility  of  see¬ 
ing  that  the  program  is  worthy  of  its  audience. — 
Franklin  D.  Roosevelt. 

• 

'IT/'ILLIAM  DOW  BOUTWELL,  chief,  edi- 
'  Y  torial  division,  U.  S.  Office  of  Education, 
and  director,  Educational  Radio  Project,  is  the 
author  of  the  article  in  the  adjoining  column. 


VOL.  7  APRIL  1937  No.  A 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 

is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Organizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G.  Crane,  chairman,  president.  University  of 
Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  National  Association 
oj  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education,  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

J.  O.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  of 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  National  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B.  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  of  Edu¬ 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  St.  Louis  University, 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  of 
State  Superintendents. 

Willis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schools,  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  oj  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
Universities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president.  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Council  on  Education. 

MEMBER  educational  PRESS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  AMERICA 


At  the  university  of  southern 

^  CALIFORNIA  the  activities  of  the  various 
schools  and  colleges  on  the  campus  have  been  cor¬ 
related  with  the  work  of  a  radio  staff.  Musical 
programs,  interviews,  lectures,  and  dramatic  pre¬ 
sentations  bring  the  various  departments  to  the 
public.  The  present  organization  was  set  up  in 
1932.  By  actual  participation  in  writing,  announc¬ 
ing,  and  in  operating  equipment,  as  well  as  in  pro¬ 
ducing  programs,  students  secure  knowledge  of 
radio  which  they  can  gain  in  no  other  way  while 
in  school. 

• 

The  first  Indiana  radio  clinic 

was  held  at  the  Indiana  State  Teachers  Col¬ 
lege,  Terre  Haute,  on  February  13.  The  purpose 
of  the  clinic  was  to  bring  together  representatives 
of  high  schools,  colleges,  radio  stations,  and  others 
interested  in  educational  radio  broadcasts  to  con¬ 
sider  mutual  problems.  Similar  meetings  might 
welt  be  inaugurated  in  other  localities  and  should 
not  fail  to  foster  a  closer  cooperation  for  the  most 
effective  use  of  the  radio  as  an  educational  device. 

• 


Radio  at  the  New  Orleans  Convention 

The  discussion  of  radio  at  the  meetings  of  the  Department  of 
Superintendence  of  the  National  Education  Association  held 
recently  at  New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  was  restricted  to  a  single  session 
of  that  great  convention.  That  session  was  very  significant,  however, 
because  it  was  the  third  of  a  series  of  meetings  for  the  consideration 
of  a  public  relations  program  for  schools.  The  first  meeting  consid¬ 
ered  the  question,  “What  Is  the  Public?”  The  subject  of  the  second 
was,  “Technics  by  which  the  Relations  of  School  and  Public  May 
Be  Clarified.”  To  give  radio  special  consideration  in  such  a  series 
was  important  recognition. 

Dr.  Arthur  G.  Crane,  president  of  the  University  of  Wyoming  and 
chairman  of  the  National  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio,  pre¬ 
sided  over  the  section  on  radio.  He  was  assisted  by  a  panel  consisting 
of:  William  Dow  Boutwell,  director  of  the  Educational  Radio  Proj¬ 
ect,  U.  S.  Office  of  Education;  I.  Keith  Tyler  of  the  Bureau  of  Edu¬ 
cational  Research,  The  Ohio  State  University;  Judith  Waller  and 
Franklin  Dunham  of  the  National  Broadcasting  Company;  and  Ed¬ 
ward  R.  Murrow  of  the  Columbia  Broadcasting  System. 

A.  Helen  Anderson,  chairman  of  the  series  of  public  relations 
meetings,  had  prepared  the  following  questions  for  the  consideration 
of  the  radio  session : 

[1]  What  essentials  have  educators  failed  to  consider  in  prepar¬ 
ing  radio  broadcasts? 

[2]  What  is  the  place  of  the  student  forum  in  radio? 

[3]  Are  educational  programs,  designed  as  propaganda,  justifi¬ 
able? 

To  these  questions  Dr.  Crane  added  two  more: 

[4]  Can  programs  of  school  business  be  made  good  publicity? 

[  5  ]  Can  broadcasts  of  instruction  to  the  classrooms  be  made  help¬ 
ful  in  establishing  good  public  relationships? 

These  questions  created  a  framework  broad  enough  for  the  admis¬ 
sion  of  discussion  on  many  general  problems.  They  also  opened  the 
way  for  a  pertinent  and  detailed  recital  of  experiences  which  schools 
have  had  in  the  use  of  broadcasting. 

After  lengthy  discussion,  in  which  many  people  participated,  it 
was  agreed  that  radio  has  tremendous  possibilities  as  a  medium  of 
acquainting  the  public  with  the  schools.  It  was  emphasized  particu¬ 
larly  that  the  picture  of  school  work  should  be  given  realistically. 
This  might  be  done  in  two  ways:  [  1  ]  by  programs  designed  for  class¬ 
room  use  but  listened  to  by  parents,  and  [2]  by  programs  put  on  by 
the  schools  and  designed  specifically  for  parents. 

There  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  most  penetrating  and  entertain¬ 
ing  contribution  to  the  discussion  was  made  by  Mr.  Boutwell.  Dis¬ 
claiming  all  personal  responsibility  for  statements  made,  he  under¬ 
took  to  define  some  of  the  terms  of  educational  broadcasting  in  ac¬ 
cordance  with  the  facts  as  they  must  appear  to  a  disinterested  but 
analytical  observer.  His  remarks  were  so  challenging  that  they  are 
quoted  at  length: 


GW.  RICHARDSON  of  the  Canadian 
•  Broadcasting  Corporation  has  made  what 
seems  to  be  the  best  study  to  date  on  the  legal 
status  of  broadcasting  in  Canada.  It  appeared 
under  the  title,  “A  Survey  of  Canadian  Broadcast¬ 
ing  Legislation,”  in  the  Canadian  Bar  Review  for 
February  1937.  He  concludes  that  while  broad¬ 
casting  is  a  business,  it  falls  for  obvious  reasons 
within  the  public  service  type  of  organization. 


To  lay  the  basis  for  discussion  I  propose  to  present  some  definitions  of  the  terms 
and  names  which  I  presume  will  be  dealt  with  during  the  afternoon.  I  propose  to 
define  radio  station,  wavelength,  school,  publicity,  public  relations,  and  similar 
terms. 

In  offering  these  definitions  I  have  tried  to  put  them  as  a  man  from  Mars  might 
do.  I  ask  you  to  consider  these  definitions  not  as  coming  from  me  as  a  member  of 
the  staff  of  the  Office  of  Education,  not  as  from  a  friend  and  associate  of  all  the 
members  of  this  panel.  This  is  an  attempt  to  attain  an  objective  view  of  what  we 
are  about  to  discuss.  Here  are  the  tentative  definitions  of  the  man  from  Mars  who 
is  oblivious  to  the  loyalties,  emotions,  and  attitudes  of  humans; 


[  14] 


Schools:  Services,  largely  to  youth,  which  society  has  decided  to  buy  coopera¬ 
tively,  instead  of  thru  the  dividend-bonus  corporation  method;  this  service  con¬ 
sists  of  implanting  in  newcomers  sufficient  of  our  curious  habits  and  customs  to 
warrant  the  admission  of  these  newcomers  to  the  great  American  social  and 
pleasure  club. 

Propaganda:  Organization  and  distribution  of  material  and  acts  undertaken 
to  bias  public  attitude  and  reaction  to  problems  facing  society. 

Publicity:  Use  of  various  channels  of  information  to  familiarize  the  public 
with  some  plan,  product,  or  activity,  for  example,  a  bond  issue  which  a  school 
board  wants  passed. 

Public  relations:  Concerns  the  operations  of  an  institution  or  organization  to 
accomplish  its  objectives  with  utmost  internal  but  more  particularly  external 
harmony.  Sometimes  those  who  engage  in  publicity  call  themselves  public  relations 
counsels  in  order  to  charge  more  for  their  services. 

Radio  station:  A  speculative,  and  to  date,  generally  a  profitable  venture  in 
real  estate.  Having  obtained  a  public  utility  license  to  a  wavelength  by  purchase 
or  vague  promises  to  the  Federal  Communications  Commission,  the  speculator 
rents  some  rooms,  caretakers,  and  some  wires  to  advertising  agencies  which  handle 
accounts  for  merchants.  Time,  which  the  station  owner  cannot  sell  to  an  advertiser, 
he  fills  with  records  and  educational  programs  for  which  he  pays  little  or  nothing 
and  cares  less. 

Exception:  Some  stations  are  acquired  by  newspaper  proprietors  in  order  to 
stifle  the  radio  so  it  will  not  compete  with  the  newspaper  business. 

Wavelength:  A  curious  electromagnetic  impulse,  limited  in  variety,  owned  by 
the  people  of  the  United  States.  Wavelengths  are  given  to  commercial  speculators 
by  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  on  condition  that  the  speculators 
come  back  every  six  months  and  say,  “Please,  may  I  have  it  for  six  months  more?’’ 
The  Commission  makes  these  six  months  gifts  of  public  property  on  condition 
that  the  speculator  use  the  gift  in,  as  the  law  says,  “the  public  interest,  con¬ 
venience,  and  necessity.”  But  this  is  not  as  difficult  a  requirement  as  it  may  sound 
because  neither  the  Commission  nor  Congress  nor  anyone  else  has  decided  what 
it  means.  Speculators  take  these  gifts  of  public  property  and  resell  them  to  other 
speculators  at  handsome  prices — sometimes  more  than  $1,000,000. 

Radio  broadcasting:  This  is  one  of  the  most  absurd  and  inefficient  methods  by 
which  sane  persons  have  ever  tried  to  communicate  with  one  another.  It  is  like 
trying  to  catch  and  hold  the  attention  of  a  million  blind  persons,  each  of  whom 
is  occupied  with  something  else  at  the  time.  It  is  such  an  inefficient  method  of 
communication  that,  as  a  rule,  only  a  combination  of  skilled  writers,  skilled  actors, 
and  a  large  orchestra  can  effectively  communicate  with  large  numbers  of  listeners. 
And  yet  the  unique  distinction  of  radio,  the  ability  to  communicate  with  millions, 
instantaneously,  in  their  own  homes,  is  so  desired  by  merchants  and  citizens  them¬ 
selves,  that  ways  have  been  found  to  overcome  the  inefficiencies  inherent  in  this 
form  of  communication.  Limitations  of  radio  broadcasting  have  compelled  its 
use  chiefly  as  a  musical  background  for  life  and  for  short,  swift,  window-shopper 
units  of  information  such  as  news,  gags,  and  clambakes.  Clambakes  are  variety 
programs.  Radio  broadcasting  is  particularly  well  adapted  to  the  educational  task 
of  stimulating  intellectual  and  cukural  activities,  but  it  has  not  been  used  for 
this  purpose  extensively  for  two  reasons:  first,  because  educators  have  not  been 
able  to  collect  or  allocate  sufficient  funds  to  buy  the  skill  necessary  to  use  this 
queer  method  of  communication;  second,  because  advertisers  don’t  want  the  think¬ 
ing  of  listeners  diverted  into  channels  which  might  make  them  forget  about  the 
product  advertised. 

Local  station:  A  radio  Station  licensed  to  use  a  wavelength  to  serve  the  particular 
needs  of  local  citizens,  but  whose  owner  has  usually  found  it  more  profitable  and 
a  lot  less  trouble  to  be  a  chain  store  for  a  New  York  or  Chicago  distributor. 

Network  broadcasting:  A  scheme  which  was  originally  planned  to  promote 
the  sale  of  tubes  and  radio  sets  thru  the  distribution  to  local  outlets  of  pro¬ 
grams  created  in  New  York  and  Chicago,  which,  it  was  thought,  large  numbers 
of  people  would  like  to  hear.  It  soon  became  evident  that  assembling  a  network 
of  stations  for  an  advertising  agency  desiring  national  coverage  was  more  profit¬ 
able  than  the  sale  of  tubes.  Therefore  the  companies  organizing  the  networks  have 
become  brokers  between  local  distributors — radio  stations — and  national  advertis¬ 
ing  agencies  who  create  programs  for  the  benefit  of  their  clients.  At  present  the 
scheme  is  so  organized  that  local  stations  have  to  take  an  advertising  agency  pro¬ 
gram  whether  they  want  to  or  not  and  the  advertisers  take  up  practically  all  the 
time  most  adapted  to  communicating  with  the  public.  The  local  distributor,  on 
the  other  hand,  is  under  no  compulsion  to  take  a  non-advertising  program,  such 
as  an  educational  program,  so  when  national  education  programs  are  offered  to 
him  the  local  distributor  frequently  sells  that  time  to  a  local  advertiser  if  he  can. 
This  is  called  operating  radio  stations  in  the  public  interest. 

Those,  my  friends,  are  the  definitions  of  the  man  from  Mars  who  tries  to  be 
exact  and  truthful.  You  will  at  once  recognize  that  his  unfamiliarity  with  earthly 
affairs  and  his  lack  of  proper  background  have  led  him  to  make  some  definitions 
with  which  you  and  I  cannot  agree.  But  if  we  don’t  accept  his  definitions,  we  can 
proceed  to  make  our  own. 


A  BILL  has  been  introduced  into  the  State 
Legislature  of  California  for  the  construction 
of  two  50,000  watt  broadcasting  stations  to  pro¬ 
vide  adequate  radio  broadcasting  facilities  for  the 
extension  division  of  the  University  of  California. 
The  bill  provides  that  one  station  shall  be  located 
on  the  campus  at  Berkeley  and  the  other  on  the 
campus  at  Los  Angeles.  Section  3  of  the  bill  states 
that  “the  operation  of  said  stations  shall  be  under 
the  supervision  and  control  of  the  extension  divi¬ 
sion  of  the  university.  The  division  shall  prepare 
and  broadcast  a  curriculum  of  education  benefi¬ 
cial  to  those  citizens  who  are  unable  to  partake  of 
the  benefits  afforded  by  actual  attendance  at  a 
university.  The  division  shall  arrange  to  broad¬ 
cast.  directly  or  by  remote  control  from  various 
cities  of  the  state,  public  debates  and  discussions 
on  matters  of  vital  interest  to  the  people  of  the 
state  of  California.  They  may  also  arrange  for  the 
broadcast  of  such  other  matters  and  programs 
as  they  shall  deem  to  be  of  educational  or  cultural 
value." 

While  no  request  for  construction  permits  has 
been  submitted  to  the  Federal  Communications 
Commission  as  yet,  this  expression  of  interest  in 
educational  broadcasting  for  Californians  is  timely 
and  worthy  of  recording. 

O 

The  eighth  annual  institute  for 

EDUCATION  BY  RADIO  will  be  held  in 
Columbus,  Ohio,  May  3-5.  Features  of  the  Insti¬ 
tute  this  year  will  be  a  broadcast  by  Dr.  Joseph  E. 
Maddy,  University  of  Michigan,  on  his  weekly 
band  lesson,  an  address  on  “Radio’s  Responsibility 
for  National  Culture”  by  Gladstone  Murray,  gen¬ 
eral  manager  of  the  Canadian  Broadcasting  Cor¬ 
poration,  the  first  American  exhibition  of  record¬ 
ings  of  educational  radio, programs,  and  an  address 
by  Dr.  John  W.  Studebaker,  U.  S.  Commisioner  of 
Education,  on  “The  Governments’  Responsibility 
for  Educational  Broadcasting.”  I.  Keith  Tyler  of 
the  Bureau  of  Educational  Research,  Ohio  State 
University,  Columbus,  is  in  charge  of  arrange¬ 
ments  for  the  Institute,  which  will  bring  together 
scores  of  leaders  in  radio,  representing  educational 
institutions  and  their  radio  stations,  the  chains, 
and  commercial  stations,  as  well  as  governmental 
agencies  concerned  with  radio. 


9 

The  school  executive  for  March  1937 

contains  an  article  on  “The  Use  of  Radio  in 
the  Schools”  by  Dr.  Arthur  G.  Crane.  In  his 
article  Dr.  Crane  outlines  a  detailed  program  of 
experimentation  designed  to  show  school  teachers 
and  administrators  how  effective  radio  can  be  as 
a  tool  with  which  to  improve  teaching.  Dr.  Crane 
describes  the  kind  of  demonstration  which  he  be¬ 
lieves  will  do  as  much  for  education  by  radio  as 
Lindbergh’s  solo  flight  over  the  Atlantic  did  for 
aviation. 

9 

ANNING  S.  PRALL  has  been  reappointed  by 
*  President  Roosevelt  to  be  chairman  of  the 
Federal  Communications  Commission  for  another 
year.  His  previous  appointment  expired  March  11. 


The  radio  workshop  of  New  York 

University,  which  is  operated  in  cooperation 
with  the  Educational  Radio  Project  of  the  U.  S. 
Office  of  Education,  will  hold  a  two-day  institute 
for  classroom  teachers.  May  14  and  15.  A  unique 
and  highly  important  feature  of  the  institute  will 
be  a  demonstration  of  radio  equipment  for  school 
use.  Those  interested  in  further  details  should  get 
in  touch  with  Dean  Ned  H.  Dearborn,  Division 
of  General  Education,  New  York  University,  New 
York,  N.  Y. 

• 

WHERE  THE  NEWSPAPER  and  the  broad¬ 
cast  station  are  separately  controled  the 
listener  may  receive  the  full  benefit  of  both.  .  .  . 
He  has  more  chance  to  decide  for  himself  what 
is  really  happening,  what  its  influence  upon  him, 
his  family,  his  community,  his  country,  is  likely 
to  be.  Obviously  the  newspaper  and  the  broadcast 
station  cannot  be  checked  against  each  other  when 
both  are  under  the  same  control. — Irvin  Stewart, 
member.  Federal  Communications  Commission. 


STATION  WHAZ,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  In¬ 
stitute,  Troy,  N.  Y.,  has  made  broadcast  tests 
for  several  weeks  on  1000  watts  power  to  demon¬ 
strate  to  the  Federal  Communications  Commission 
that  its  present  power  could  be  doubled  without 
disturbing  other  radio  channels.  Following  suc¬ 
cessful  completion  of  the  tests,  various  commercial 
interests  are  reported  to  be  coveting  WHAZ’s 
facilities.  WHAZ  is  a  pioneer  college  experimental 
station  and  has  been  on  the  air  since  1922. 

• 

Edward  R.  MURROW,  director  of  talks  for 
the  Columbia  Broadcasting  System,  is  to 
become  European  director  for  Columbia  beginning 
about  the  first  of  May.  His  departure  from  the 
position  which  was  equivalent  to  educational 
director  is  to  be  regretted  because  both  by  educa¬ 
tional  background  and  inclination  he  was  the 
most  sympathetic  friend  education  has  had  in  the 
network  offices.  No  announcement  has  been  made 
as  to  his  successor. 


The  WOMEN’S  NATIONAL  RADIO  COM¬ 
MITTEE,  organized  in  1934  to  represent 
various  women’s  club  groups  in  dealing  with  radio, 
has  now  undertaken  to  make  radio  program  analy¬ 
ses  for  commercial  organizations  and  at  commer¬ 
cial  rates.  Variety  asks  how  the  committee  will  be 
able  to  avoid  embarrassment  “with  advertising 
clients  and  clubwomen  members  all  in  one  family.” 


Radio  education  has  traveled  a  long 
.  road  since  its  early  pioneering.  It  has  broad¬ 
ened  its  field  and  has  slowly  grown  to  a  full  recog¬ 
nition  of  its  possibilities. — Anning  S.  Prall, 
chairman.  Federal  Communications  Commission, 
in  an  address  before  the  First  National  Confer¬ 
ence  on  Educational  Broadcasting,  Washington, 
D.  C.,  December  10,  1936. 


Guideposts  for  Producing  Educational 
Programs 

Apropos  mr.  boutwell’s  claim  for  the  mass  appeal  of  educational 
.programs,  some  readers  may  want  to  know  the  guideposts  by 
which  such  programs  are  prepared.  They  are  of  two  kinds:  those 
which  have  to  do  with  educational  objectives,  and  those  which  are 
concerned  exclusively  with  the  problem  of  attracting  and  holding  an 
audience. 

The  following  tentative  educational  guideposts  have  been  sug¬ 
gested  to  writers  connected  with  the  Educational  Radio  Project: 

[1]  Does  the  program  have  unity;  that  is,  do  the  parts  contribute  to  a  central 
idea  which,  in  turn,  is  a  logical  sector  of  a  program  series? 

[2]  Is  the  subjectmatter  selected  educationally  important?  A  good  test  of 
importance  is  whether  or  not  the  facts  or  anecdotes  would  be  included  in  the 
curriculum  of  a  progressive  school  system. 

[3]  Will  the  program  effectively  induce  a  considerable  proportion  of  listeners 
to  explore  the  subject  more  completely  by  reading,  by  discussion,  or  other  self- 
educative  activity? 

[4]  Is  there  a  summary  at  the  close  to  fix  in  the  listener’s  mind  the  major 
points  brought  out  by  the  script? 

[5]  Is  the  selection  and  presentation  of  the  material  such  that  the  voluntary 
interest  of  the  “students”  [listeners]  will  be  aroused? 

The  guideposts  for  attracting  and  holding  the  attention  of  a  radio 
audience  are  more  numerous  and  perhaps  less  tentative.  They  include 
and  supplement  good  practise  in  playwriting,  which  is  almost  a  pre¬ 
requisite  for  scripwriting.  They  are  as  follows: 

[1]  Listener  attention  should  be  caught  in  the  first  twenty  seconds.  Methods: 
novelty  sound,  theme  music,  interest-challenging  statement,  or  provocative  dialog. 

[2]  The  first  minute  of  the  script  should  arouse  the  curiosity  of  the  listener  in 
what  is  to  follow. 

[3]  Direct  the  program  to  the  audience  most  likely  to  be  listening  on  the 
station  or  stations  being  used  at  the  time  allotted.  Are  they  women,  children,  men 
tired  from  a  day’s  work,  city  people,  country  people?  Keep  in  mind  what  a  major¬ 
ity  of  listeners  are  likely  to  be  doing  while  you  are  seeking  their  attention.  Try  to 
fit  your  program  to  what  you  think  their  mental  state  is  at  the  moment. 

[4]  Limitations  of  listeners  both  in  terms  of  vocabulary  and  experience  should 
be  kept  in  mind.  Don’t  ask  listeners  to  make  mental  expeditions  too  far  beyond 
the  range  of  their  power. 

[5]  The  subject  of  the  broadcast  must  be  potentially  interesting  to  a  majority 
or  a  reasonably  large  proportion  of  listeners  reachable  at  the  time  and  thru  the 
outlets  available. 

[6]  The  presentation  should  include  listener  participation,  if  it  is  nothing 
more  than  keeping  time  to  music,  laughter,  using  paper  and  pencil,  or  even  more 
important,  an  emotional  response,  a  desire  to  “do  something  about  it.” 

[7]  Visualize  scenes  and  people  before  beginning  action;  that  is,  “set  the  stage.” 

[8]  Each  voice  or  sound  should  be  clearly  established;  that  is,  listeners  should 
not  be  left  wondering  who  a  speaker  is  or  what  a  sound  is.  All  future  behavior  of 
a  character  should  be  motivated  beforehand. 

[9]  Each  line  of  dialog  should  be  as  short  as  possible  and  to  the  point,  without 
hurting  characterization  or  dramatization. 

[10]  The  script  should  “flow.”  Even  more  essential  than  on  the  stage  or  in  a 
moving  picture,  because  of  the  limited  time  and  holding  power,  the  lines  of  a  radio 
script  should  advance  the  plot  or  the  subjectmatter  steadily  toward  the  climax. 

[11]  Variety  is  essential.  No  actor  or  group  of  actors  should  be  asked  to  carry 
a  scene  longer  than  interest  in  a  particular  situation  can  be  maintained — about 
two  minutes. 

[12]  The  script  should  continually  remind  listeners  of  others  present  in  the 
scene  even  if  they  are  not  speaking. 

[13]  Sounds  and  action  should  be  properly  prepared  for  in  advance;  that  is, 
if  the  Indians  are  coming,  anticipation  of  the  sound  of  hoof  beats  must  be  built 
up  in  advance. 

[14]  Characters  should  speak  in  character;  residents  of  a  particular  place 
should  speak  like  residents  of  that  place. 

[15]  If  an  address  to  which  mail  is  to  be  sent  is  used,  it  should  be  repeated  at 
least  three  times.  The  same  holds  true  for  the  name  of  the  school,  agency,  or 
company.  Any  offer  used  at  the  close  of  a  broadcast  should  be  prepared  for  at 
the  opening. 

[16]  Directions  for  the  production  director  and  music  director  should  be  ample 
and  clear. 


[16] 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


ati 


R  A  D  1  O 


Volume  7 


MAY  1937 


Number  5 


Government  and  Radio 

I  AM  VITALLY  INTERESTED  in  the  problem  we  now  have 
before  us  because  /  believe  that  radio  is  destined  to  affect  the 
scope  and  progress  of  education  and,  therefore,  our  national  life  in 
general,  with  results  quite  as  revolutionary  as  those  which  followed 
the  invention  of  the  printing  press.  Radio’s  possibilities  are  yet  but 
relatively  slightly  appreciated.  The  understanding  necessary  to  make 
adequate  educational  use  of  it  is  now  emerging  as  a  genuine  reality. 
The  existence  of  the  tremendous  power  of  radio  is  a  fundamental 
fact  that  has  been  abruptly  thrust  into  our  system  of  living  and  it 
deserves  the  most  serious  and  intensive  study.  We  approach  it  with 
no  feeling  of  mastery  but  with  a  will  to  understand  it,  to  learn  better 
how  to  use  it,  to  aid  in  finding  greater  use  for  it,  and  to  determine 
the  government’s  responsibility  for  its  educational  use,  particularly 
as  that  responsibility  should  be  discharged  thru  the  federal  Office 
of  Education.  .  .  . 

I  have  examined  carefully  the  Act  creating  the  Office  of  Education. 
It  seems  clear  beyond  question  that  radio  has  an  important  role  to 
play  in  achieving  the  broad  purpose  of  the  government  in  “diffusing 
such  information  respecting  the  organization  and  management  of 
schools  and  school  systems,  and  methods  of  teaching,  as  shall  aid  the 
people  of  the  United  States  in  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of 
efficient  school  systems,”  and  that  it  has  perhaps  a  greater  obligation 
to  “promote  the  cause  of  education  thruout  the  country.” 

We  are  seeing  more  clearly  each  day  that  we  must  have  a  scheme 
of  educational  organization  modernized  to  fit  the  spirit  and  the  practi¬ 
cal  needs  of  an  inter-dependent  society  which  demands  swift-moving, 
cooperative  effort.  One  of  the  cardinal  virtues  of  democracy  is  that  it 
provides  more  adequately  than  any  other  system  of  social  organization 
for  the  sharing  of  ideas  and  experiences.  .  .  .  What  I  am  suggesting, 
then,  is  the  need  for  a  much  better  scheme  than  has  yet  been  devel¬ 
oped  by  which,  in  the  field  of  organized  education  itself  and  for  the 
benefit  of  the  public  in  general,  this  interchange  of  facts  and  ideas  over 
increasingly  wide  areas  may  be  accelerated;  by  which,  with  speed, 
regularity,  and  certainty  the  most  outstanding  successes  of  each  state 
or  local  community,  in  its  unique  social,  economic,  and  political  ven¬ 
tures,  skillfully  and  interestingly  related  and  intelligently  interpreted, 
shall  become  the  successes  of  all;  a  process  by  which  the  rich  heri¬ 
tages  of  the  past  may  be  “woven  into  the  personalities  of  the  masses. 

In  this  great  realm  in  which  national  progress  is  sought  thru  more 
widespread,  voluntarily  accepted,  common  understanding,  we  cannot 
rely  solely  upon  the  “horse  and  buggy”  methods  of  the  simple  life 
that  is  gone  forever.  Here  we  must  bring  to  our  aid  a  generous  use 
of  the  power  of  the  most  modern  devices  for  securing  personal  growth 


1^  R.  JOHN  W.  STUDEBAKER,  U.  S.  Com- 
missioner  of  Education,  was  the  speaker  at 
the  banquet  of  the  Eighth  Annual  Institute  for 
Education  by  Radio.  His  address,  entitled  “The 
Government’s  Responsibility  for  Educational 
Broadcasting,”  was  such  a  concise  statement  of 
the  duties  of  the  federal  government,  and  par¬ 
ticularly  of  the  Office  of  Education,  concerning 
educational  radio,  that  it  is  being  brought,  in 
slightly  condensed  form,  to  the  readers  of  Educa¬ 
tion  by  Radio.  It  begins  in  the  adjoining  column 
and  continues  thruout  this  issue.  It  will  be  pub¬ 
lished  in  full  in  Education  on  the  Air,  1937,  the 
proceedings  of  the  Institute. 

• 

“^HE  FALL  OF  THE  CITY”  [a  poetic 
-1-  drama  by  Archibald  MacLeish]  proved  to 
most  listeners  that  the  radio,  which  conveys  only 
sound,  is  science’s  gift  to  poetry  and  poetic  drama; 
that  thirty  minutes  is  an  ideal  time  for  a  verse 
play;  that  artistically  radio  is  ready  to  come  of 
age,  for  in  the  hands  of  a  master  a  $10  receiving 
set  can  become  a  living  theater,  its  loudspeaker  a 
national  proscenium. — Time,  April  19,  1937. 


The  eighth  annual  institute  for 

EDUCATION  BY  RADIO  was  held  May 
3-5  in  Columbus,  Ohio.  Approximately  250  per¬ 
sons,  including  both  educators  and  representatives 
of  the  radio  industry,  took  part  in  the  three-day 
conference.  A  number  of  the  notes  in  this  issue 
refer  to  this  meeting  as  “the  Institute.” 

• 

Meredith  page,  director  of  the  Ohio 
Radio  Workshop,  is  the  author  of  a  new 
handbook  of  suggestions  for  amateur  radio  groups. 
The  booklet,  entitled  Radio  Script  Duplicatio7i, 
may  be  procured  from  the  Bureau  of  Educational 
Research,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 
The  price  is  fifty  cents. 


T  N  NEW  JERSEY  a  proposal  for  a  state-owned 
and  operated  noncommercial  radio  station  to 
be  devoted  in  part  to  educational  programs  has 
been  approved  by  the  State  Advisory  Committee 
on  Public  Recreation. 


[17] 


VOL.  7  May  1937  No,  5 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 

is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Organizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G.  Crane,  chairman,  president.  University  of 
Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  National  Association 
oj  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education,  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

J.  0.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  of 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  National  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B.  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  of  Edu¬ 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J,,  St.  Louis  University, 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  of 
State  Superintendents. 

Willis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schools,  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  of  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
Universities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president,  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Council  on  Education. 

MEMBER  EDUCATIONAL  PRESS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  AMERICA 


Deems  TAYLOR,  commentator  for  the  New 
York  Philharmonic  Symphony  Orchestra, 
during  the  final  broadcast  of  the  1936-37  season  on 
April  18,  made  some  enlightening  comments  on 
what  he  had  found  out  about  his  audience  from 
the  mail  he  has  received.  Mr.  Taylor  has  con¬ 
cluded,  first,  that  people  do  not  listen  accurately, 
and  second,  that  they  are  intolerant.  He  made 
very  clear  his  opinion  of  what  he  termed  a  “na¬ 
tional  educational  racket,”  the  habit  high  school 
and  college  students  have  acquired  of  writing  to 
authors,  commentators,  artists,  statesmen,  and 
other  public  figures,  expecting  to  receive  a  com¬ 
plete  essay  in  response  to  a  few  questions,  the 
answers  to  most  of  which  the  student  could  find 
out  for  himself  in  any  library.  Mr.  Taylor  sus¬ 
pects  that  teachers  are  abetting  rather  than  dis¬ 
couraging  this  practise,  since  one  letter  stated  that 
“My  teacher  says  I  may  have  an  extra  credit  if 
you  will  sign  your  reply.”  The  evidence  that 
American  men  are  taking  an  increasing  interest  in 
fine  music  makes  Mr.  Taylor  feel  very  much 
heartened. 


A  FEW  COPIES  of  the  following  two  free 
publications,  which  are  now  out  of  print, 
are  available  on  request: 

Advisory  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio. 
Report.  Columbus,  Ohio:  The  F.  J.  Heer  Printing 
Co.,  1930.  246  p. 

Perr>',  Armstrong.  Radio  in  Education.  New 
York:  The  Payne  Fund,  1929.  166  p. 

Requests  should  be  addressed  to  the  National 
Committee  on  Education  by  Radio,  Room  308, 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


and  mass  civic  enlightenment.  No  government  can  or  will  shirk  that 
responsibility.  The  dictatorships  of  the  world  have  eagerly  capitalized 
the  sweeping  pervasiveness  of  radio  for  their  peculiar  purposes  to 
restrict  learning  and  to  enforce  beliefs.  As  our  democracy  enters  new 
stages  of  its  race  with  the  forces  which  tend  to  destroy  it,  we  must 
learn  how  to  gear  this  powerful  twentieth  century  instrument  of 
mass  communication  to  the  high  aims  of  a  social  order  which  is  dedi¬ 
cated  to  the  principle  that  the  widest  possible  opportunity  to  learn 
will  produce,  in  the  long  run,  the  soundest  beliefs,  and  the  greatest 
happiness  for  all.  As  the  Office  of  Education  in  your  federal  govern¬ 
ment  assumes  its  share  of  this  responsibility  it  will  be  more  than  a 
clearing  house;  it  will  be  a  dynamic  force  in  sustaining  our  demo¬ 
cratic  ideals  and  practises  and  in  constantly  elevating  the  general 
level  of  American  occupational  and  cultural  life. 

The  responsibility  of  the  federal  government  for  educational  broad¬ 
casting,  as  I  see  the  situation,  falls  within  at  least  three  areas,  as 
follows:  [1]  to  safeguard  the  use  of  radio  frequencies  to  insure  the 
maximum  of  public  service;  [2]  to  use  radio  to  acquaint  the  public 
with  the  work  of  the  government;  and  [3]  to  keep  the  public  posted 
concerning  the  services  it  should  expect  of  radio,  and  to  persuade 
and  assist  broadcasters  to  provide  those  services. 

Safeguard  radio  frequencies:  Radio  frequencies  are  recognized  as 
public  property  by  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  which  has  placed 
in  the  hands  of  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  the  respon¬ 
sibility  of  securing  the  use  of  these  frequencies  in  the  “public  interest, 
convenience,  and  necessity.”  The  Commission,  in  turn,  has  set  up 
certain  regulations  to  govern  the  granting  of  licenses.  Under  these 
regulations,  we  find  that  approximately  97  percent  of  the  frequencies 
within  the  regular  broadcast  band  are  being  used  by  commercial  com¬ 
panies  which  depend  upon  radio  advertising  not  only  to  finance  the 
construction  and  operation  of  the  stations  but  also  to  gain  financial 
profits  on  the  original  investments.  To  be  sure,  these  stations  have 
been  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  operating  in  the  public  inter¬ 
est,  convenience,  and  necessity,  and  from  time  to  time  they  are  called 
upon  by  the  Commission  to  submit  evidence  of  the  public  service 
which  they  are  rendering. 

Phenomenal  progress  has  been  made  in  technical  equipment  under 
this  system  and  no  less  phenomenal  progress  has  been  made  in  the 
technic  of  broadcasting.  Stations  and  chains  have  spent  large  sums 
of  money  to  create  programs  having  the  widest  popular  appeal,  as 
they  vie  with  one  another  for  audiences.  ...  It  is  hard  to  conceive, 
however,  that  nearly  all  radio  channels  in  the  broadcast  band  should 
be  placed  permanently  in  the  hands  of  commercial  companies  even 
tho  they  are  charged  to  use  them  in  the  public  interest,  convenience, 
and  necessity. 

I  do  not  wish  to  be  interpreted  as  criticizing  the  Federal  Communi¬ 
cations  Commission  or  its  predecessor,  the  Federal  Radio  Commis¬ 
sion.  They  set  up  regulations  to  govern  the  granting  of  licenses.  Com¬ 
mercial  agencies  complied  with  the  regulations  and  were  granted  the 
licenses.  Neither  do  I  wish  to  be  understood  as  criticizing  the  com¬ 
mercial  broadcasters.  They  have  entertained  and  enlightened  the 
public,  and  made  noteworthy  advances  in  radio  science  and  in  the 
art  of  broadcasting.  Public  agencies  were  slow  to  grasp  the  educa¬ 
tional  significance  of  radio,  and  even  slower  to  work  out  a  sound 
financial  basis  for  the  construction  and  operation  of  high-grade  sta¬ 
tions.  Altho  much  of  the  early  advance  in  radio  engineering  ema¬ 
nated  from  colleges  and  universities,  college  radio  stations,  with  few 
exceptions,  have  been  inadequately  financed  and  therefore  backward 
in  the  development  of  the  art  of  broadcasting. 


[18] 


Is  it  any  wonder  then  that  education  on  the  air  is  rather  generally 
recognized  as  one  of  the  rough  spots  in  our  broadcasting  system? 
The  Federal  Communications  Commission,  in  its  report  to  the  Presi¬ 
dent  of  the  Senate  of  the  United  States  on  January  22,  1935,  stated: 

The  Commission  feels,  in  particular,  that  broadcasting  has  a  much  more  impor¬ 
tant  part  in  the  educational  program  of  the  country  than  has  yet  been  found  for 
it.  We  expect  actively  to  assist  in  the  determination  of  the  rightful  place  of  broad¬ 
casting  in  education  and  to  see  that  it  is  used  in  that  place. 

It  is  my  opinion  that,  when  broadcasting  plays  a  “much  more  im¬ 
portant  part  in  the  educational  program,”  than  at  present,  the  result 
will  have  been  brought  about  not  only  by  increased  cooperation  be¬ 
tween  educators  and  broadcasters,  but  also  thru  a  larger  number  of 
public  agencies  operating  stations  on  the  public  channels,  exclusively 
in  the  public  interest,  performing  public  services  over  and  above  those 
which  these  agencies  can  perform  by  the  use  of  commercial  radio 
stations  alone.  The  executive  departments  of  the  federal  government 
have  not  been  satisfied  to  leave  to  commercial  agencies  the  respon¬ 
sibility  of  carrying  the  government’s  point-to-point  radio  communi¬ 
cations.  Roughly,  25  percent  of  all  radio  frequencies  now  in  use  are 
assigned  to  the  various  departments  of  the  federal  government.  I  am 
reliably  informed  that  the  federal  departments  expect  to  use  a  con¬ 
siderably  larger  percentage  of  the  ultra-high  frequencies. 

When  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  held  a  conference 
last  June  to  consider  the  allocation  of  the  ultra-high  frequencies 
among  various  agencies  and  for  various  services,  I  requested  that  a 
minimum  of  three  megacycles  be  reserved  for  the  exclusive  use  of 
local  school  systems  for  services  in  addition  to  those  which  they  could 
normally  expect  comriiercial  radio  stations  to  perform.  This  request 
was  for  only  about  one  twenty-fifth  of  the  channels  under  considera¬ 
tion  but  seemed  reasonably  adequate  to  meet  the  needs  of  school 
systems  and  other  educational  agencies,  since  the  portion  of  the  fre¬ 
quencies  requested  would  provide  approximately  seventy-five  clear 
channels  suitable  for  short-range  broadcasting.  No  final  decision  has 
been  reached  in  this  matter  but  I  confidently  expect  the  Commission 
to  make  adequate  allocation  for  this  purpose.  If  it  does,  then  the 
responsibility  for  constructing  the  stations  and  developing  their 
maximum  use  in  the  public  interest  will  fall  upon  local  school  officials 
and  other  educational  groups.  If  they  fail  to  take  advantage  of  this 
opportunity  within  a  reasonable  length  of  time,  the  reservation  on 
these  frequencies  will  no  doubt  be  removed  and  local  school  authori¬ 
ties  will  have  missed  their  opportunity  to  use  them  in  the  performance 
of  their  services  to  the  schools  and  the  public.  I  am  fully  convinced 
that  I  would  have  been  lacking  in  foresight  and  negligent  of  my  duty 
if  I  had  not  pointed  out  the  incalculable  value  to  organized  education 
and  the  general  public  interest  which  may  come  from  a  widespread 
and  continuous  educational  use  of  ultra-high  radio  frequencies.  .  .  . 

Inform  public  concerning  government:  The  legislative  and  executive 
departments  of  our  federal  government  make  a  rather  extensive  use 
of  the  air  to  broadcast  information  about  the  government.  Of  course  it 
seems  proper  that  the  President  and  the  various  federal  agencies 
should  use  radio  as  well  as  other  means  of  communication,  for  the 
diffusion  of  information  intended  to  contribute  to  an  understanding 
of  national  problems,  to  the  solidarity  of  the  nation,  and  to  the  happi¬ 
ness  and  well-being  of  the  American  people.  .  .  . 

According  to  the  President,  “The  development  of  our  economic  life 
requires  the  intelligent  understanding  of  the  hundreds  of  complicated 
elements  of  our  society.”  One  way  to  develop  this  understanding  is 
by  means  of  public  forums  which  I  have  long  advocated.  .  .  .  As  a 
basis  foe  forum  discussions,  however,  we  need  a  great  deal  of  infor- 


\  MYSTIC  KING  OF  THE  NORTH,” 

l\.  one  of  the  “Let’s  Draw”  series  of  the 
Wisconsin  School  of  the  Air,  received  the  award 
for  the  best  program  entered  as  a  directed  class¬ 
room  activity  in  the  First  American  Exhibition  of 
Recordings  of  Educational  Radio  Programs,  a 
feature  of  the  Eighth  Annual  Institute  for  Educa¬ 
tion  by  Radio.  In  the  dramatization  class  the 
award  was  presented  to  “Freedom  of  the  Press,” 
a  program  of  the  “Let  Freedom  Ring”  series  of 
the  Educational  Radio  Project  of  the  U.  S.  Office 
of  Education. 

Seven  programs  received  honorable  mention ;  as 
follows: 

Talks — “How  the  Mind  Grows  in  Infancy.” 
from  the  series.  “Radio  Forum  on  Growth  and 
Development  of  the  Child,”  planned  and  produced 
by  the  National  Congress  of  Parents  and 
Teachers. 

Directed  classroom  activities — “NBC  Home 
Symphony;”  “Maddy  Band  Lessons”  from  “NBC 
Instrumental  Series;”  and  “NBC  Music  Appre¬ 
ciation  Hour,  Series  B.” 

Roundtables — “Youth  and  National  Policy,” 
from  series,  “Youth  and  Problems  of  Today,” 
planned  and  produced  as  part  of  the  Wisconsin 
School  of  the  Air  by  Station  WHA,  University  of 
Wisconsin. 

Dramatizations — “Appointment  at  Westmin¬ 
ster”  from  NBC  “Coronation  Series,”  and  “The 
Penny  Auction,”  planned  and  produced  by  the 
Resettlement  Administration,  U,  S,  Department 
of  Agriculture. 

Programs  submitted  in  the  contest  were  clas¬ 
sified  under  four  headings — talks,  directed  class¬ 
room  activities,  roundtables,  and  dramatizations. 
An  award  and  an  honorable  mention  was  to  have 
been  given  in  each  class  to  a  program  entered  be¬ 
an  educational  organization  and  one  entered  by  a 
commercial  station,  making  eight  possible  awards 
and  eight  honorable  mentions. 

Ninety-five  programs,  totaling  39  hours,  were 
submitted  in  the  contest,  A  preliminary  judging 
reduced  the  number  to  23  programs,  totaling  10 
hours.  The  judges  felt  that  only  two  programs, 
both  of  them  noncommercial,  were  of  a  sufficiently 
high  standard  to  be  worthy  of  an  award. 

Judges  of  the  contest  were:  Dr.  Belmont  Farley, 
director  of  publicity  for  the  National  Education 
Association;  Felix  Greene,  American  represent¬ 
ative  of  the  British  Broadcasting  Corporation; 
and  Joseph  Ries,  educational  director  of  station 
W’LW,  Cincinnati.  Speaking  for  the  judges,  Mr. 
Ries  said  that  after  listening  carefully  and  by  no 
means  unsympathetically,  the  judges  had  decided 
that  the  general  standard  of  educational  programs, 
as  represented  by  the  recordings  submitted,  was 
regrettably  inadequate. 

• 

The  educational  radio  script 

EXCHANGE  of  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Edu¬ 
cation  has  recently  issued  Supplement  No.  1  to  its 
Script  Catalog.  The  original  catalog,  published  in 
January  1937,  listed  S3  scripts.  Supplement  No.  1 
contains  47  additional  scripts,  making  a  total 
of  100  scripts  now  available  free  of  charge.  Ac¬ 
cording  to  the  latest  report,  more  than  40,000 
scripts  have  been  distributed.  To  obtain  the  cata¬ 
log  or  supplement  send  your  request  to  the  Edu¬ 
cational  Radio  Script  Exchange,  Lb  S.  Office  of 
Education,  Washington,  D.  C. 


[  19] 


COMMISSIONER  GEORGE  HENRY 
PAYNE  of  the  Federal  Communications 
Commission  has  proposed  a  special  tax  on  broad¬ 
cast  stations.  He  maintains  that  “the  enormous 
profits  made  by  the  broadcast  stations  more  than 
justify  a  special  tax,  as  they  now  enjoy  the  use  of 
a  great  national  resource  and  it  is  the  govern¬ 
ment  that  bears  the  burden  of  the  regulation 
without  which  they  could  not  exist.”  Commis¬ 
sioner  Payne’s  plan  calls  for  an  annual  tax  of  $1 
a  watt  for  stations  using  1000  watts  or  less  power; 
$2  a  watt  for  stations  using  more  than  1000  and 
less  than  10,000  watts;  $3  a  watt  for  stations 
using  power  in  excess  of  10,000  watts.  Part-time 
stations  would  be  taxed  in  proportion  to  the 
number  of  hours  they  are  on  the  air.  Government 
or  state  owned  stations  and  stations  operated  ex¬ 
clusively  for  nonprofit  purposes  and  broadcasting 
only  unsponsored  programs  would  be  exempt  from 
taxation.  A  bill  based  on  Commissioner  Payne’s 
proposal  was  introduced  into  the  House  on 
April  15  by  Representative  Boylan  of  New  York 
and  has  been  referred  to  the  Ways  and  Means 
Committee. 


The  experience  of  the  Cleveland  Public 
Schools,  as  reported  at  the  Institute  by  As¬ 
sistant  Superintendent  H.  M.  Buckley,  seems  to 
indicate  that  the  first  requisites  for  successful 
radio  teaching  are:  teaching  merit,  ability  to 
visualize  a  specific  classroom  of  pupils,  and  a 
knowledge  of  the  subject  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  students’  reactions.  Considerable  classroom 
experience  and  a  sense  of  timing  are  also  consid¬ 
ered  essential.  Scripts  should  be  prepared  by 
experts  in  the  subjectmatter.  The  writer  should 
be  present  during  rehearsals  and  in  a  receiving 
classroom  during  the  broadcast.  The  most  success¬ 
ful  subject  is  music,  which  lends  itself  more 
readily  to  radio,  but  teachers  and  students  seem 
to  think  the  elementary  science  broadcasts  best. 
An  outline  of  each  broadcast,  with  specific  direc¬ 
tions  to  teachers,  is  sent  out  a  semester  in  advance. 
Some  advantages  of  instruction  by  radio  are:  it 
brings  an  expert  teacher  into  the  classroom;  it 
brings  a  lesson  on  which  many  hours  of  prepara¬ 
tion  have  been  spent ;  it  demonstrates  good  teach¬ 
ing  methods  to  teachers. 

• 

CTATION  KFDY,  South  Dakota  State  Col- 
^  lege,  Brookings,  considers  that  its  outstanding 
contribution  during  the  past  year  has  been  its 
service  in  keeping  the  farm  people  informed  con¬ 
cerning  the  AAA  and  other  drought  relief  projects. 
Other  well  received  programs  were  the  daily 
“Farm  and  Home  News”  and  a  question  box  on 
farm  problems.  The  work  of  KFDY  has  been  so 
valuable  to  the  people  of  South  Dakota  that  the 
Farmer’s  Agricultural  Conservation  Convention 
passed  a  resolution  to  the  effect  that  KFDY 
should  be  given  more  money  and  more  time  on  the 
air.  A  program  on  the  National  Farm  and  Home 
Hour  which  attempted  to  clear  up  some  of  the 
misconceptions  concerning  South  Dakota  origi¬ 
nated  at  KFDY.  The  best  program  at  present  is 
said  to  be  a  series  on  “Soil  Science.”  KFDY  is 
now  planning  to  purchase  recording  equipment. 


mation  about  public  problems  and  the  part  the  government  is  playing 
in  their  solution.  Along  with  the  press,  the  radio  has  come  to  be  a 
powerful  force  in  the  diffusion  of  this  information.  Wisely  and  fairly 
selected  and  planned,  this  information  is  not  only  useful  in  organized 
public  discussions  but  also  in  the  provocation  of  informal  discussion 
of  national  problems  in  every  city  and  village  thruout  the  country. 
This  service  is  particularly  useful  to  a  democracy  in  a  country  like 
ours  with  its  broad  geographical  expanse,  its  diversified  physical 
characteristics  and  climatic  conditions,  and  its  population  of  many 
races  of  people  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  Thru  radio,  space  can  be 
annihilated  and  our  tens  of  millions  of  people  made  neighbors. 

Believing  that  convictions  should  be  followed  by  action,  we  secured 
emergency  funds  to  launch  the  Federal  Radio  Education  Project 
about  a  year  and  a  half  ago  as  an  experimental  demonstration  in  edu¬ 
cational  radio  programs.  Thru  this  project,  we  are  now  broadcasting 
five  weekly  series  over  coast-to-coast  networks  of  the  national 
chains.  .  .  .  We  are  broadcasting  in  an  attractive  and  interesting 
manner  a  wealth  of  information  about  the  government  or  collected 
by  it.  .  .  . 

Sensitize  the  public  to  higher  standards:  For  the  past  six  years  the 
Office  of  Education  has  maintained  a  radio  service  charged  with  the 
responsibility  of  collecting  and  disseminating  information  intended  to 
facilitate  the  use  of  radio  in  education;  to  conduct  studies;  to  encour¬ 
age  research  intended  to  solve  the  basic  problems  involved;  and  to 
give  information  and  counsel  to  both  broadcasters  and  educators  who 
wish  to  improve  the  use  of  the  air  for  educational  purposes.  .  .  . 

Realizing  the  seriousness  of  the  problem  of  the  proper  educational 
use  of  radio  and  a  responsibility  for  its  solution,  the  Federal  Com¬ 
munications  Commission  appointed  the  Federal  Radio  Education 
Committee  to  work  out  means  within  the  present  broadcast  structure 
whereby  the  educators  on  the  one  hand  and  the  broadcasters  on  the 
other  can  combine  forces  [1]  to  eliminate  controversy  and  misunder¬ 
standing  between  groups  of  educators  and  between  the  industry  and 
educators;  and  [2]  to  promote  actual  cooperative  arrangements 
between  educators  and  broadcasters  on  national,  regional,  and  local 
bases. 

There  is  no  need  for  me  to  discuss  the  complex  problems  faced  by 
this  Committee.  The  Committee  is  of  the  opinion  that  a  number  of 
important  studies  should  be  made  as  a  means  of  improving  the  co¬ 
operative  use  of  the  air  for  educational  purposes.  To  date,  sufficient 
funds  for  these  studies  have  not  been  secured  but  they  seem  to  be 
assured.  I  am  firmly  convinced  that  the  returns  on  substantial  invest¬ 
ments  in  radio  research  and  practical  experimentation  in  educational 
broadcasting,  conducted  by  the  ablest  minds  in  the  radio  and  educa¬ 
tional  fields,  will  yield  valuable  dividends  in  terms  of  improved  edu¬ 
cational  broadcasting  service. 

The  federal  government  in  assuming  the  responsibility  of  establish¬ 
ing  a  radio  system  to  be  operated  in  the  public  interest,  convenience, 
and  necessity  will  need  to  work  out  the  basic  problems  in  the  system 
that  are  interfering  with  the  maximum  benefits  to  the  public,  the  legal 
responsibility  being  vested  in  the  Federal  Communications  Commis¬ 
sion,  and  the  educational  responsibility  in  the  Office  of  Education. 
Within  the  means  at  our  disposal,  we  have  no  intention  of  being  re¬ 
miss  in  our  duty.  As  a  service  to  organized  education,  we  should  en¬ 
courage  teacher  training  in  broadcasting,  in  the  school  use  of  radio, 
and  in  the  teaching  of  radio-program  appreciation,  just  as  we  encour¬ 
age  teacher  training  in  other  important  fields.  We  also  should  help  to 
keep  educators,  in  particular,  posted  about  and  alive  to  the  ways  in 
which  they  can  gain  the  greatest  benefits  from  the  use  of  radio.  .  .  . 


[  20  ] 


Government’s  responsibility  summarized:  May  I  now  present  a  number 
of  points  for  consideration  in  determining  more  definitely  than  I  have 
done  in  this  presentation,  the  future  responsibilities  of  the  govern¬ 
ment  for  educational  broadcasting. 

[1]  There  are  thousands  of  programs  broadcast  annually  by  the 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System,  the  National  Broadcasting  Com¬ 
pany,  and  other  chains.  A  large  percentage  of  these  programs  are 
commercial  and  have  assured  outlets  which  provide  a  certain  and 
predetermined  coverage.  A  plan  for  commercial  broadcasting  in  this 
country  has  therefore  been  evolved  which  provides  a  thoro  and 
definite  system  for  such  broadcasting.  However,  in  the  field  of  non¬ 
commercial  educational  broadcasting,  there  is  no  such  parallel.  Non¬ 
commercial,  educational  programs  are  merely  offered  by  the  chains 
but  there  is  no  assured  coverage.  The  question  therefore  is:  Under 
what  policies  and  by  what  means  shall  this  nation  have  available  for 
use  a  real  system  for  the  national  broadcasting  of  noncommercial 
educational  programs? 

[2]  There  is  no  socially  sound  reason  why  there  should  be  ade¬ 
quate,  systematic,  and  sustained  provision  for  an  assured,  regular, 
national  coverage  for  ideas  concerning  articles  for  sale,  while  at  the 
same  time  there  is  no  similar  provision  for  the  dissemination  of 
knowledge,  ideas,  ideals  and  inspiration  which  serve  the  sole  purpose 
of  lifting  the  general  level  of  enlightenment  and  culture. 

It  is  as  reasonable  to  argue  that  all  radio  advertising  should  be 
done  independently  by  the  many  radio  stations  as  it  is  to  argue  that 
the  contribution  which  radio  may  make  to  the  enlightenment  and 
culture  of  the  nation  should  depend  wholly  upon  a  multiplicity  of 
individual  producing  groups  and,  stations  acting  independently.  The 
reason  national  broadcasting  of  articles  for  sale  is  popular  is  that, 
thru  it,  a  given  degree  of  excellence  and  effectiveness  of  a  program 
may  be  created  at  less  expense  per  individual  consumer  than  if  the 
same  quality  of  program  were  prepared  and  produced  by  more  than 
one  unit  of  organization.  In  other  words,  in  the  field  of  the  agencies 
for  influencing  human  conduct  or  reactions  radio  readily  lends  itself 
to  the  purposes  and  economies  characteristic  of  mass  production  in 
industry  generally,  tience  the  growing  use  of  network  broadcasting. 

[3]  The  rapid  increase  in  the  volume  and  complexity  of  knowl¬ 
edge  and  in  the  intricacies  of  human  relationships  creates  a  demand 
for  the  fullest  possible  use  of  the  most  effective  and  economical  means 
of  spreading  knowledge  and  of  creating  an  understanding  of  social 
problems.  A  democratic  society,  therefore,  in  the  interest  of  public 
welfare  and  thru  public  agencies  will  persistently  seek  the  use  of 
those  means  of  mass  communication  which  are  most  efficient  in  the 
dissemination  of  knowledge  and  in  the  creation  of  keener  and  more 
pervasive  social  insights. 

[4]  By  its  very  nature  radio  must  operate  on  and  thru  the  public 
domain  and  must  be  publicly  regulated.  For  these  reasons  the  public 
will  never  relinquish  its  control  of  radio,  and  for  the  reasons  stated 
above,  this  control  will  probably  tend  to  increase  rather  than  to 
diminish.  This  policy  and  trend  are  expressed  in  the  announced  deter¬ 
mination  of  the  public  thru  Congress  to  insist  that  radio  be  operated 
in  the  people’s  “interest,  convenience,  and  necessity.”  The  severity 
of  governmental  controls  will  be  lessened  in  the  degree  in  which  the 
radio  industry  makes  controls  unnecessary. 

[5]  For  the  reason  indicated  the  future  undoubtedly  will  bring 
increasingly  critical  examination  of  the  performance  of  the  radio 
industry  with  special  reference  to  its  service  in  behalf  of  the  people’s 
“interest,  convenience,  and  necessity.” 

[6]  Without  question  the  public  will  steadily  develop  the  feeling 


The  state  of  Georgia  has  enacted  legis¬ 
lation  creating  a  State  Radio  Commission. 
The  Commission  is  to  take  over  and  operate  sta¬ 
tion  WGST  and  any  other  radio  stations  the  state 
may  acquire.  Membership  of  the  Commission  in¬ 
cludes'  the  governor,  the  president  of  the  Senate, 
the  speaker  of  the  House,  the  president  of  Georgia 
School  of  Technology,  and  three  citizens  to  be 
named  by  the  governor. 

WGST  was  given  to  the  Georgia  School  of 
Technology  by  the  late  Clark  Howell,  Sr.  The 
school  leased  the  station  to  the  Southern  Broad¬ 
casting  Company  to  be  operated  commercially 
and  the  present  lease  has  about  three  years  to  run, 
with  the  privilege  of  a  ten-year  renewal.  Governor 
E.  D.  Rivers  pointed  out,  however,  that  it  was 
unfair  to  the  people  of  Georgia  to  tie  up  the 
station  so  long  when  radio  is  expanding  so  rapidly, 
and  that  a  law  passed  in  1931  gave  the  state  title 
to  all  property  owned  by  state  institutions.  For 
that  reason  the  lease  on  the  station  could  not  be 
considered  binding,  sincei  it  was  not  approved  by 
the  legislature. 


The  frank  a.  day  jr.  high  school 

of  Newtonville,  Mass.,  has  been  a  pioneer  in 
the  development  of  radio  programs  presented  by 
pupils  over  the  public  address  system  of  the 
school  itself.  The  principal  of  the  school,  Russell 
V.  Burkhard,  has  been  the  guiding  hand  of  this 
enterprise.  Beginning  with  the  use  of  the  public 
address  system,  Mr.  Burkhard’s  pupils  have  had 
frequent  occasion  to  use  the  facilities  of  broad¬ 
casting  stations  for  the  presentation  of  programs 
of  state  and  national  interest.  The  programs 
dramatize  school  situations  and  serve  to  interpret 
school  life  to  the  public.  The  scripts  are  prepared 
and  presented  by  pupils  under  the  supervision  of 
a  technical  director  who  is  assisted  by  the  English 
department.  The  justification  of  the  program  as  a 
student  enterprise  lies  in  its  value  in  developing 
personality  for  all  careers  and  as  a  first-class  edu¬ 
cational  experience.  According  to  Mr.  Burkhard, 
some  of  the  pupils  have  used  their  broadcasting 
experience  as  a  basis  for  a  selection  of  vocations. 


AN  ESPECIALLY  INTERESTING  FEATURE 
Ax  of  the  Institute  was  the  talk  on  production 
given  at  the  Wednesday  morning  session  by  Rikel 
Kent  of  Station  WLW,  Cincinnati.  Mr.  Kent’s 
fame  as  a  producer  made  his  comments  of  par¬ 
ticular  value.  He  stressed  the  importance  of  allow¬ 
ing  actors  to  interpret  their  parts  in  their  own  way 
rather  than  forcing  them  to  follow  rigorously  the 
director’s  ideas.  He  felt  also  that  directors  should 
be  more  human  in  their  handling  of  young  people 
who  appear  for  auditions.  Even  when  they  are  un¬ 
able  to  use  the  candidates  they  can  at  least  find 
merit  and  give  words  of  encouragement  where 
they  are  deserved.  He  gave  the  impression  that  in 
his  opinion  an  actor  on  a  commercial  program  was 
in  reality  a  salesman  and,  regardless  of  art  or  his 
own  personal  opinions,  everything  should  be  sub¬ 
ordinated  to  the  purpose  of  the  program — sales. 
Mr.  Kent’s  speaking  in  the  manner  of  a  director 
haranguing  his  cast  added  considerable  to  the 
effectiveness  of  his  presentation. 


[21  ] 


According  to  Assistant  Superintendent 
■  H.  M.  Buckley,  the  Cleveland  Public  Schools 
are  planning  the  installation  of  an  ultra-shortwave 
transmitter  to  be  used  in  reaching  all  of  the  schools 
in  their  system.  It  is  felt  that  the  public  schools 
will  be  served  best  by  securing  channels  in  that 
part  of  the  spectrum  where  they  can  work  without 
conflict  with  commercial  stations.  Considerable 
study  has  been  given  to  this  proposal  both  as 
regards  its  effectiveness  and  the  costs  of  installa¬ 
tion.  It  is  probable  that  a  single  receivingset  will 
be  installed  in  each  school  building  so  that  pro¬ 
grams  can  be  distributed  within  the  building  over 
the  existing  public  address  system.  All  broadcast¬ 
ing  by  the  Cleveland  Public  Schools  is  designed 
for  classroom  reception.  If  Cleveland  carries  out 
its  plan,  it  will  be  the  first  city  school  system  to 
take  advantage  of  the  ultra-shortwave  band  which 
the  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Education  requested 
set  aside  for  educational  use. 

• 

SIX  MEMBERS  of  the  staff  of  the  Detroit 
public  schools  were  registered  at  the  Institute. 
As  a  result,  those  attending  the  section  Monday 
evening  devoted  to  broadcasting  in  the  schools 
learned  a  great  deal  about  the  educational  broad¬ 
casting  program  being  carried  on  in  Detroit.  In 
brief,  the  programs,  which  are  in  the  nature  of 
dramatizations  presented  by  school  pupils,  are 
planned,  tried  out,  and  presented  by  means  of  a 
cooperative  effort  between  pupils,  teachers,  and 
the  members  of  the  supervisory  and  administra¬ 
tive  staffs.  An  important  factor  in  the  Detroit 
plan  for  school  broadcasting  is  a  principals’  radio 
committee,  of  which  Owen  A.  Emmons,  principal, 
Cooley  High  School,  is  chairman. 


The  regional  Italian  civic  proj¬ 
ect  of  the  Connecticut  Congress  of  Parents 
and  Teachers  is  a  very  worthwhile  experiment  in 
adult  education  by  radio.  “Community  Responsi¬ 
bilities,”  “Citizenship,”  “Health,”  “Religion,” 
“Delinquency  and  Crime,”  “The  Child’s  Patri¬ 
mony,”  and  “Youth  Problems”  are  some  of  the 
topics  which  have  been  treated  in  the  weekly 
broadcasts,  all  of  which  are  given  in  the  Italian 
language.  Thru  the  use  of  three  Connecticut  sta¬ 
tions,  WICC,  Bridgeport,  WBRY,  Waterbury, 
and  WTIC,  Hartford,  and  station  WOV,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  it  is  estimated  that  more  than  60 
percent  of  the  Italian  population  in  the  United 
States  is  being  reached. 


• 

Radio  station  KFKU,  University  of  Kan¬ 
sas,  Lawrence,  will  celebrate  its  twelfth 
anniversary  on  June  12,  1937.  The  director  of  the 
station  feels  that  the  most  significant  advance 
made  during  the  past  year  has  been  the  contacts 
with  the  public  schools.  KFKU  'is  contemplating 
establishing  a  School  of  the  Air  to  broadcast 
directly  into  the  classrooms  of  secondary  schools. 
Lessons  in  Spanish,  French,  and  German  are  being 
broadcast,  the  French  lessons  having  been  espe¬ 
cially  well  received.  KFKU’s  music  appreciation 
course  has  been  on  the  air  for  twelve  years. 


that  the  industry  is  not  properly  fulfilling  its  obligation  to  the  people’s 
“interest,  convenience,  and  necessity,”  as  long  as  public-service  or 
“educational”  broadcasting — that  is  broadcasting  clearly  designed 
adequately  to  spread  knowledge  and  create  social  understanding — 
must  continue  to  take  its  chances  in  the  confusion  and  irregularities 
of  an  unsystematic,  uncoordinated  scheme  of  rampant  individualism 
of  networks  and  stations,  a  situation  in  which  there  is  no  planned 
program  that  guarantees  certainty  of  sustained  coverage. 

In  spite  of  the  relatively  accidental  methods  now  used  for  mass 
communication  of  knowledge  and  social  understanding,  radio,  to¬ 
gether  with  other  vigorous  agencies  of  education,  has  contributed  so 
largely  to  a  general  diffusion  of  culture  that  the  American  people  will 
not  be  satisfied  with  any  policy  for  the  radio  industry  which  allows 
it  to  be  used  too  largely  as  an  advertising  agency.  In  a  fundamental 
sense  the  general  culture  of  our  people  may  be  measured  by  the 
extent  to  which  they  increasingly  insist  that  such  a  powerful  instru¬ 
ment  as  radio  should  add  to  that  culture.  It  may  be  expected,  there¬ 
fore,  that  our  developing  civilization  will  incline  steadily  toward  a 
larger  rather  than  a  smaller  proportion  of  systematic,  nationwide 
educational  broadcasting  of  a  high  degree  of  excellence. 

Certainly  no  one  will  claim  that  at  the  present  time  we  have 
achieved  the  highest  possible  level  of  civilization  in  the  United  States. 
This  being  the  case,  if  the  people  in  the  future  do  not  insist  upon 
greater  cultural  contributions  thru  radio,  their  failure  to  do  so  will 
be  clear  evidence  that  the  personal  tastes  and  social  aspirations  of 
the  people  are  declining.  Such  a  result  is  surely  not  to  be  desired 
even  tho  it  might  relieve  the  radio  industry  of  a  critical  attitude  that 
would  insist  upon  a  constant  elevation  of  standards.  If,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  forces  for  the  positive  development  of  our  people  increase 
in  effectiveness  [and  radio  is  one  of  these  forces]  naturally  the  people 
will  tend  to  expect  still  greater  contributions  from  such  forces  until 
it  is  very  evident  that  the  limits  of  effectiveness  in  creating  cultural 
advancement  have  been  reached.  Of  course,  these  limits  never  will  be 
reached. 

A  challenge:  May  I  say  again  that  the  government’s  use  of  author¬ 
ity  in  exercising  its  responsibilities  for  educational  broadcasting  will 
be  great  or  small  depending  upon  the  degree  to  which  the  broadcasters 
serve  the  public  welfare.  The  primary  values  represented  by  a  broad¬ 
casting  company  are  based  upon  the  use  of  the  public  domain.  The 
people  of  this  country  will,  therefore,  not  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that 
the  broadcasters  and  advertisers  are  using  public  property.  As  long 
as  it  is  generally  understood  that  the  airways  belong  to  the  people 
and  the  right  to  use  them  can  be  taken  away  by  the  people’s  agency 
of  government  as  easily  as  the  right  is  given,  we  may  expect  careful 
consideration  of  the  meaning  of  “public  interest,  convenience,  and 
necessity”  by  the  broadcasters  and  the  general  public  alike.  I  con¬ 
sider  it  one  of  the  responsibilities  of  government  to  keep  that  sense 
of  ownership  fresh  and  clear  in  the  minds  of  the  people.  That  is  one 
of  the  positive  methods  of  exemplifying  the  principle  that  “eternal 
vigilance  is  the  price  of  liberty.”  It  is  an  essential  safeguard  for  the 
future. 

With  the  great  power  of  the  owners  of  the  equipment  and  radio 
organizations  on  the  one  hand  and  the  supreme  power  of  the  people 
acting  thru  their  government  on  the  other  hand,  we  have  a  balance 
which  may  well  provide  a  freer  employment  of  radio  for  the  public 
welfare  than  seems  possible  in  any  other  system.  It  is  the  govern¬ 
ment’s  responsibility  fairly  to  represent  the  public  at  large  in  its  de¬ 
sires  to  have  its  property  used  to  as  great  a  degree  as  possible  for  its 
educational  benefit. 


[22] 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


Volume  7 


JUNE  1937 


Number  6 


Eighth  Institute  for  Education  by  Radio 

The  eighth  annual  institute  for  education  by  radio, 
held  in  Columbus,  Ohio,  May  3-5,  by  the  Bureau  of  Educa¬ 
tional  Research  of  the  Ohio  State  University,  was  a  fitting  climax 
to  the  series  of  meetings  which  have  preceded  it.  It  proved  again 
that  the  Institute  has  found  its  place  in  radio  and  is  prepared  to 
make  an  annual  contribution  of  lasting  value. 

The  function  of  the  Institute  seems  to  be  that  of  evaluating  the 
specific  procedures  which  are  being  developed  to  meet  special  prob¬ 
lems  of  educational  and  cultural  broadcasting.  So  far  as  possible, 
the  differences  between  the  educational  and  the  commercial  ap¬ 
proach  to  radio  are  forgotten  while  the  common  problems  of  method 
are  stressed.  This  year  particularly,  conflict  seemed  to  be  at  a 
minimum,  while  much  emphasis  was  being  placed  on  the  possibilities 
of  cooperation. 

As  a  background  for  a  discussion  of  technics,  there  is  always 
some  consideration  of  the  philosophy  of  educational  broadcasting. 
This  year  that  aspect  of  the  program  was  covered  largely  by  the 
speeches  of  Major  Gladstone  Murray,  general  manager  of  the 
Canadian  Broadcasting  Corporation,  and  Dr.  John  W.  Studebaker, 
U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Education.  Dr.  Studebaker’s  speech  has 
already  been  reported  in  this  bulletin.^  Major  Murray’s  contribu¬ 
tion  was  equally  fundamental.  He  emphasized  that  the  responsibility 
of  radio  for  national  culture  is  one  of  the  most  important  considera¬ 
tions  of  this  generation;  that  this  cultural  responsibility  must  extend 
to  all  programs;  and  that  radio  should  assume  the  role  of  a  ministry 
of  the  arts.  He  stressed  the  importance  of  radio  in  adult  education. 
He  said  that  there  was  probably  too  much  broadcasting  and  that 
quality  was  to  be  preferred  to  quantity.  Major  Murray’s  speech  was 
the  keynote  of  the  conference  and  its  influence  carried  thru  the 
meetings. 

The  first  session  devoted  to  specific  problems  dealt  with  the 
subject  of  the  educational  broadcasting  station.  First  there  was  a 
rollcall  of  the  various  stations,  each  reporting  the  outstanding 
achievements  of  the  year.  These  reports  were  followed  by  a  careful 
defense  of  the  educational  station  made  by  H.  B.  McCarty  of 
station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin,  president  of  the  National 
Association  of  Educational  Broadcasters  and  representative  of  that 
organization  on  the  National  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio. 
Mr.  McCarty  went  back  over  the  history  of  the  educational  broad¬ 
casting  stations  to  point  out  that  the  early  stations  were  interested 
in  technical  experimentation,  not  in  the  dissemination  of  knowl¬ 
edge.  Many  of  those  stations  went  out  of  existence  with  satisfaction 
that  their  purpose  had  been  achieved  and  that  their  record  was  one 

'^Education  by  Radio  7:17-22,  May  1937. 


A  RMSTRONG  PERRY,  for  five  years  director 
of  the  service  bureau  of  the  National  Com¬ 
mittee  on  Education  by  Radio,  was  one  of  the 
passengers  injured  when  the  plane  in  which  they 
were  flying  from  Brazil  to  Caracas,  Venezuela, 
crashed  in  a  Venezuelan  jungle  on  April  22.  The 
five  injured  passengers  waited  fifteen  days  in  the 
jungle  for  the  aid  which  the  three  uninjured  went 
to  seek.  Mr.  Perry  is  said  to  have  been  very  seri¬ 
ously  injured  and  unconscious  for  nine  days. 
According  to  the  latest  report,  the  survivors  were 
rescued  on  May  7  and  Mr.  Perry  is  recovering  in 
a  Caracas  hospital.  Since  leaving  the  National 
Committee  on  Education  by  Radio  in  January 
1936,  Mr.  Perry  has  devoted  himself  to  freelance 
writing  and  was  in  Venezuela  collecting  material. 


^T'HE  RADIO  COMMITTEE  of  the  Montana 
Society  for  the  Study  of  Education,  of 
which  Boyd  F.  Baldwin  is  chairman,  has  issued  a 
report  recommending  that  the  Society  lend  its 
support  to  the  plan  for  organized  educational 
broadcasting  on  a  statewide  basis.  The  plan  is  the 
one  advanced  by  the  National  Committee  on  Edu¬ 
cation  by  Radio  and  calls  for  the  establishment 
of  state  or  regional  radio  boards  which  will  enable 
civic  organizations  to  pool  their  resources  in  order 
to  secure  the  assistance  of  expert  radio  production 
staffs  and  the  cooperation  of  broadcasting  stations. 

• 

Dr.  IRVIN  STEWART,  vicechairman  of  the 
Federal  Communications  Commission, 
whose  term  expires  on  June  30,  has  notified  Presi¬ 
dent  Roosevelt  that  he  will  not  be  a  candidate  for 
reappointment  to  the  Commission.  He  will  retire 
from  the  Commission  to  become  director  of  a 
new  Committee  on  Scientific  Aids  to  Learning  of 
the  National  Research  Council.  Dr.  Stewart  is 
chairman  of  the  Telegraph  Division  and  a  member 
of  the  so-called  “liberal”  wing  of  the  Communica¬ 
tions  Commission. 


• 

STATION  WOSU,  Ohio  State  University, 
Columbus,  celebrated  its  fifteenth  anniversary 
on  June  3.  A  broadcasting  license  and  the  call 
letters  WEAO  were  acquired  on  that  date  fifteen 
years  ago,  but  a  “wireless  station”  had  been  in 
existence  on  the  campus  for  a  decade  previously. 
The  station  changed  its  call  letters  to  WOSU  in 
1932  in  order  to  identify  itself  more  thoroly. 


[23] 


VOL.  7  JUNE  1937  No.  6 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 

is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Organizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G.  Crane,  chairman,  president.  University  of 
Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  National  Association 
oj  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education.  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

J.  0.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  of 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  National  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B.  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  oj  Edu¬ 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  St.  Louis  University, 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  oj 
State  Superintendents. 

Willis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schools,  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  oj  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
U  niversities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president,  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Council  on  Education. 

MEMBER  EDUCATIONAL  PRESS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  AMERICA 


"D  ADIO  STATION  WILL,  University  of  Illi- 
nois,  Urbana,  has  begun  operating  on  its 
new  frequency  of  580  kc.  and  new  schedule  of 
8am-S:4Spm  six  days  weekly.  Two  32S-foot  direc¬ 
tional  antenna  towers  have  been  erected  and  the 
station’s  listening  area  is  reported  to  be  increased 
125  percent.  An  additional  studio  has  been  con¬ 
structed  and  underground  cables  run  to  thirty 
pickup  points  about  the  campus  for  remote  broad¬ 
casts  of  lectures  and  musical  productions.  Accord¬ 
ing  to  Jos.  F.  Wright,  director  of  WILL,  the  new 
schedule  provides  a  75  percent  time  increase  and 
a  variety  of  educational  presentations  is  planned. 
Talent  will  be  drawn  almost  exclusively  from  the 
1500  professors  and  the  11,000  students.  Among 
the  most  popular  of  the  programs  from  classrooms 
are  those  giving  instruction  in  foreign  languages. 


GIAN-CARLO  MENOTTI,  young  composer 
whose  opera,  “Amelia  al  Ballo,”  was  very 
well  received  in  New  York,  has  been  commissioned 
by  the  National  Broadcasting  Company  to  write 
an  original  opera  for  radio.  The  Columbia  Work¬ 
shop  also  has  been  experimenting  with  materials 
written  especially  for  radio,  as  contrasted  with 
adapted  materials.  Archibald  MacLeish  and  Ste¬ 
phen  Vincent  Benet  are  two  of  the  wellknown 
persons  whose  radio  scripts  have  been  produced 
by  the  Workshop.  The  apparently  growing  realiza¬ 
tion  that  materials  must  be  written  especially  for 
the  radio  in  order  to  use  the  medium  to  the  fullest 
extent  of  its  potentialities  is  an  encouraging  trend. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  more  and  more  experimenta¬ 
tion  will  be  carried  on  with  writers  of  proven 
ability. 


of  success.  According  to  Mr.  McCarty,  the  stations  today  are  inter¬ 
ested  almost  exclusively  in  education.  Most  of  them  have  become 
arms  of  the  extension  departments  of  their  universities  and  are 
rendering  a  farflung  service  to  the  public.  Mr.  McCarty’s  opinion 
was  that  full  academic  freedom  in  radio  could  be  preserved  only  by 
having  educational  institutions  own  and  operate  their  own  facilities. 

H.  Clay  Harshbarger  of  the  State  University  of  Iowa,  who  spoke 
later  on  the  program,  suggested  in  forthright  fashion  that  the  tran¬ 
sition  from  technical  experimentation  to  a  concentration  on  the 
dissemination  of  knowledge  had  not  been  accomplished  as  yet  by 
all  the  educational  broadcasting  stations.  He  made  some  very 
specific  suggestions  of  ways  in  which  the  educational  stations  might 
hasten  their  full  maturity. 

On  the  subject  of  broadcasting  to  schools  there  was  a  wide  range 
of  opinion  among  the  members  of  the  Institute.  Some  felt  that  radio 
was  a  boon  to  all  education.  Others  were  of  the  opinion  that  thru 
the  use  of  recordings  all  the  advantages  of  radio  could  be  given  to 
the  schools  with  much  more  adaptability  and  effectiveness.  While 
these  variant  points  of  view  were  never  completely  reconciled,  they 
stimulated  a  very  spirited  discussion  at  two  roundtable  meetings 
devoted  to  the  subject. 

To  the  extent  that  there  was  agreement,  it  seemed  to  be  somewhat 
as  follows.  Both  radio  and  recordings  are  aids  to  study  and  nothing 
more.  They  are  to  be  used  by  the  teacher  when  and  only  when  they 
contribute  to  the  educational  process.  Therefore  the  teacher  must 
be  the  one  to  write  the  specifications  and  the  broadcaster  or  maker 
of  recordings  must  be  prepared  to  meet  those  specifications.  This 
means  that  increasingly  such  aids  must  be  prepared  for  particular 
local  situations  and  cannot  be  successful  if  broadcast  nationally.  For 
certain  teaching  purposes  where  repetition  may  be  desirable,  as,  for 
instance,  in  the  teaching  of  music  appreciation,  recordings  have 
special  advantages.  On  the  other  hand,  for  reporting  occasions  such 
as  the  inauguration  of  a  president  or  the  coronation  of  a  king  and  for 
bringing  outstanding  living  personalities  into  a  classroom,  there  is 
no  substitute  for  the  radio.  It  became  evident  that  specific  problems 
such  as  the  objectives  of  broadcasting  to  schools,  the  integration  of 
broadcasts  with  the  curriculum,  and  the  most  effective  use  of  broad¬ 
casts  in  the  classroom,  were  especially  in  need  of  study. 

Russell  V.  Burkhard,  principal  of  the  Frank  A.  Day  Junior  High 
School,  Newtonville,  Mass.,  gave  a  splendid  exposition  before  the 
entire  membership  of  the  Institute  of  the  uses  to  which  broadcasting 
can  be  put  in  a  particular  school  system.  He  emphasized  that  the 
experience  of  broadcasting  even  over  the  loudspeaker  system  of  the 
school  had  numerous  values  for  the  children.  First,  it  is  an  excellent 
educational  experience  in  the  development  of  personality.  Second, 
it  gives  training  in  script  writing  and  in  the  expression  of  ideas. 
Third,  it  is  a  definite  help  in  vocational  selection. 

The  radio  workshop  was  another  subject  which  received  much 
attention  at  the  Institute.  The  term  is  still  used  to  cover  a  variety 
of  activities,  ranging  from  special  efforts  in  voice  training  to  a 
complete  producing  unit  for  radio.  Perhaps  its  greatest  service  in 
most  cases  is  in  the  selection  and  training  of  talent.  Dean  Ned  H. 
Dearborn  of  New  York  University,  who  reported  for  the  workshop 
committee  of  the  National  Advisory  Council  on  Radio  in  Education, 
emphasized  that  one  of  the  big  functions  of  the  workshop  was  to  do 
experimental  work  looking  toward  the  discovery  and  exploitation 
of  the  fullest  possibilities  of  educational  broadcasting. 

Thruout  all  the  discussions,  technics  were  being  emphasized. 
Whenever  a  problem  was  raised,  those  in  attendance,  most  of  whom 


[24] 


were  specialists  in  one  field  or  another,  began  to  consider  methods 
of  dealing  with  it.  This  process  culminated  in  the  programs  of  the 
last  day  when  the  morning  was  given  over  to  a  discussion  and  labo¬ 
ratory  demonstration  of  studio  technics  and  the  afternoon  was 
reserved  for  the  report  of  the  judges  of  the  First  American  Exhi¬ 
bition  of  Recordings  of  Educational  Radio  Programs.  The  awards 
given  at  the  Exhibition  were  announced  in  the  May  issue  of  this 
bulletin.^ 

One  of  the  perennial  sources  of  difficulty  in  the  Institute  has  been 
the  question  of  educational  broadcasting  over  commercial  facilities. 
Each  succeeding  year  the  question  has  been  discussed  with  less 
emotion  and  increasing  evidence  of  a  sincere  desire  on  the  part  of  all 
groups  concerned  to  find  a  satisfactory  solution.  While  this  year’s 
meeting  did  not  produce  any  final  answer,  it  went  a  long  way  toward 
an  accurate  statement  of  the  problem. 

The  situation  seemed  to  be  something  like  this:  The  educators 
are  confident  that  they  possess  materials  of  high  potential  value  for 
radio  but  they  are  aware  that  to  date  they  have  not  in  the  main 
presented  these  materials  effectively.  The  commercial  broadcasters 
feel  that  they  have  a  real  need  for  educational  programs  but  they 
want  these  programs  to  be  brought  to  them  ready  for  professional 
radio  production.  This  leaves  a  gap  between  the  educator  with 
materials  but  ineffective  organization  for  presentation  and  the  com¬ 
mercial  stations  with  their  available  facilities  but  standards  of 
presentation  which  for  most  educators  are  prohibitive. 

At  one  of  the  roundtable  sessions  it  was  pointed  out  that  responsi¬ 
bility  for  bridging  this  gap  rests  jointly  with  educators  and  commer¬ 
cial  broadcasters.  The  way  to  bridge  it  seems  to  be  to  set  up  special 
production  units  under  the  supervision  of  educators  to  give  to 
educational  materials  the  professional  radio  presentation  needed  for 
successful  use  on  commercial  stations.  This  method  has  already  been 
demonstrated  to  be  effective  in  the  Ohio  School  of  the  Air,  the 
University  Broadcasting  Council  in  Chicago,  the  radio  project  of 
the  U.  S.  Office  of  Education,  and  local  school  systems  including 
Rochester,  N.  Y.,  Cleveland,  Ohio,  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  and  Detroit, 
Mich.  To  date,  the  financing  of  such  production  units  has  been  left 
largely  to  education,  altho  it  is  generally  conceded  that  commercial 
stations  are  in  a  position  to  increase  their  contributions  to  the  cost. 

Perhaps  one  of  the  solutions  which  will  be  applied  to  this  problem 
in  the  not  too  distant  future  is  the  cooperative  radio  council  plan 
which  has  been  developed  by  Dr.  Arthur  G.  Crane,  president.  Uni¬ 
versity  of  Wyoming,  and  chairman.  National  Committee  on  Edu¬ 
cation  by  Radio,  and  which  was  discussed  at  the  roundtable  on 
regional  organizations.  At  that  meeting  it  was  generally  agreed  that 
a  much  more  intelligent  use  of  radio  facilities  and  available  program 
material  could  be  made  if  the  various  educational  institutions  and 
citizens  organizations  in  any  given  region  would  set  up  a  cooperative 
organization  thru  which  to  mobilize  and  organize  their  assets  for 
radio.  Such  a  cooperative  organization  could  set  up  a  single  pro¬ 
ducing  unit  which  might  serve  a  number  of  participating  organiza¬ 
tions  with  an  increased  efficiency  and  at  a  reduced  cost.  It  might 
give  to  educational  materials  the  kind  of  professional  production 
upon  which  commercial  broadcasters  are  so  insistent.  This  would 
commend  itself  not  only  to  the  broadcasters  who  want  to  enhance 
the  value  of  each  program  they  put  on  the  air  and  to  the  educators 
who  want  their  programs  to  have  a  maximum  of  effectiveness,  but 
also  to  the  listener  who  is  both  judge  and  jury  in  passing  on  all  radio 
performance. 

2  Education  by  Radio  7:19,  May  1937. 


SUMMER  COURSES  in  some  phase  of  radio 
education  will  be  given  at  the  following  insti¬ 
tutions  during  the  summer  of  1937; 

University  of  Florida,  Gainesville 
Northwestern  University,  Evanston.  Illinois 
Butler  University,  Indianapolis,  Indiana 
Purdue  University,  West  Lafayette,  Indiana 
University  of  Wichita,  Wichita,  Kansas 
University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor 
University  of  Montana,  Missoula 
Columbia  University,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

New  York  University,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Ohio  State  University,  Columbus 
Waynesburg  College,  Waynesburg,  Pennsylvania 
University  of  Texas,  Austin 
Southern  Methodist  University,  Dallas,  Texas 
Baylor  University,  Waco,  Texas 
University  of  Washington,  Seattle 
West  Virginia  University,  Morgantown 
University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie 

• 

Harley  a.  smith,  Louisiana  State  Univer¬ 
sity,  and  George  E.  Jennings,  radio  station 
WILL,  University  of  Illinois,  have  been  awarded 
fellowships  by  the  Rockefeller  Foundation  for 
advanced  study  in  radio  broadcasting  with  the 
National  Broadcasting  Company.  On  May  S  they 
began  their  study  of  all  phases  of  broadcasting 
technic,  including  methods  of  planning  and  pro¬ 
ducing  programs,  script  writing,  and  network 
management.  Mr.  Jennings  is  the  production  di¬ 
rector  of  station  WILL  and  an  instructor  of 
broadcasting  at  the  University  of  Illinois.  Mr. 
Smith  has  been  a  radio  instructor  at  Louisiana 
State  University  for  the  last  four  years  and  has 
directed  numerous  programs  presented  by  the  uni¬ 
versity  over  cooperating  stations. 


STATE-OWNED  RADIO  STATION  WLBL, 
Stevens  Point,  Wisconsin,  is  completing  work 
on  the  installation  of  a  new  5000  watt  transmitter 
in  a  more  favorable  location.  A  vertical  radiator 
of  450  feet,  the  tallest  in  the  state,  has  been 
erected  and  a  spacious  station  house  built.  This 
improvement  gives  the  state  of  Wisconsin  two 
5000  watt  daytime  stations.  WHA  in  Madison 
serves  the  southern  half  of  the  state  and  WLBL 
reaches  central  and  northern  areas.  Programs  orig¬ 
inated  at  the  university  and  state  capitol  by  WHA 
are  carried  simultaneously  by  WLBL.  The  stations 
can  never  render  adequate  service,  however,  until 
granted  nighttime  broadcasting  licenses. 

• 

The  national  association  of  edu¬ 
cational  BROADCASTERS  held  a  busi¬ 
ness  session  at  Columbus,  Ohio,  on  May  3  in  con¬ 
nection  with  the  annual  Institute  for  Education 
by  Radio.  H.  B.  McCarty,  program  director  of 
radio  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin,  pre¬ 
sided  over  the  meeting,  which  was  devoted  to  a 
spirited  discussion  of  Association  affairs,  including 
transcription  equipment  routings,  radio  guild 
plans,  objective  interpretations,  and  plans  for  the 
annual  convention. 


[25] 


'T'HOMAS  R.  ADAM,  author  of  Report  No.  1, 
“A  Radio  Experiment,”  published  in  March 
1937  by  the  California  Association  for  Adult  Edu¬ 
cation  as  part  of  its  Survey  of  Adult  Education  in 
the  Los  Angeles  Metropolitan  Area,  is  an  assistant 
professor  of  history  and  government  at  Occidental 
College,  Los  Angeles.  At  the  present  time,  he  is 
on  leave  from  Occidental  College  and  is  engaged 
in  work  for  the  American  Association  for  Adult 
Education  in  New  York.  A  slightly  condensed 
version  of  his  report  appears  in  the  adjoining 
column.  * 

• 

FRIEL  HEIMLICH  of  station  WOSU,  Ohio 
State  University,  and  Leora  Shaw,  station 
WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin,  have  received 
promotions  since  completing  their  training  in  the 
NBC  studios.  Both  received  fellowships  last  fall 
from  the  General  Education  Board  to  spend  sev¬ 
eral  months  in  the  chain  headquarters  studying 
broadcasting  technics.  Mr.  Heimlich  has  been  ap¬ 
pointed  program  manager  of  WOSU  and  Miss 
Shaw  has  become  chief  of  the  script  writing  de¬ 
partment  at  WHA. 


IN  THE  APRIL  1937  ISSUE  of  the  Journal 
of  the  National  Education  Association  Dr.  John 
W.  Studebaker,  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Education, 
lists  as  one  of  the  crucial  issues  in  education  which 
are  not  being  met  by  programs  or  plans  which  are 
adequate  or  satisfactory,  “The  responsibility  of 
the  federal  government  and  the  radio  industry  for 
the  educational  use  of  radio  as  the  most  powerful 
twentieth  century  development  for  mass  com¬ 
munication.” 


The  national  farm  and  home 

HOUR  is  presenting  a  series  of  programs  orig¬ 
inating  on  the  campuses  of  outstanding  colleges. 
The  Association  of  Land  Grant  Colleges  and  Uni¬ 
versities  and  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
cooperate  in  producing  the  series.  Some  of  the 
colleges  already  visited  are  Rutgers  University, 
Washington  State  College,  North  Carolina  State 
College,  and  Iowa  State  College. 

• 

Five  hundred  students  at  Mound 

Junior  High  School,  Columbus,  Ohio,  were 
given  the  opportunity  to  hear  parts  of  the  Corona¬ 
tion  of  George  VI  during  their  history  and  science 
periods.  The  students  were  prepared  for  the 
listening  periods  by  a  review  of  the  history  sur¬ 
rounding  the  Coronation  events.  Wall  cards,  maps, 
and  posters  were  also  used  to  aid  the  listeners. 

• 

Educational  stations,  a  brochure  de¬ 
picting  the  activities  of  the  various  non¬ 
commercial  radio  stations,  may  be  obtained  free 
from  the  ofhce  of  the  National  Committee  on 
Education  by  Radio,  Room  308,  One  Madison 
Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


California  Experiments  with  Radio  Education 

The  CALIFORNIA  ASSOCIATION  FOR  ADULT  EDUCATION,  in  January 
1935,  commenced  a  survey  of  the  nature  of  the  instruments  for 
adult  education  in  certain  districts  in  Southern  California.  The 
American  Association  for  Adult  Education  granted  us  a  sum  of 
money  for  this  purpose.  The  survey  covered  a  period  of  six  months. 

Before  the  survey  commenced,  radio  stations  KFI  and  KECA 
called  a  meeting  of  Southern  California  educators  to  consider  the 
desirability  of  a  five-day-a-week  educational  program  of  general 
public  interest.  The  California  Association  agreed  to  undertake  this 
task  as  part  of  our  general  survey  of  educational  instruments.  The 
stations  agreed  to  grant  suitable  time  for  the  broadcasts  and  also 
to  undertake  production.  Professional  radio  actors  were  obtained 
under  a  government  relief  project.  Our  main  responsibility  lay  in 
the  preparation  of  suitable  scripts  for  dramatic  presentation. 

We  decided  on  dramatic  sketches  as  the  form  most  truly  suited 
to  the  medium.  We  endeavored  to  dramatize  intellectual,  not  emo¬ 
tional  interests.  The  distinction  is  an  important  one  and  vital  to 
the  proper  use  of  radio  by  educational  authorities.  The  radio,  with 
its  reliance  on  dialog  and  its  inability  to  distract  its  audience  by 
emotional  appeals  to  the  eye,  is  probably  more  suited  to  convey 
intellectual  drama  than  either  the  stage  or  the  screen.  The  circum¬ 
stances  of  radio  reception,  the  peace  of  the  fireside,  fit  into  the  mood 
of  thoughtful  meditation  more  readily  than  the  crowded  gaiety  of 
theater  or  picture  house. 

Our  program  consisted  of  five  dramatic  sketches  a  week,  for 
twenty-one  weeks,  broadcast  over  station  KFI  in  the  afternoon  and 
KECA  in  the  evening.  The  type  of  dramatizations  presented  was 
continuously  altered  in  the  light  of  practical  experience. 

In  our  five  separate  programs  we  covered  the  fields  of  literature, 
history,  anthropology,  the  social  sciences,  art,  and  later  ocean¬ 
ography.  In  dealing  with  the  field  of  literature,  we  did  not  feel 
competent  to  make  adaptations  or  venture  critical  commentaries. 
Our  object  was  to  present  as  closely  as  possible  the  original  work 
of  great  authors.  Radio,  curiously  enough,  creates  an  opportunity 
to  present  literature  once  more  to  the  general  public  in  its  truly 
original  and  perhaps  most  effective  form — that  of  oral  recitations 
of  brief  extracts,  phrased  in  dramatic  terms.  Given  proper  nour¬ 
ishment,  radio  could  take  the  place  in  modern  times  of  the  medieval 
bard. 

Our  literature  dramas  were  given  daily  listing  in  the  press  among 
the  five  or  six  entertainment  dramas  presented  by  the  stations  and 
commercial  sponsors.  The  willingness  of  the  station  officials  and 
radio  editors  to  give  our  dramatic  sketches  equal  rating  with  com¬ 
mercial  entertainment  may  be  taken  as  a  favorable  sign.  A  tendency 
exists  to  place  all  educational  programs  in  an  inferior  category  of 
their  own.  In  order  to  make  any  headway  educational  dramas  must 
compete  for  public  interest  on  an  equal  basis  with  commercial  enter¬ 
tainment.  The  authority  and  discipline  of  the  classroom  cannot  be 
translated  into  the  field  of  radio. 

In  constructing  our  history  programs  we  sought  to  evolve  a  new 
form  for  the  historical  drama.  On  the  assumption  that  history  could 
only  interest  the  general  public  if  its  relation  to  everyday  life  was 
made  clear,  we  determined  to  concentrate  on  the  economic  and 
social,  rather  than  on  the  political  and  military  aspects  of  past 
events.  Our  general  objective  was  to  recreate  history  as  it  would 
have  been  lived  by  an  ordinary  middleclass  family.  The  radio  is 


[  26  ] 


particularly  suited  to  quietly  dramatic  episodes  of  family  life.  The 
economic  and  social  developments  of  history  can  probably  be  pre¬ 
sented  more  competently  in  this  manner  than  in  any  other  form  of 
broadcasting.  Our  experiment  has  at  least  shown  that  radio  listeners 
are  willing  to  listen  to  historical  dramas  based  on  something  more 
substantial  than  “glamour.”  The  form  we  have  evolved  could  be 
refined  by  the  continued  experiments  of  competent  men  into  a 
powerful  instrument  for  mass  education.  The  first  practical  step 
that  must  be  taken  to  accomplish  this  end  is  the  creation  of  a 
national  editorial  board  to  give  assignments  and  secure  publication 
and  dissemination  of  material.  The  effectiveness  of  the  educator 
in  the  field  of  radio  depends  upon  the  instruments  that  can  be  built 
up  for  cooperative  effort  on  a  national  scale. 

We  presented  a  series  of  dramatic  sketches  touching  upon  prob¬ 
lems  in  the  social  sciences.  The  technic  of  these  dramas  was  some¬ 
what  similar  to  that  of  our  historical  series.  The  objective  was  to 
illustrate  the  working  of  political  and  economic  policies  on  the  life 
of  the  average  family.  An  obvious  danger  existed  in  that  the  use  of 
the  dramatic  form  would  give  our  renderings  of  current  problems 
a  controversial  or  even  propaganda  bias.  We  avoided  this,  to  some 
extent,  by  illustrating  the  working  of  social  policies  thru  scenes 
from  foreign  countries  where  these  policies  had  reached  their  fullest 
development.  This  technic  permitted  American  listeners  to  take  a 
more  detached  view  of  the  situation  involved. 

The  anthropology  programs  took  the  form  of  dramatic  sketches 
reenacting  actual  field  expeditions  in  which  exciting  discoveries  had 
been  made.  The  educational  content  was  excellent  and  the  subject- 
matter  adapted  itself  naturally  to  dramatic  treatment.  The  encour¬ 
agement  and  coordination  of  this  type  of  scientific  education,  thru 
the  radio,  could  best  be  undertaken  by  the  creation  of  regional 
editorial  boards.  These  boards  could  assign  fields  to  the  various 
institutions  in  a  locality  and  give  editorial  assistance  and  approval 
in  the  preparation  of  scripts^ 

In  the  oceanography  series  dramatic  sketches  were  presented 
dealing  with  marine  expeditions  and  discoveries.  In  this  case,  as 
with  anthropology,  the  local  interest  was  stressed. 

The  aim  of  the  art  broadcasts  was  to  stress  popular  education  in 
the  field  of  artistic  appreciation.  We  were  unable,  however,  to  devise 
any  dramatic  form  suitable  to  popular  art  education  and  accordingly 
substituted  the  program  on  oceanography  for  the  art  series  at  a  later 
stage  in  the  experiment. 

The  writing  of  scripts  is  the  heart  of  broadcast  presentations. 
Commercial  sponsors  rely  on  an  anonymous  “grub  street”  of  over¬ 
worked  underpaid  script  writers.  It  is  only  natural  that  the  quality  of 
work  produced  is  ephemeral  and  lacking  in  imaginative  content. 
Script  writing  for  educational  purposes  would  require  to  be  placed 
on  a  very  different  basis.  The  scripts  should  be  written  not  for  one 
broadcast  alone  but  for  innumerable  repetitions  over  the  smaller 
stations  thruout  the  country.  They  should  have  at  least  the  quality 
of  good  magazine  articles.  The  fact  that  they  are  devised  to  spread 
information  by  their  intrinsic  merit  and  content,  places  them  on  a 
different  basis  from  sketches  designed  wholly  for  entertainment. 

The  second  requisite  of  attractive  educational  scripts  is  competent 
editorial  selection  and  supervision.  Commercial  stations  have  seldom 
a  staff  capable  of  judging  the  soundness  of  an  educational  drama. 
A  national  editorial  body  or  regional  editorial  boards  would  have 
to  be  set  up  by  educational  authorities. 

The  type  of  dramatic  sketch  that  can  be  properly  presented  in 
the  conventional  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes  must  necessarily  be 


SOUTHERN  METHODIST  UNIVERSITY, 
Dallas,  Texas,  thru  its  downtown  Dallas  Col¬ 
lege  division,  will  conduct  a  Radio  Workshop,  or 
training  school  of  the  air,  from  June  3  to  July  IS. 
Taught  by  B.  H.  Darrow,  director  of  the  Ohio 
School  of  the  Air,  the  course  will  be  the  first  of 
its  kind  in  the  southwest.  Mr.  Darrow  will  per¬ 
sonally  supervise  classes  in  script-writing,  radio 
acting,  classroom  use  of  radio  broadcasts,  and  all 
phases  of  building  and  producing  radio  programs. 
The  course  is  designed  for  school  superintendents 
and  teachers  who  take  part  in  school  radio  broad¬ 
casts,  for  classroom  teachers  who  use  radio  broad¬ 
casts  in  the  classroom,  and  for  all  persons  inter¬ 
ested  in  radio  work. 

Mr.  Darrow,  whose  salary  is  being  paid  by  the 
National  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio,  will 
also  conduct  a  six-weeks  summer  course  at  the 
University  of  Texas. 


• 

Glenn  van  AUKEN  of  Indianapolis,  In¬ 
diana,  has  been  granted  a  construction 
permit  by  the  Federal  Communications  Commis¬ 
sion  to  erect  a  one  kilowatt  daytime  station  at 
Indianapolis.  Mr.  Van  Auken  stated  in  his  applica¬ 
tion  that  he  proposes  to  form  a  community  radio 
council  composed  of  representatives  of  the  Cham¬ 
ber  of  Commerce,  Better  Business  Bureau,  service 
clubs,  public  schools,  Parent-Teacher  Association, 
Department  of  Conservation  of  Indiana,  and  other 
organizations,  the  purpose  of  which  would  be  to 
coordinate  service  clubs  employing  radio  facili¬ 
ties,  to  determine  civic  programs  best  suited  to 
meet  the  needs  of  the  community,  and  to  secure 
the  best  talent  available  for  the  production  of  such 
programs. 


• 

ONE  OF  THE  YEAR’S  MOST  THRILLING 
EVENTS  for  more  than  a  thousand  school 
children  in  Wisconsin  was  the  Radio  Music  Fes¬ 
tival  held  on  the  University  of  Wisconsin  campus 
on  May  1.  It  climaxed  the  year’s  activities  of 
Prof.  E.  B.  Gordon’s  “Journeys  in  Music  Land” 
broadcasts  of  the  Wisconsin  School  of  the  Air. 
Boys  and  girls  from  classrooms  thruout  the  state 
gathered  in  Music  Hall  and  sang  together  the  songs 
Prof.  Gordon  taught  them  over  the  radio.  This 
year  marked  the  fourth  festival  held  in  connection 
with  this  popular  radio  program  and  the  comple¬ 
tion  of  Prof.  Gordon’s  sixth  consecutive  year  of 
broadcasting  with  the  Wisconsin  School  of  the 
Air. 

• 

U'y'HE  WORLD  IS  YOURS”  series,  which  is 
presented  by  the  Educational  Radio  Proj¬ 
ect  of  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Education  in  coop¬ 
eration  with  the  Smithsonian  Institute,  has  been 
changed  from  Sundays  at  11:30am,  EST,  to  Sun¬ 
days  from  4:30-5pm,  EDST,  in  order  to  add  other 
stations  to  those  of  the  Red  Network  of  the  Na¬ 
tional  Broadcasting  Company  which  have  been 
carrying  the  series.  During  the  past  several  months 
nearly  150,000  persons  have  written  to  the  Office 
of  Education  about  the  series. 


[27] 


STATION  KWSC,  State  College  of  Washing¬ 
ton,  Pullman,  reported  in  answer  to  the  roll- 
call  of  educational  stations  at  the  Institute  for 
Education  by  Radio,  that  it  has  moved  into  new 
and  improved  quarters  with  offices  and  studios 
adjoining.  It  is  serving  a  greater  audience  than 
at  any  time  in  its  history.  An  interesting  program 
is  “KWSC  Salutes,”  given  by  college  students,  in 
which  a  high  school  is  saluted  each  week.  The 
radio  station  is  now  a  separate  department  of  the 
college  and  employs  twenty-five  students  thruout 
the  year.  The  appropriation  for  the  station  has 
been  doubled  in  the  last  year.  A  great  loss  was 
experienced  thru  the  death  on  January  17,  1937, 
of  Dr.  Frank  F.  Nalder,  long  the  director  of  the 
station.  Dr.  Nalder  was  a  pioneer  in  the  field  of 
educational  broadcasting.  His  was  a  constant  strug¬ 
gle  for  better  facilities  and  larger  appropriations 
for  KWSC,  and  it  is  largely  due  to  his  enthusiasm 
that  the  station  is  as  active  as  it  is  today. 

• 

Radio  station  WBAA,  Purdue  University, 
West  Lafayette,  Ind.,  celebrated  its  fifteenth 
anniversary  on  April  4,  1937.  During  the  past 
year  the  station  has  more  than  doubled  its  pickup 
points  on  the  campus  and,  as  a  result  of  audience 
demand,  the  number  of  broadcasts  from  class¬ 
rooms  have  been  increased.  A  unique  program  is 
based  on  a  class  in  public  discussion.  Students 
from  the  class  are  sent  out  to  conduct  forums  in 
local  communities.  A  special  series  of  programs  is 
designed  for  reception  in  the  Lafayette  schools. 
In  1933  a  noncredit  course  in  radio  was  inaugu¬ 
rated.  This  summer  it  will  become  a  credit  course 
under  the  direction  of  Blanche  C.  Young,  super¬ 
visor  of  radio  education,  Indianapolis  Public 
Schools. 


The  national  school  assembly,  a 

commencement  program  prepared  by  the 
U.  S.  Office  of  Education,  was  broadcast  on 
Friday,  May  14.  The  purpose  of  the  program  was 
not  only  to  present  recent  facts  on  occupational 
trends  for  the  benefit  of  high  school  and  college 
graduates  but  also  to  provide  a  commencement 
program  for  the  smaller  schools  which  ordinarily 
could  not  obtain  speakers  with  a  national  point  of 
view.  Harold  L.  Ickes,  Secretary  of  the  Interior; 
Dr.  John  W.  Studebaker,  U.  S.  Commissioner  of 
Education;  Dr.  Walter  B.  Pitkin,  author  and  pro¬ 
fessor  at  Columbia  University;  and  Edward  A. 
Filene,  philanthropist  and  merchant,  were  the 
speakers. 

The  world  federation  of  educa¬ 
tion  ASSOCIATIONS  presented  a  pro¬ 
gram  in  commemoration  of  World  Goodwill  Day 
on  May  18.  Speakers  on  the  program,  which 
originated  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  were  Willard  E. 
Givens,  executive  secretary  of  the  National  Edu¬ 
cation  Association;  James  L.  Fieser,  assistant 
secretary-general  of  the  American  Red  Cross; 
Selma  Borchardt,  of  the  American  Teacher’s  Fed¬ 
eration,  and  Dr.  J.  W.  Crabtree,  acting  secretary- 
general  of  the  World  Federation  of  Education 
Associations. 


limited  to  few  characters.  Four  to  six  characters  are  ample  if  the 
listener  is  not  to  be  confused  in  the  recognition  of  voices.  Sound 
effects  and  expensive  production  accessories  have  no  true  place  in 
the  educational  drama. 

If  scripts  of  this  nature  were  prepared  and  published,  it  is  likely 
that  educational  sketches  would  become  the  most  attractive  dra¬ 
matic  offerings  on  the  air.  The  quality  of  these  scripts,  because  of 
the  competence  of  their  authors  and  careful  editorial  work,  would 
readily  surpass  the  hastily  written  products  of  professional  script 
writers.  The  radio  public  has  had  very  little  opportunity  to  show 
its  reactions  to  skillful  educational  dramas.  From  the  limited  experi¬ 
ence  of  our  rather  pioneering  work  it  appears  that  the  public  has  a 
true  appetite  for  even  crude  efforts  in  this  direction. 

If  the  major  difficulty  of  obtaining  sound  scripts  is  overcome, 
obstacles  in  the  way  of  production  are  of  lesser  moment.  In  our 
experiment  we  obtained  the  ready  cooperation  of  government  relief 
organizations.  There  is  little  reason  why  this  valuable  educational 
project  could  not  be  organized  on  a  national  scale  and  afford 
real  assistance  to  unemployed  dramatic  performers.  An  alternative 
method  of  production,  particularly  suited  to  smaller  communities 
and  stations,  would  be  to  organize  the  dramatic  clubs  of  univer¬ 
sities,  colleges,  and  high  schools  to  carry  out  such  programs.  The 
formation  of  radio  clubs  for  dramatic  performances  would  of  itself 
be  of  great  value  as  an  educational  force  among  the  participants. 
Amateur  organizations  of  this  nature,  given  trustworthy  scripts, 
could  present  excellent  renderings. 

Whether  in  a  large  or  small  community,  a  slight  coordination 
of  existing  forces  would  suffice  to  create  the  machinery  for  the 
production  of  radio  dramas.  Effective  scripts,  however,  must  be 
provided  either  from  a  national  or  regional  authority.  Nothing 
could  be  more  damaging  to  the  future  development  of  radio  educa¬ 
tion  than  the  production  of  hastily  written  amateur  dramas  by 
untrustworthy  authorities.  The  quality  of  work  required  cannot  be 
produced  by  local  communities,  each  working  on  its  own  initiative. 

An  analogy  may  be  drawn  between  modern  scholarship  ignoring 
the  popular  instruments  of  press,  magazines,  and  radio,  and  medie¬ 
val  scholarship  clinging  obstinately  to  the  Latin  tongue.  Radio  lies 
open  to  any  group  of  men  who  can  produce  material  of  real  interest 
to  the  general  public,  or  to  any  substantial  section  of  that  public. 
The  commercial  organization  of  radio  stations  does  not  bar  inter¬ 
esting  material  from  the  air.  On  the  contrary,  stations  are  eager  to 
secure  programs  that  will  appeal  to  listeners. 

There  is  reason  to  believe  that  the  public  will  give  wholehearted 
support  to  educational  material  on  the  radio  when  it  is  presented  in 
a  form  suitable  to  the  medium  and  the  general  taste.  Scholars  are 
the  only  people  capable  of  devising  the  proper  garments  in  which 
to  present  their  knowledge  to  the  public.  The  field  of  radio  has  been 
almost  wholly  neglected  by  scholars  because  of  the  lack  of  any 
organization  mobilizing  their  talents  for  this  purpose.  The  organiza¬ 
tion  of  universities  and  colleges  is  necessary  before  professors  can 
lecture.  In  the  same  way,  some  institution  must  undertake  the 
responsibility  of  directing  learned  men  into  the  field  of  radio. 

Justification  for  a  national  organized  use  of  the  radio  in  educa¬ 
tional  matters  must  lie  in  the  duty  of  men  of  learning  to  maintain 
their  right  to  the  public  ear.  The  radio  has  opened  up  a  new  avenue 
for  irresponsible  influences.  Negative  protests  are  of  little  value. 
The  only  way  to  combat  worthless  material  is  to  produce  work  of 
intellectual  integrity  in  an  equally  attractive  form.  This  has  been 
the  traditional  task  of  men  of  learning  in  any  civilization. 


[  28  ] 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


Volume  7 


JULY  1937 


Number  7 


The  Radio  Panorama 

/is  THE  SCHOOL  YEAR  CLOSES  and  the  educational  doldrums  of  the 
summer  months  approach,  it  may  be  well  to  make  an  assess¬ 
ment  of  the  general  situation  in  radio,  particularly  as  it  relates  to 
educational  broadcasting.  This  calls  for  the  consideration  of  condi¬ 
tions  in  Washington,  the  center  of  control  over  all  radio.  It  offers 
the  opportunity  for  an  appraisal  of  the  present  situation  in  educa¬ 
tional  broadcasting  and  makes  possible  some  speculation  concerning 
the  future. 

A  feeling  of  uncertainty  seems  to  pervade  all  radio.  If  educators 
are  conscious  of  their  limitations  as  they  approach  this  new  medium 
and  are  wondering  how  to  adjust  themselves  to  it,  they  are  in  the 
same  position  as  everyone  else.  Congressmen,  members  of  the  Com¬ 
munications  Commission,  the  commercial  radio  industry,  and  the 
representatives  of  philanthropy  are  also  trying  to  find  the  course 
they  should  pursue. 

In  Congress  there  are  specific  proposals  dealing  with  various 
aspects  of  broadcasting.  Representative  Emanuel  Celler  has  intro¬ 
duced  a  bill  authorizing  the  construction  of  a  high-powered  short¬ 
wave  government  broadcasting  station  for  service  to  the  member 
nations  of  the  Pan  American  Union.  Representative  Otha  D.  Wearin 
is  the  author  of  a  measure  to  prevent  the  ownership  of  broadcasting 
licenses  by  newspaper  interests.  Representative  John  J.  Boylan  has 
introduced  a  bill  to  tax  all  radio  broadcasting  stations  sufficiently 
to  make  the  federal  license  a  source  of  revenue  to  the  government. 
There  is  also  the  resolution  offered  by  the  late  Representative  Wil¬ 
liam  P.  Connery,  Jr.,  calling  for  a  special  investigation  of  the  Federal 
Communications  Commission. 

While  the  fate  of  all  this  legislation  is  in  doubt,  a  very  consider¬ 
able  pressure  has  been  built  behind  the  Connery  resolution.  On 
March  23,  Representative  Wigglesworth  of  Massachusetts  made  a 
strong  appeal  to  the  Rules  Committee  of  the  House  during  which 
he  said: 


Representative  william  p.  con- 

•  NERY,  JR.,  of  Massachusetts  died  in  Wash¬ 
ington,  D.  C.,  June  15  following  an  attack  of  food 
poisoning.  Mr.  Connery  was  chairman  of  the 
House  Committee  on  Labor  and  sponsor  of  a  reso¬ 
lution  demanding  a  Congressional  investigation 
of  “irregularities  in  or  pertaining  to  the  monopoly 
which  e.xists  in  radio  and  the  activities  and  func¬ 
tions  carried  on  under  the  Communications  Act 
of  1934.”  The  chances  for  the  authorization  of  a 
Congressional  investigation  of  broadcasting  during 
the  present  session  have  grown  dim  since  Mr. 
Connery’s  death. 


The  committee  on  school  broad¬ 
casting  of  the  Wisconsin  Education  As¬ 
sociation  this  spring  staged  two  radio  institutes  to 
acquaint  teachers  with  the  use  of  radio  in  the 
schools.  The  first  was  held  at  Janesville  and  the 
second  at  Stevens  Point.  The  success  of  the  insti¬ 
tutes  and  the  experience  the  committee  gained 
thru  these  experimental  meetings  promise  a  con¬ 
tinuation  of  similar  sessions  in  other  cities.  The 
committee  aids  in  the  planning  of  the  curriculum 
and  courses  of  the  Wisconsin  School  of  the  Air,  a 
regular  presentation  of  station  WHA,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  Madison. 

• 

ARMSTRONG  PERRY,  former  director  of  the 
-LX.  service  bureau  of  the  National  Committee 
on  Education  by  Radio,  is  recovering  nicely  in  a 
hospital  in  Caracas,  Venezuela,  from  injuries  re¬ 
ceived  in  a  plane  crash  on  April  22.  According  to 
a  letter  received  June  22  from  Mrs.  Perry,  who  is 
in  Caracas  with  him,  he  had  a  bad  head  wound  but 
that  has  healed  and  he  is  regaining  his  strength. 

• 


The  evidence  indicates  that  all  of  the  forty  so-called  clear  channels  are  owned, 
operated,  or  affiliated  with  the  big  three  broadcasting  chains.  Ninety-six  percent 
of  the  broadcasting  stations  with  full  time  or  substantial  power  are  said  to  be 
owned  or  in  some  way  tied  in  with  the  three  big  chains.  Of  2,500,000  watts  of 
full-time  night  power  allocated  to  the  industry,  less  than  60,000  watts,  or  3  per¬ 
cent,  is  available  to  stations  which  are  not  affiliated  with  the  big  three.  No  inde¬ 
pendent  full-time  station  is  licensed  to  operate  at  night  with  a  power  of  more 
than  1000  watts  in  contrast  to  some  two  hundred  stations  affiliated  with  the  big 
three,  many  of  which  have  50,000  v/atts,  one  of  which  has  500,000  watts. 

In  the  Senate  fewer  bills  have  been  introduced  but  this  fact 
denotes  no  lack  of  interest.  Senator  Burton  K.  Wheeler,  chairman 
of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Interstate  Commerce  which  has  juris- 


BH.  HARROW  has  resigned  as  director  of 
•  the  Ohio  School  of  the  Air  to  take  a  posi¬ 
tion  September  1  as  educational  director  of  sta¬ 
tion  WBEN,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  Thru  his  withdrawal 
the  Ohio  School  of  the  Air  loses  one  of  the  out¬ 
standing  figures  in  education  by  radio. 

• 

STATION  WRUF,  University  of  Florida, 
Gainesville,  sponsors  the  University  of  Florida 
Radio  Guild,  an  organization  of  students  which  is 
devoted  to  the  broadcasting  of  radio  plays. 


[29] 


VOL.  7  July  1937  No.  7 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howakd  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Organizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G.  Crane,  chairman,  president,  University  of 
Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  National  Association 
oj  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education.  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

J.  0.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  of 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  National  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B.  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  oj  Edu¬ 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  St.  Louis  University, 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation.  . 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  of 
State  Superintendents. 

Willis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schools,  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  of  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
Universities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president,  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Council  on  Education. 

MEMBER  EDUCATIONAL  PRESS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  AMERICA 


10UISIANA  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  Baton 
Rouge,  offers  three  courses  in  radio.  An  in¬ 
troductory  course  covers  the  general  principles 
of  microphone  technic.  The  intermediate  course 
teaches  the  students  to  write  and  present  a 
variety  of  material,  and  requires  each  student  to 
appear  over  the  local  station  at  least  twenty-five 
times  during  the  semester.  The  advanced  course, 
open  to  seniors  and  graduates,  is  a  writing  course. 
Each  student  prepares  an  outline  of  a  series  of 
thirteen  educational  programs  and  writes  one  of 
the  programs  for  his  series. 

The  university  broadcasts  approximately  fifteen 
programs  each  week.  Two  new  bureaus  have 
been  opened  during  the  past  year,  the  Radio 
News  Bureau  and  the  Radio  Script  Bureau.  The 
Radio  News  Bureau  prepares  bulletins  embracing 
material  of  an  educational  nature,  which  are 
being  used  by  nine  stations  in  Louisiana  and 
three  in  other  states.  The  Script  Bureau  has  a 
file  of  scripts  written  by  radio  students  that  are 
available  for  schools  or  other  organizations  wish¬ 
ing  to  present  radio  programs.  The  Bureau  serves 
two  purposes:  supplying  the  community  with  de¬ 
sirable  scripts,  and  giving  the  students  many 
opportunities  for  writing. 

• 


STATION  KOB,  formerly  a  project  of  the  New 
Mexico  College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanic 
Arts,  joined  the  NBC  network  on  June  IS.  The 
station  began  broadcasting  early  in  1920  when  a 
50  watt  voice  transmitter  was  installed.  The  col¬ 
lege  lost  the  station  in  August  1936,  but  continues 
to  present  programs  two  evenings  a  week  from 
8:30-9. 


diction  over  radio,  is  known  to  favor  a  Congressional  investigation. 
He  has  been  on  record  for  more  than  a  year  as  an  advocate  of  the 
separation  of  newspapers  and  radio  stations.  His  defense  of  this 
latter  position  is  that  control  over  both  these  media  by  any  single 
interest  represents  an  influence  so  powerful  that  it  cannot  be  toler¬ 
ated  in  a  democracy. 

Senator  Wallace  H.  White,  one  of  the  co-authors  of  the  Radio 
Act  of  1927  which  established  the  original  Federal  Radio  Commis¬ 
sion,  made  a  speech  in  the  Senate  on  March  17,  1937,  which  has 
been  declared  by  some  to  be  the  outstanding  pronouncement  on  the 
subject  of  radio  made  in  Congress  this  year.  Senator  White  said  in 
part: 

I  do  not  want  to  reflect  unwarrantably  upon  any  member  of  this  [Federal 
Communications]  Commission.  In  past  years  I  have  given  much  attention  to 
the  problems  presented  and  have  some  appreciation  of  the  difficulties  inherent 
in  the  situation.  I  feel  justified,  however,  in  general  comments  on  the  Commis¬ 
sion’s  work. 

In  the  first  instance,  every  Senator  knows  that  the  air  is  full  of  reports  that 
cases  have  been  decided  not  alone  on  the  evidence  presented  and  the  merits  of 
the  issue,  but  that  political  pressure  has  been  often  exerted,  and  that  it  has  been 
determinative  in  many  instances.  There  is,  I  believe,  a  public  impression  that 
applicants  before  the  Commission  should  and  must  seek  political  aid.  The  Com¬ 
mission  ought  not  to  be  subjected  to  such  influences.  Its  decisions  ought  not  to 
be  under  suspicion  to  the  extent  they  now  are  because  this  or  the  other  person 
of  political  power  has  intervened.  I  know  of  no  more  certain  means  of  re¬ 
establishing  the  Commission  in  public  respect  than  to  turn  on  the  light  of  pub¬ 
licity  and  thereby  to  stop  these  attempts  to  improperly  influence  a  quasi-judicial 
and  regulatory  body  of  the  government. 

There  is  a  persistent  report  that  the  Commission,  in  the  consideration  of  cases 
and  in  the  determination  thereof,  disregards  its  own  procedural  rules  and  its 
established  engineering  standards.  Is  this  true?  If  there  is  justification  for  the 
belief,  what  is  the  justification  for  the  Commission’s  acts? 

There  is  a  greater  volume  and  persistence  of  criticism  of  the  Commission 
than  of  any  other  bureau  or  commission  of  the  government.  Is  there  warrant 
for  this?  I  think  the  Congress  should  free  the  Commission  from  unjustified  sus¬ 
picion  or  it  should  act  if  its  policies  and  purposes  and  the  standards  which  ought 
to  guide  a  regulatory  body  of  the  public  importance  of  this  Commission  are  being 
disregarded.  Only  a  searching  inquiry  will  give  the  answer  to  these  questions. 

Criticism  of  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  has  become 
a  rather  frequent  subject  of  comment  in  the  Washington  newspapers. 
The  Washington  Daily  News  ran  a  series  of  articles  beginning  on 
June  4,  under  the  title,  “Radio  Becomes  a  Problem  Child.”  The 
W ashington  Herald  published  a  story  on  June  8  to  the  effect  that 
the  administration  was  considering  a  drastic  shake  up  within  the 
Commission  in  an  effort  to  remove  the  cause  of  criticism. 

Another  criticism  of  the  situation  in  Washington  is  contained  in 
the  article,  “Scandal  in  the  Air,”  by  Paul  W.  Ward,  which  appeared 
in  the  April  24,  1937,  issue  of  The  Nation. 

While  the  administration  is  painfully  aware  of  the  radio  problem 
now  resting  on  its  doorstep,  it  seems  reluctant  to  act.  The  Federal 
Communications  Commission  is  a  creature  of  its  own  creation  and 
the  administration  is  not  eager  to  admit  the  Commission’s  faults 
even  tho  their  origin  can  be  traced  back  to  the  former  Radio  Com¬ 
mission.  The  impression  among  informed  persons  seems  to  be  that 
the  administration  does  not  relish  a  Congressional  investigation  with 
attendant  publicity  but  is  determined  to  correct  conditions  by  work¬ 
ing  quietly  from  within.  If  the  bill  for  the  reorganization  of  the 
government  is  passed,  the  Commission  will  become  closely  affiliated 
with  one  of  the  regular  departments  of  government  and  reorganiza¬ 
tion  can  take  place  easily  when  that  change  is  made. 

So  far  as  the  Communications  Commission  itself  is  concerned,  a 
majority  of  the  members  appear  to  be  more  interested  in  silencing 
criticism  of  the  Commission  than  in  eliminating  the  fundamental 
causes  of  that  criticism.  Some  of  the  problems  yet  to  be  faced  were 


[30] 


suggested  in  a  series  of  articles  which  appeared  in  this  bulletin  last 
year/ 

Among  the  present  problems  pending  before  the  Commission  are 
some  of  special  interest  to  educators.  In  June  1936  the  Commission 
held  a  hearing  on  the  use  of  ultra-high  radio  frequencies.  John  W. 
Studebaker,  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Education,  appeared  at  that 
hearing  on  behalf  of  education  and  asked  that  a  specific  band  of 
ultra-high  frequencies  be  set  aside  for  noncommercial  educational 
use.  To  date  the  Commission  has  neither  affirmed  nor  denied  the 
request.  It  has  begun  to  open  up  the  ultra-high  frequencies  to  experi¬ 
mental  use,  however,  and  the  possibility  exists  that  desirable  wave¬ 
lengths  will  be  preempted  before  the  claims  of  education  can  become 
recognized  and  established. 

In  October  1936  another  hearing  was  held  by  the  Commission  to 
consider  the  question  of  the  reallocation  of  facilities  within  the  pres¬ 
ent  broadcasting  band.  At  that  hearing  consideration  was  given  both 
to  the  engineering  factors  and  the  social  and  economic  factors.  The 
National  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio  and  the  National  Asso¬ 
ciation  of  Educational  Broadcasters  appeared  on  behalf  of  education. 

The  task  of  sifting  the  evidence  and  reporting  back  to  the  Com¬ 
mission  on  both  phases  of  the  hearing  was  assigned  to  Commander 

T.  A.  M.  Craven,  chief  engineer  of  the  Commission.  Under  date  of 
January  11,  1937,  Commander  Craven  made  a  preliminary  report 
on  the  engineering  evidence.  To  date  no  report  on  the  social  and 
economic  implications  of  the  evidence  has  been  announced. 

In  the  preliminary  report  on  engineering.  Commander  Craven  set 
up  an  entirely  new  classification  of  broadcasting  stations.  The  de¬ 
scription  of  those  classes  was  stated  in  rather  technical  terms  in  the 
report. 

On  April  5,  1937,  Commander  Craven,  as  chairman  of  the  Ameri¬ 
can  delegation  to  the  Regional  Radio  Conference  held  in  Habana, 
Cuba,  March  15-29,  1937,  made  another  report,  this  time  to  the 

U.  S.  Secretary  of  State,  in  which  he  restated  the  six  classes  of  sta¬ 
tions  as  they  were  written  into  the  agreement  between  Canada, 
Cuba,  Mexico,  and  the  United  States.  The  various  classes  were 
described  in  that  report  as  follows: 

Class  I:  A  “clear  channel  station”  using  Class  A  or  B  clear  channels  and 
designed  to  render  primary  and  secondary  service  over  extended  areas  and  at 
relatively  long  distances.  Those  stations  of  this  class  operating  on  Class  B 
channels  shall  not  be  permitted  to  use  more  than  SO  kw.  power. 

Class  II:  A  “clear  channel  station”  using  Class  C  clear  channels  and  designed  to 
render  primary  and  secondary  service  over  relatively  wide  areas  and  at  relatively 
long  distances.  They  may  operate  with  not  more  than  SO  kw.  power  and  must  use 
directional  antennae  or  other  means  in  order  to  avoid  objectionable  interference 
with  other  stations  of  the  same  class  using  the  same  channel. 

Class  III:  A  “limited  clear  channel  station”  using  Class  B  or  Class  C  clear 
channels  and  designed  to  render  service  to  a  portion  of  their  normal  primary 
service  area  which,  according  to  the  power  used,  may  be  relatively  large.  The 
power  of  these  stations  shall  not  exceed  SO  kw.  and  they  must  use  special  measures 
or  otherwise  be  located  at  a  sufficient  distance  to  prevent  objectionable  inter¬ 
ference  to  the  service  of  the  clear  channel  stations  regularly  assigned  the  same 
channel  as  is  used  by  the  “limited  clear  channel  station.”  A  “limited  clear  channel 
station”  is  subject  to  the  interference  it  may  receive  from  the  clear  channel 
stations  using  the  same  frequency. 

Class  IV :  A  “regional  station”  using  a  regional  channel  and  designed  to  render 
service  primarily  to  metropolitan  districts  and  the  rural  areas  contained  therein 
and  contiguous  thereto.  Their  power  may  not  exceed  5  kw.  and  their  service 
areas  are  subject  to  mutual  interference  in  accord  wdth  agreed  upon  engineering 
standards. 

Class  V:  An  “urban  station”  using  a  local  channel  and  designed  to  render 
service  primarily  to  cities  and  towns  and  the  suburban  areas  contiguous  thereto. 
The  power  of  “urban  stations”  may  not  exceed  1  kw.  and  their  service  areas  are 
subject  to  mutual  interference  in  accord  with  agreed  upon  engineering  standards. 


''^Education  by  Radio  6:33-39,  41-43,  45-48,  October,  November,  December,  and  December  Sup¬ 
plement,  1936. 


Boyd  F.  Baldwin,  chairman  of  the  radio 
committee  of  the  Montana  Education  As¬ 
sociation,  has  just  completed  a  canvass  of  groups 
and  individuals  interested  in  radio  education  to 
determine  the  desirability  of  a  new  organization 
to  promote  the  use  and  study  of  the  radio  as  an 
educative  device.  It  has  been  suggested  that  the 
new  organization  be  perfected  within  the  frame¬ 
work  of  the  National  Education  Association. 

Specifically  the  proposal  W'ould  set  up  a  com¬ 
mittee  consisting  of  a  chairman  and  forty-eight 
members,  one  appointed  from  each  state.  The 
representative  from  each  state  is  expected  to 
head  a  state  committee,  created  from  wdthin  the 
membership  of  his  state  association.  Approval  of 
the  plan  coming  from  twenty-seven  states  and 
from  individuals  who  furnish  radio  leadership 
brought  out  the  following  objectives  of  commit¬ 
tee  organization: 

[1]  To  establish  an  agency  for  reaching  down 
into  the  constituent  membership  of  the  National 
Education  Association  wdth  current  developments 
in  radio  education. 

[2]  To  provide  a  channel  for  the  lay  educator 
thru  which  he  may  influence  radio  education. 

[3]  To  bring  to  fruition  the  annual  resolutions 
of  National  Education  Association  representative 
assemblies. 

[4]  To  facilitate  dissemination  of  information 
about  current  radio  developments  with  emphasis 
on  state  and  local  interests. 

[5]  To  become  a  far-flung  structure  thru 
which  the  problems  of  radio  education  may  be 
accurately  isolated. 

[6]  To  concentrate  on  the  schoolroom  use  of 
radio,  a  field  not  now  covered  by  any  national 
committee. 

I  7  I  To  encourage  greater  utilization  of  exist¬ 
ing  facilities. 

[8]  To  act  as  a  clearing  house  for  state  com¬ 
mittees  already  in  existence. 

[9]  To  promote  the  development  of  informa¬ 
tion  and  experience  already  available. 

• 

The  university  of  Wyoming,  Lara¬ 
mie,  held  a  conference  on  the  school  use  of 
radio,  motion  pictures,  and  other  visual  aids  from 
June  28-July  1.  The  conference  was  of  particular 
value  to  teachers,  school  officials,  and  community 
leaders  interested  in  the  educational  use  of  these 
modern  means  of  instruction.  Those  in  attendance 
had  the  benefit  of  lectures  by  nationally  known 
leaders,  exhibitions  of  recent  educational  films, 
demonstrations  of  the  school  use  of  radio,  dis¬ 
plays  of  various  types  of  visual  aids,  group  dis¬ 
cussions,  and  individual  assistance. 

• 

Lash  high  school,  Zanesville,  Ohio,  pub- 
^  lishes  a  biweekly  radio  sheet  entitled  “Ether 
Waves.”  The  school  has  a  radio  staff  consisting  of 
juniors  and  seniors  interested  in  broadcasting.  In 
addition  to  publishing  “Ether  Waves”  the  radio 
staff  has  prepared  and  produced  over  station 
WALK  an  average  of  twelve  fifteen-minute  pro¬ 
grams  each  week.  Robert  C.  Horn,  a  member  of 
the  faculty,  directs  the  pupils  in  their  broadcast¬ 
ing  activities. 


[31  ] 


The  PUERTO  RICO  SCHOOL  OF  THE 
AIR,  a  project  of  the  Department  of  In¬ 
struction  of  Puerto  Rico,  has  just  completed  its 
second  year  of  broadcasting.  Established  in  1935 
thru  a  $17,000  grant  from  the  Carnegie  Corpora¬ 
tion,  the  School  of  the  Air  was  carried  on  during 
1936-37  by  a  $15,000  appropriation  from  the 
legislature.  Twenty-four  different  series  of  pro¬ 
grams  are  presented  including  art  appreciation, 
music,  history,  literature,  vocational  guidance, 
social  and  economic  problems,  safety  education, 
and  other  subjects.  All  programs  are  in  Spanish 
with  the  exception  of  the  “Adventures  in  Bi¬ 
ography”  series  which  is  in  English.  An  English 
language  course  is  also  given  and  a  manual  is 
available  to  aid  the  students  in  preparing  their 
lessons  and  following  the  broadcasts.  Persons 
completing  the  twenty  lessons  receive  certificates. 

The  Puerto  Rico  School  of  the  Air  includes 
programs  of  interest  to  young  children,  high 
school  children,  and  adults.  Some  of  the  programs 
are  intended  to  be  used  by  the  teacher  to  supple¬ 
ment  the  classroom  work  while  others  are  de¬ 
signed  for  adult  education.  It  is  felt  that  the 
radio,  by  taking  the  school  into  the  home,  offers 
the  easiest  means  of  improvement  for  the  largest 
number  of  illiterates. 


• 

PL.WS  BY  THE  JUNIOR  LEAGUE  of  Day- 
ton,  Ohio,  are  now  a  part  of  the  regular  school 
curriculum  for  53  classes  in  13  high  schools  of  that 
city.  The  radio  provides  the  means  of  bringing 
into  the  classroom  dramatizations  of  the  classics 
being  studied  by  the  English  classes.  This  pro¬ 
gram,  presented  by  a  group  of  Dayton  Junior 
Leaguers  trained  in  radio  technic,  was  made  pos¬ 
sible  thru  the  cooperation  of  the  Dayton  school 
superintendent,  the  English  teachers,  and  radio 
station  WSMK.  As  the  program  is  a  sustaining 
feature,  the  expenses,  including  scripts  and  a 
director’s  salary,  have  been  assumed  by  the  radio 
station.  The  scripts  being  used  were  written  by 
G.  W.  Batchelor,  who  for  the  past  three  years  has 
adapted  classics  for  the  Ohio  School  of  the  Air. 

• 


STATION  WOI,  Iowa  State  College,  Ames,  con¬ 
ducted  a  series  of  fifteen  broadcasts  to  Iowa 
high  schools  giving  occupational  information  for 
educational  and  vocational  guidance.  The  program 
each  week  was  devoted  to  a  particular  vocation 
as  described  by  an  authority  in  the  field.  Listeners 
were  supplied  with  notebooks  containing  outlines 
to  be  filled  in  with  information  gained  from  listen¬ 
ing  to  the  broadcasts  and  also  lists  of  references 
for  further  study. 


Transradio  press  announced  on  June 
10  the  settlement  out  of  court  of  its  $1,700,- 
000  suit  against  the  major  networks  and  press  as¬ 
sociations.  The  suit,  which  charged  conspiracy  in 
restraint  of  trade,  had  been  pending  more  than 
two  years.  Altho  terms  of  the  agreement  were  not 
announced,  it  is  known  that  the  networks  agreed 
to  recognize  Transradio  as  a  regularly  established 
news  organization. 


Class  VI:  A  “city  station”  using  a  local  channel  and  designed  to  render  service 
primarily  to  cities  and  towns  and  the  suburban  areas  contiguous  thereto.  The 
power  of  these  stations  may  not  exceed  250  watts  and  their  service  areas  are 
subject  to  mutual  interference  in  accord  with  agreed  upon  engineering  standards. 

While  this  new  classification  of  stations  may  be  perfectly  sound 
from  an  engineering  standpoint,  it  is  subject  to  definite  criticism  on 
the  grounds  of  its  social  and  economic  implications.^  There  is  also 
some  question  about  the  desirability  of  writing  it  into  an  interna¬ 
tional  agreement  before  the  probable  results  of  its  national  use  have 
been  explored.  Upon  examination,  the  United  States  may  desire  to 
repudiate  the  classification.  Such  a  procedure  might  prove  em¬ 
barrassing  in  view  of  the  commitment  made  by  Commander  Craven 
in  his  xApril  report  in  which  he  said: 

Six  classes  of  stations  defined  very  much  along  the  lines  of  the  Federal  Com¬ 
munications  Commission’s  engineering  department’s  January  report  were  adopted. 
These  do  not  materially  change  our  existing  practise  and  are  in  accord  with  our 
necessities. 

The  ultimate  disposition  of  the  new  classification  of  stations  will 
depend  upon  the  conclusion  finally  reached  with  regard  to  the  social 
and  economic  effects  of  the  existing  broadcasting  structure.  Comr 
mander  Craven’s  report  on  that  subject  is  eagerly  awaited. 

Before  turning  from  the  Washington  situation,  there  are  two  more 
activities  deserving  of  consideration.  Both  have  to  do  with  Dr.  John 
W.  Studebaker  and  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Education.  One  is  the  Federal 
Radio  Education  Committee,  of  which  Dr.  Studebaker  is  chairman, 
and  the  other  is  the  educational  radio  project  which  is  being  con¬ 
ducted  with  WPA  funds  under  the  Office  of  Education. 

The  Federal  Radio  Education  Committee,  consisting  partly  of 
commercial  broadcasters  and  partly  of  representatives  of  education, 
has  been  in  existence  for  approximately  two  years.  Its  program  has 
been  reported  in  this  bulletin.®  Dr.  Studebaker  hopes  to  announce  in 
the  near  future  a  comprehensive  program  of  research  and  demonstra¬ 
tion.  Earlier  announcement  of  the  program  has  been  delayed  by 
problems  of  finance.  This  delay  has  brought  some  criticism  to  Dr. 
Studebaker  and  has  caused  his  committee  to  be  called  a  “smoke¬ 
screen”  for  the  industry.  The  best  answer  to  such  charges  is  Dr. 
Studebaker’s  address  at  the  recent  Institute  for  Education  by  Radio.^ 

The  radio  project  of  the  Office  of  Education,  which  has  been  put¬ 
ting  on  programs  over  the  facilities  of  both  NBC  and  CBS,  continues 
to  report  increasing  mail  response  from  listeners  and  a  growing 
demand  for  the  mimeographed  scripts  available  thru  its  script  ex¬ 
change.  At  this  particular  time,  the  annual  question  of  a  renewed 
appropriation  is  up  for  consideration.  The  future  of  the  project  is 
by  no  means  assured. 

Leaving  Washington  and  continuing  the  rounds  in  order  to  get 
an  overview  of  other  aspects  of  the  radio  problem  as  it  affects  educa¬ 
tion,  it  can  be  reported  that  in  New  York  all  three  of  the  chain 
broadcasting  companies  are  contemplating  changes  in  their  educa¬ 
tional  operations.  Some  of  the  changes  may  be  far-reaching,  includ¬ 
ing  personnel  as  well  as  policy. 

Apparently  the  commercial  broadcasters  are  receding  from  their 
intrenched  legal  position.  They  are  no  longer  claiming  that  they  have 
a  legal  responsibility  for  what  is  broadcast  from  their  stations  and 
a  willingness  to  meet  this  responsibility  without  help  from  educators. 
They  are  seeking  ways  to  develop  cooperation.  The  educational 
groups  seem  disposed  to  meet  them  at  least  half  way. 


^Education  by  Radio  6:6-7,  30-36,  March  and  October  1936. 
^Education  by  Radio  6:31,  September  1937. 

*  Education  by  Radio  7:17-22,  May  1937. 

[32] 


The  radio  manufacturers  also  seem  to  have  reached  the  point 
where  they  are  ready  to  invest  money  in  the  improvement  of  educa¬ 
tional  broadcasting  in  an  effort  to  increase  sales  of  radio  equipment. 
Their  openly  avowed  commercial  incentive  should  not  obscure  the 
fact  that  they  can  be  extremely  helpful.  Just  what  form  their  assist¬ 
ance  may  take  is  still  uncertain. 

While  the  commercial  interests  in  radio  are  making  more  of  an 
effort  to  have  their  contributions  acceptable  to  education,  schools 
thruout  the  nation  are  making  great  progress  on  their  own.  They  are 
beginning  to  write  and  produce  radio  programs  for  use  on  central 
sound  systems  as  well  as  for  broadcasting  over  the  air.  They  are 
learning  how  to  use  radio  programs  in  the  classroom.  Summer  schools 
are  putting  on  teacher  training  courses  in  radio.  A  syllabus  on  the 
school  use  of  radio  has  become  one  of  the  most  popular  of  the  mimeo¬ 
graphed  documents  available  at  the  office  of  the  National  Committee 
on  Education  by  Radio. 

In  Cleveland  the  public  school  system  has  made  a  preliminary 
investigation  of  the  ultra-shortwave  possibilities  and  is  said  to  be 
preparing  to  apply  to  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  for 
a  license  to  broadcast  over  those  bands.  If  this  plan  goes  thru, 
Cleveland  will  become  a  pioneer  in  ultra-shortwave  broadcasting, 
just  as  educational  broadcasting  stations  connected  with  colleges 
and  universities  pioneered  in  the  regular  broadcast  band. 

As  efforts  for  the  improvement  of  educational  broadcasting  con¬ 
tinue,  other  efforts  aimed  at  the  evaluation  of  what  has  been  done 
are  getting  under  way.  Frank  E.  Hill,  well  known  as  a  writer,  has 
been  retained  by  the  American  Association  for  Adult  Education  to 
survey  broadcasting  thruout  the  nation  and  report  back  to  the  Asso¬ 
ciation  with  recommendations.  Mr.  Hill  has  travelled  over  most  of 
the  nation  and  his  report  promises  to  be  comprehensive  as  well  as 
penetrating. 

The  Regents’  Inquiry  into  the  Character  and  Cost  of  Public  Edu¬ 
cation  in  the  State  of  New  York  has  retained  Elizabeth  Laine  to 
investigate  broadcasting  as  it  relates  specifically  to  schools  and  to 
the  classroom.  Miss  Laine  has  visited  most  of  the  centers  of  school 
broadcasting  and  will  be  reporting  soon. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  a  general  public  interest  in  radio,  per¬ 
haps  the  most  interesting  announcement  is  that  a  committee  repre¬ 
senting  the  sponsoring  organizations  of  the  First  National  Confer¬ 
ence  on  Educational  Broadcasting  is  now  at  work  preparing  a 
proposal  for  a  second  national  conference  to  be  held  in  Chicago  early 
in  December  of  this  year  if  funds  are  forthcoming. 

Another  far-reaching  development  of  interest  to  a  more  specialized 
group  of  people  is  the  announcement  that  a  Committee  on  Scientific 
Aids  to  Learning  has  been  appointed  by  the  National  Research 
Council.  Members  of  the  committee  are  as  follows:  James  B. 
Conant,  president.  Harvard  University,  chairman;  Vannevar  Bush, 
vicepresident  and  dean  of  the  School  of  Engineering,  Massachu¬ 
setts  Institute  of  Technology;  L.  D.  Coffman,  president.  University 
of  Minnesota;  Frank  B.  Jewett,  vicepresident,  American  Telephone 
and  Telegraph  Company;  Ben  D.  Wood,  associate  professor  of 
collegiate  educational  research,  Columbia  University;  Bethuel  M. 
Webster,  attorney  and  counselor  at  law,  secretary;  Ludvig  Hektoen, 
chairman.  National  Research  Council,  ex  officio. 

The  committee  has  already  secured  the  services  of  Dr.  Irvin 
Stewart,  who  is  retiring  as  a  member  of  the  Federal  Communica¬ 
tions  Commission  to  become  director  of  the  project.  Dr.  Stewart  re¬ 
ports  that  the  field  of  interest  of  the  committee  covers  broadcasting, 
the  mechanical  recording  of  sound,  motion  pictures,  and  photog- 


TELEVISION,  an  accomplished  fact  abroad, 
with  regular  program  schedules  in  London, 
remains  the  great  American  radio  mystery. 

Delay  in  making  television  available  to  the 
American  public  is  variously  explained.  “Labora¬ 
tory  tests”  go  forward,  aimed  at  a  finer  definition 
which  it  is  announced  has  been  achieved.  “Field 
tests”  from  the  Empire  State  Building  and  the 
Chrysler  Building,  both  in  New  York  City,  im¬ 
pend.  Televized  programs  are  to  be  sent  out 
under  “actual  operating  conditions.” 

This  is  all  very  interesting,  but  the  American 
radio  listener,  like  the  hungry  small  boy  fidgeting 
around  the  kitchen  door,  wants  to  know:  “When 
do  we  eat?” 

It  is  announced  that  advertisers  will  be  ex¬ 
pected  to  pay  the  television  bill,  and  there  is 
little  remarkable  in  the  announcement,  because 
at  present  advertisers  are  expected  to  pay  the 
bill  directly  and  collect,  indirectly,  from  the 
listening  public. 

Television,  because  of  technical  complications, 
will  be  very  expensive,  it  is  indicated.  Is  it  pos¬ 
sible  that  advertisers  are  finding  tentative  charges 
too  high? 

Television  receivingsets,  it  is  expected,  will 
retail  for  far  more  than  those  that  receive  sound 
alone.  Is  it  possible  that  recovery  has  advanced 
so  tardily  that  there  is  fear  the  American  listeners 
cannot  pay  for  television  receivers? 

It  is  time  for  those  who  bring  radio  to  the 
American  public  to  make  a  frank  answer  to  this 
question:  With  television  a  fact  abroad,  why  is 
it  not  available  to  the  American  listener? — The 
Microphone,  May  1,  1937. 


T3  AD  10  LISTENING  GROUPS  are  being  or- 
LV  ganized  in  eight  localities  in  eastern  Ken¬ 
tucky  in  connection  with  the  radio  listening  cen¬ 
ters  established  by  the  University  of  Kentucky. 
A  supervisor  for  the  listening  groups  has  been 
employed  thru  the  National  Youth  Administra¬ 
tion.  She  will  spend  one  week  in  each  of  the 
eight  selected  centers,  returning  every  two  months 
for  a  week’s  work  at  each  of  the  centers.  Local 
listening  groups  will  discuss  such  subjects  as  cur¬ 
rent  events,  parent-teacher  work,  health,  and 
music  appreciation. 

The  University  of  Kentucky  has  about  twenty- 
five  radio  listening  centers  established  in  remote 
mountain  communities.  Thru  radio  the  people 
are  kept  in  touch  with  the  world  outside.  A  pro¬ 
gram  originating  in  one  of  the  listening  centers 
was  broadcast  over  a  national  network  on  May  3. 

• 

Mimeographed  copies  are  available  of 

the  following  recent  addresses  by  persons 
connected  with  the  National  Committee  on  Edu¬ 
cation  by  Radio:  “Universities  and  Radio,”  Dr. 
Arthur  G.  Crane;  “Public  Opinion  and  the  Radio,” 
S.  Howard  Evans;  and  “Why  the  Educational 
Station?”  H.  B.  McCarty.  The  first  two  may  be 
secured  from  the  office  of  the  Committee,  Room 
308,  One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  Mr. 
McCarty’s  paper  may  be  secured  directly  from 
him  at  Radio  Station  WHA,  University  of  Wis¬ 
consin,  Madison,  Wis. 


[33] 


The  new  YORK  state  college  of 

AGRICULTURE,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca, 
N.  Y.,  is  broadcasting  regularly  over  twenty-five 
radio  stations  programs  which  are  intended  to 
be  of  special  interest  to  farmers,  gardeners,  and 
homemakers.  Charles  A.  Taylor  is  in  charge  of 
the  radio  programs.  Recently  a  survey  was  made 
to  determine  the  preferences  of  listeners,  their 
regularity  of  listening,  and  place  of  residence, 
i.  e.,  rural,  suburban,  urban.  Results  of  the  survey 
were  based  on  replies  to  1500  letters  of  inquiry. 
In  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  broadcasts  place 
much  greater  emphasis  on  agricultural  topics  than 
on  homemaking,  the  number  of  women  found 
to  be  listening  nearly  equalled  the  number  of 
men.  Sixty-two  percent  of  the  replies  were  from 
rural  residents,  17  percent  from  suburban,  and 
21  per  cent  from  urban. 

It  was  found  that  rural  and  urban  men  listen 
more  regularly  than  suburban  men,  whereas  rural 
and  suburban  women  listen  regularly.  Outstand¬ 
ing  preferences  were  for  “Seasonal  Advice  and 
Reminders”  and  for  “Experiences  of  Farmers  and 
Homemakers.”  “New  Scientific  Discoveries” 
found  especial  favor  with  suburban  listeners. 

Professor  Taylor  has  also  been  experimenting 
with  shortwave  in  broadcasting  agricultural  pro¬ 
grams  for  reception  in  other  countries.  Purposes 
of  the  shortwave  broadcasts  are  to  build  up  good¬ 
will,  especially  between  educational  institutions 
in  the  different  countries,  and  to  e.xplore  the 
methods  and  possibilities  in  agricultural  broad¬ 
casting  by  shortwave  to  other  countries.  Professor 
Taylor  reports  that  they  are  finding  out  many 
interesting  things  that  nobody  seems  to  have 
known  about  international  interests  in  agriculture. 

• 

STATION  WNAD,  University  of  Oklahoma, 
Norman,  is  broadcasting  from  beautiful  new 
studios  on  two  floors  of  the  Union  Tower  on  the 
campus.  The  tower  and  studios  were  built  with 
the  aid  of  Federal  funds  thru  the  Works  Progress 
Administration.  They  represent  the  finest  in  acous¬ 
tical  and  engineering  treatment,  are  beautifully 
decorated,  and  are  equipped  with  the  latest  word 
in  broadcasting  equipment.  WNAD  is  now  broad¬ 
casting  thirteen  hours  each  week,  and  estimates 
that  approximately  150  students  go  before  the 
microphone  during  this  period.  A  course  in  radio 
announcing  was  inaugurated  this  year,  and  the  de¬ 
mand  was  so  great  that  candidates  for  admission 
to  the  class  had  to  pass  a  strenuous  audition. 

• 

Radio  as  an  aid  in  teaching,  a  new 

pamphlet  by  I.  Keith  Tyler  and  R.  R. 
Lowdermilk,  contains  the  following  five  articles 
reprinted  from  The  Ohio  Radio  Announcer: 
“Using  Radio  News,”  “Radio  in  the  Social 
Studies,”  “Music  and  Radio,”  “Radio  and  Eng¬ 
lish,”  and  “Radio  and  Science.”  Since  the  useful¬ 
ness  of  these  articles  was  by  no  means  confined  to 
Ohio  readers  it  seemed  desirable  to  make  them 
available  to  a  wider  public  than  that  represented 
by  the  mailing  list  of  the  Announcer.  The  pam¬ 
phlet  may  be  secured  without  charge  from  the 
Bureau  of  Educational  Research  of  the  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


raphy.  The  committee  will  canvass  developments  in  these  fields  and 
set  up  experiments  and  demonstrations  in  each.  In  this  way  it  will 
explore  possibilities  and  stimulate  progress.  The  offices  of  the  com¬ 
mittee  will  be  in  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Other  specific  developments  are  worthy  of  mention  in  this  over¬ 
view  of  broadcasting,  but  for  the  moment  it  seems  well  to  focus 
attention  on  a  general  problem  of  increasing  importance. 

There  is  a  growing  feeling  in  this  country  that,  just  as  citizens’ 
groups  are  participating  more  actively  in  politics,  such  groups  should 
have  a  larger  participation  in  broadcasting.  Leaders  of  these  groups 
feel  that  they  represent  resources  of  program  materials  which  are 
worthy  of  a  place  on  the  air.  They  demand  time  for  their  programs. 

Broadcasters  have  not  yet  developed  a  satisfactory  pattern  for 
handling  such  claims.  Radio  is  new.  Its  leaders  have  sometimes  made 
the  mistake  of  considering  themselves  engaged  in  a  strictly  private 
enterprise.  They  have  dealt  with  citizens’  groups  as  tho  they  had  a 
minimum  of  public  responsibility.  They  have  aroused  unnecessary 
antagonism  and  suspicion. 

A  pattern  for  handling  such  problems  exists.  It  has  been  devel¬ 
oped  by  the  National  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio  out  of  the 
experience  of  thousands  of  educators.  Education  is  old.  Its  adminis¬ 
trative  leaders  are  accustomed  to  demands  being  made  upon  them 
by  citizens’  groups.  These  leaders  have  always  recognized  that  they 
have  a  public  responsibility.  While  they  cannot  accept  the  dictates 
of  any  group,  they  have  been  forced  to  find  a  formula  which  gives 
to  all  groups  a  satisfactory  hearing  and  the  sense  of  a  real  oppor¬ 
tunity  for  participation  in  the  educational  program  of  a  community. 

On  the  basis  of  this  educational  experience  the  NCER  has  devel¬ 
oped  a  cooperative  plan  which  is  available  to  commercial  broad¬ 
casters  as  soon  as  those  representatives  of  the  industry  are  ready  to 
make  use  of  it.® 

It  is  only  a  matter  of  time  before  the  logical  aspects  of  such  co¬ 
operative  organizations  will  compel  their  acceptance.  The  only  ques¬ 
tion  about  which  real  uncertainty  continues  to  exist  is  the  form  which 
they  will  take  when  they  finally  arrive.  The  answer  to  that  question 
will  be  determined  largely  by  the  source  from  which  comes  the  finan¬ 
cial  support. 

One  possibility  is  that  such  organizations  may  be  financed  by  the 
government.  The  beginnings  of  such  a  pattern  already  exist  in  the 
radio  project  now  being  operated  by  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Education. 
That  organization  is  finding  necessary  the  creation  of  special  com¬ 
mittees  for  the  checking  of  its  work.  It  may  have  to  establish  a 
general  supervisory  committee  for  the  review  of  its  whole  program. 
Then  it  will  be  in  essence  an  equivalent  of  the  program  advocated 
by  the  National  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio. 

Another  possibility  lies  in  a  cooperative  organization  financed  by 
private  groups.  The  pattern  for  this  kind  of  organization  is  estab¬ 
lished  in  embryo  in  the  University  Broadcasting  Council  of  Chicago. 
The  expansion  of  that  plan  to  include  not  only  colleges  but  also 
important  citizens’  groups  is  inevitable.  There  are  other  patterns 
being  developed,  notably  one  for  the  Rocky  Mountain  region.  Any 
number  could  be  set  up  on  short  notice  if  necessary  financial  sup¬ 
port  were  in  sight. 

The  plan  is  certain  to  materialize.  Whether  it  comes  under  the 
aegis  of  government  or  thru  the  initiative  of  private  groups  depends 
upon  the  convictions  of  the  holders  of  the  pursestrings  as  to  which 
procedure  is  most  in  keeping  with  the  requirements  of  radio  and 
the  needs  of  American  democracy. 

^Education  by  Radio  6:2-3,  13-lS,  45-48,  January-February,  June,  and  December  Supplement,  1936. 

[34] 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


Volume  7 


AUGUST  1937 


Number  8 


Detroit’s  Plan  for  Educational  Broadcasts 

For  three  and  one-half  years  the  members  of  the  Advisory 
Committee  on  Visual  and  Radio  Education  of  the  Detroit  Board 
of  Education  have  supervised  the  educational  radio  programs  of 
the  public  schools.  These  seven  men,  with  the  first  assistant  super¬ 
intendent  as  chairman,  meet  at  regular  intervals  and  determine  all 
policies,  make  all  station  contacts,  and  schedule  programs.  All  radio 
activities  of  the  thousand  students  who  appeared  in  musical  pro¬ 
grams  last  year  were  cleared  thru  this  committee. 

Various  members  have  specific  duties.  A  committee  member  from 
the  department  of  instruction  reviews  the  instructional  bulletin  which 
is  sent  to  each  elementary  school  a  week  previous  to  the  broadcast  of 
“Our  World  Today,”  the  program  designed  to  bring  learning  ex¬ 
periences  to  students  in  the  fifth  and  sixth  grades.  Since  this  bulletin 
not  only  outlines  the  program  but  suggests  preparatory  and  result¬ 
ant  activities  for  English,  social  science,  art,  music,  shop,  and 
auditorium  classes,  the  committee  member  in  charge  is  responsible 
for  checking  with  the  department  heads  all  activities  to  make  certain 
that  they  correlate  with  the  general  educational  philosophy.  He  also 
checks  the  book  list  and  the  page  of  interesting  facts  included  in 
each  bulletin. 

Another  member  of  the  committee  directs  the  activities  of  the  radio 
units  that  have  been  established  in  each  high  school  and  intermediate 
[junior  high]  school  in  the  city.  These  radio  units  are,  for  the  most 
part,  extracurricular  groups,  open  to  all  students  interested  in  radio 
projects.  Some  radio  units  are  very  active  in  presenting  school  pro¬ 
grams  over  the  public  address  systems,  and  all  units  have  an  oppor¬ 
tunity  to  appear  once  a  semester  on  the  “Public  School  Talent” 
program,  designed  primarily  to  provide  experience  to  the  students 
in  the  art  of  broadcasting.  The  most  experienced  and  talented  mem¬ 
bers  of  these  units  are  eligible  for  membership  in  the  Detroit  Public 
School  Radio  Players,  who  enact  the  character  roles  in  the  programs 
planned  for  direct  reception  in  the  schools. 

The  radio  staff  is  under  the  direct  supervision  of  another  member 
of  the  Advisory  Committee.  Members  of  the  radio  staff  write  the 
scripts,  select  or  approve  the  musical  programs,  and  for  the  most 
part  direct  the  rehearsals  of  the  programs,  “Our  World  Today,” 
“Occupations  on  Parade,”  and  “Public  School  Talent,”  for  presen¬ 
tation  on  the  air.  Some  of  these  rehearsals  are  with  the  students  of 
particular  schools,  and  some  with  the  Detroit  Public  School  Radio 
Players.  Permits  for  absence  from  school  to  appear  on  the  broad¬ 
cast,  blanks  for  written  permits  from  parents,  and  transportation  of 
various  groups  are  checked  by  members  of  the  radio  staff.  These 
radio  staff  members  also  provide  the  musical  selections  and  select 
the  students  who  are  to  “try  out”  and  present  the  characters  in  the 


STATION  WRUF,  University  of  Florida, 
Gainesville,  has  inaugurated  a  program  of 
broadcasting  the  various  industrial  and  agricul¬ 
tural  activities  carried  on  within  the  state  of 
Florida.  Broadcasters  go  to  the  various  plants 
and  give  all  the  information  as  well  as  eye-descrip¬ 
tions  of  the  operation  of  the  industries.  The  first 
broadcast  of  this  nature  was  from  the  Wilson 
Cypress  Company  in  Palatka  and  started  out 
by  following  a  raft  of  logs  down  the  St.  Johns 
River,  describing  their  progress  thru  the  mill,  and 
following  them  thru  until,  as  the  finished  product, 
they  were  put  on  box  cars  to  be  shipped.  The 
next  broadcast  was  the  4-H  Club  Camp  and  rec¬ 
reational  program  in  the  Ocala  National  Forest, 
followed  by  a  thirty-minute  broadcast  of  the  busi¬ 
ness  of  maintaining  and  operating  a  national  for¬ 
est.  On  July  IS  there  was  broadcast  from  Tampa 
a  full  description  from  the  largest  cigar  manu¬ 
facturing  concern  in  the  world.  Such  a  program 
of  information  and  education  as  has  been  under¬ 
taken  by  WRUF  seems  to  be  a  very  appropriate 
activity  for  a  state-owned  broadcasting  station. 

• 

BH.  D.ARROW,  former  director  of  the  Ohio 
•  School  of  the  Air,  is  now  conducting  a  six- 
weeks  course  in  radio  education  at  the  Univer¬ 
sity  of  Texas.  During  the  preceding  six  weeks, 
Mr.  Darrow,  whose  services  are  being  furnished 
by  the  National  Committee  on  Education  by 
Radio,  conducted  two  courses  at  Southern  Meth¬ 
odist  University.  The  morning  class  was  given 
primarily  for  teachers  who  were  making  use  of 
radio  programs  in  their  teaching.  The  work  in 
the  evening  was  a  combination  of  the  classroom 
use  of  radio  and  the  radio  workshop. 

At  the  close  of  the  classes  at  Southern  Meth¬ 
odist  University  the  students  organized  the  Dar¬ 
row  Radio  Guild.  Members  of  the  Guild  plan  to 
establish  radio  workshops  in  the  high  schools  with 
which  they  are  connected.  In  addition,  they  plan 
to  hold  frequent  meetings  and  put  on  a  definite 
program. 

9 


ANNING  S.  PRALL,  chairman  of  the  Federal 
Communications  Commission,  passed  away 
July  23  at  his  summer  home,  Boothbay  Harbor, 
Maine.  Mr.  Prall’s  death,  together  with  the 
resignation  of  Dr.  Irvin  Stewart  which  took  ef¬ 
fect  July  1,  leaves  two  vacancies  on  the  Com¬ 
munications  Commission. 


[35  ] 


VOL.  7  AUGUST  1937  No  8 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 

is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Organizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G.  Crane,  chairman,  president.  University  of 
Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  National  Association 
of  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education.  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

J.  0.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  of 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  National  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B.  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  of  Edu¬ 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  St.  Louis  University, 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  of 
State  Superintendents. 

Willis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schoob,  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  of  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
U  niversities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president,  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Council  on  Education. 

MEMBER  EDUCATIONAL  PRESS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  AMERICA 


KOAC,  the  state-owned  station  at  Corvallis, 
Oregon,  reports  that  radio  playvvriting  is 
now  a  statewide  activity  among  the  40,000  4-H 
Club  members.  Starting  in  1935,  when  a  few 
plays  were  written  for  presentation  by  county 
groups  over  KOAC,  the  practise  has  now  devel¬ 
oped  into  a  statewide  contest  with  summer  school 
scholarships  and  cash  prizes  offered  annually  as 
awards  for  the  most  outstanding  scripts.  This 
year  eight  plays  were  chosen  from  the  large  num¬ 
ber  submitted.  KOAC  arranged  with  4-H  officials 
for  daily  rehearsal  periods  for  the  students 
participating  in  the  nightly  county  broadcasts. 
To  meet  the  growing  interest  in  radio  playwriting 
three  elective  classes  were  provided  the  students. 
Girl  authors  had  previously  predominated  in  the 
classes  until  two  play  demonstrations  were  of¬ 
fered  before  the  assembled  1700  club  members. 
Boy  clubbers  then  became  interested  to  the  e.x- 
tent  that  they  now  outnumber  the  girls  in  the 
special  course. 

Lincoln  W.  Miller  of  the  KOAC  staff  is  in 
charge  of  the  annual  4-H  Club  contest.  He  has 
offered  to  provide  interested  persons  with  copies 
of  the  plan  for  organizing  statewide  4-H  play 
writing  contests. 


The  radio  institute  held  in  Dallas. 

Texas.  July  7  was  attended  by  approximately 
150  persons  from  all  parts  of  the  state.  This 
meeting,  the  first  of  its  kind  in  the  southwest, 
marked  the  beginning  of  plans  for  a  statewide 
program  of  radio  education  in  Texas.  Dr.  L.  B. 
Cooper,  director  of  research  for  the  Texas  State 
Teachers  .Association,  is  now  perfecting  the  plans. 


drama  on  the  variety  program,  “March  of  Youth,”  which  is  presented 
weekly  by  a  local  station  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Detroit  public 
schools. 

A  member  of  the  Advisory  Committee  guides  the  municipal  uni¬ 
versity’s  radio  programs.  This  year  the  “Wayne  University  School 
of  the  Air”  featured  reviews  of  books  high  in  current  interest.  These 
reviews,  written  by  members  of  the  faculty  or  English  teachers  in 
the  high  schools,  were  read  bv  “Wayne  University’s  Voice  of  the 
Air.” 

The  second  program,  “Wayne  University  Students,”  a  variety  pro¬ 
gram,  provided  Wayne  students  an  opportunity  to  appear  “on  the 
air.” 

The  first  draft  of  each  script  in  the  “Our  World  Today,”  “Public 
School  Talent,”  and  “Occupations  on  Parade”  series  is  sent  to  mem¬ 
bers  of  the  Advisory  Committee  for  evaluation.  The  regular  broad¬ 
cast  is  also  evaluated  by  this  Committee. 

Some  of  the  new  experiments  inaugurated  and  carried  out  this  year 
by  the  Committee  were  as  follows: 

“Occupations  on  Parade,”  a  program  offering  vocational  informa¬ 
tion,  was  broadcast  into  the  intermediate  and  high  schools.  Lead'ers 
in  various  professional  and  industrial  fields  in  Detroit  gave  inter¬ 
views,  talks,  or  helped  in  dramatic  episodes  to  make  more  clear  the 
needs  and  conditions  of  the  occupational  fields  they  represented. 

“Our  World  Today,”  a  weekly  program  designed  to  supplement 
and  integrate  the  work  of  social  science,  general  science,  and  litera¬ 
ture  in  the  schools,  was  continued  from  last  year  and  broadcast  into 
the  elementary  schools.  To  make  this  program  more  effective,  the 
first  draft  of  each  script  was  submitted  for  evaluation  to  [1]  a  mem¬ 
ber  of  the  Advisory  Committee,  [2]  a  member  of  the  script  writing 
department  of  the  commercial  station  broadcasting  the  program, 
[3  I  a  school  principal,  and  [4]  a  specialist  in  the  field  featured.  In 
addition,  the  first  draft  was  read  to  a  group  of  students  and  reactions 
to  vocabulary,  content,  and  interest  noted.  The  second  draft  incor¬ 
porated  as  many  of  the  valuable  suggestions  received  as  possible. 
Each  week  a  different  school  was  visited  during  the  actual  broadcast 
and  reactions  noted.  One  broadcast  in  a  school  was  observed  by  four 
members  of  the  Advisory  Committee.  Students,  teachers,  and  prin¬ 
cipals  were  encouraged  to  write  in  their  criticisms  of  script  and 
production  and  suggestions  for  future  broadcasts.  In  every  case  the 
district  visited  personally  displayed  greater  interest  or  greater  energy 
in  writing  to  tell  of  the  effects  of  the  programs.  Astronomy  clubs, 
signal  apparatus  built  by  a  father  and  son  after  a  broadcast  on 
“Smoke  Puffs  to  Dots  and  Dashes,”  auditorium  plays  inspired  by  a 
program  on  Handel,  requests  to  use  radio  programs  as  part  of  school 
pageants  for  the  younger  children,  and  skits  prepared  “on  the  spot” 
were  some  of  the  results  noted  by  teachers. 

Our  “Public  School  Talent”  program,  alternating  music  and 
drama,  altho  addressed  to  adults,  has  slowly  worked  its  way  into 
the  schools,  and  the  request  has  been  made  that  this  program  be 
broadcast  directly  into  the  classrooms.  This  program  also  serves  to 
interpret  the  schools  to  the  community  because  the  music  is  a  direct 
outgrowth  of  classroom  work  and  the  drama  programs  are  selected 
by  the  students  from  classics  studied  in  the  English  classes. 

The  five  regular  weekly  programs,  reduced  by  the  Advisory  Com¬ 
mittee  from  the ’ten  of  last  year,  have  each  been  given  careful 
attention.  Whether  these  shall  be  continued  or  new  programs  pre¬ 
sented  is  only  one  of  the  problems  in  educational  broadcasting 
being  considered  at  this  time  by  the  Advisory  Committee  on  Visual 
and  Radio  Education  in  Detroit. — Kathleen  X.  Lardie. 


[36] 


The  Contribution  of  School  Broadcasting 

IT  IS  IMPORTANT  that  school  broadcasting  should  not  be  viewed  in 
isolation.  On  the  one  hand,  it  is  a  section  of  general  broadcasting; 
on  the  other,  it  must  be  seen  in  its  proper  perspective  as  one  of  the 
elements  in  modern  education.  Education  is  passing  thru  a  stage  of 
rapid  development;  the  boundaries  of  the  school  are  receding,  and 
as  they  recede  the  responsibilities  of  the  teacher  are  increasing.  It 
is  the  avowed  object  of  the  educator  today  to  prepare  children  for 
life,  both  in  work  and  play.  In  fact,  the  school  is,  or  should  be,  part 
of  life.  The  teacher  has  no  longer  to  be  content  with  instructing  his 
pupils  in  classroom  subjects;  he  is  all  the  time  seeking  ways  in  which  * 
he  can  link  up  classroom  teaching  with  life  outside  the  school.  Broad¬ 
casting  is  an  important  outside  influence  on  the  development  of  the 
child.  The  teacher  who  brings  it  into  the  school  is  drawing  into  his 
service  something  which  is  part  of  the  normal  experience  of  home 
life  today.  And,  furthermore,  apart  from  what  the  child  learns  in 
the  process,  he  has  his  first  experience  of  listening  under  guidance. 
He  is  likely  to  spend  many  hours  of  his  adolescent  and  adult  life 
listening  to  the  radio.  The  teacher  has  a  chance  of  doing  something 
to  train  his  power  of  selection  and,  incidentally,  his  power  to  con¬ 
centrate  on  what  is  being  spoken. 

Broadcasting  is,  therefore,  something  very  much  more  than  a  con¬ 
venient  classroom  aid  to  teaching.  It  is  something  which  for  social 
considerations  it  is  impossible  for  a  modern  educator  to  ignore.  We 
have  long  been  accustomed  to  accept  the  printed  word  as  the  teach¬ 
er’s  principal  aid  in  education.  Broadcasting  brings  in  the  spoken 
word  in  a  new  form,  but,  tho  it  uses  a  mechanical  device,  it  is  some¬ 
thing  more  than  a  mechanical  aid.  In  order  to  give  its  full  service,  it 
must  be  vitalized  at  both  ends,  at  the  microphone  and  in  the  class¬ 
room,  by  a  human  personality.  No  broadcast  talk  can  replace  the 
interplay  of  personality  between  teacher  and  pupil,  but  at  the  micro¬ 
phone  men  and  women  give  their  experiences  in  some  form  not  avail¬ 
able  to  the  school  thru  the  usual  medium  of  lesson  or  textbook,  and 
the  success  of  the  broadcast  will  depend  a  good  deal  on  how  far  the 
broadcaster  can  “get  across”  a  sense  of  personality.  At  the  other 
end,  the  teacher  uses  the  material  of  the  broadcast  as  one  element 
in  a  scheme  of  work  he  has  designed  for  his  own  purpose.  The  broad¬ 
cast  by  itself  is  not  a  lesson.  It  gives  the  teacher,  who  has  skill  to 
develop  it,  new  and  invigorating  material  to  use  with  his  class. 

The  essential  demand,  therefore,  which  a  teacher  makes  of  a 
broadcast  is  that  it  should  provide  something  he  himself  cannot  give, 
and  supplement  the  work  of  the  school  on  the  imaginative  side.  It 
may  bring  history  to  life  in  the  form  of  dramatizations.  It  may  bring 
the  traveler  with  first-hand  experience  to  tell  his  tales  in  the  class¬ 
room.  And  it  may  record  commentaries  on  actual  happenings  in  the 
world  such  as  the  launching  of  a  great  liner.  Even  without  the  aid  of 
sight,  sound  can  often  suggest  a  vivid  picture,  as  when  a  recent 
speaker  took  the  listeners  into  a  spinning  mill  in  Lancashire  and 
recorded  what  was  going  on.  At  the  least,  the  broadcast  can  help  the 
teacher  who  lacks  special  knowledge  of,  say,  music  or  gardening,  to 
get  fuller  value  from  those  subjects.  Thruout,  the  broadcast,  if  it  is 
successful,  will  enrich  the  curriculum  and  bring  into  the  school  a 
breath  from  the  world  outside.  It  is  for  the  teacher  to  choose  which 
particular  broadcast,  or  combination  of  broadcasts,  can  make  the 
best  contribution  to  his  particular  needs. — Broadcasts  to  Schools, 
1937-38.  London:  Central  Council  for  School  Broadcasting,  1937. 
p6-7. 


A^ALLACE  H.  white,  JR..  Republican, 
▼  ▼  Maine,  on  July  6  introduced  into  the 
Senate  a  resolution  calling  for  the  Committee  on 
Interstate  Commerce  to  make  a  thoro  and  com¬ 
plete  investigation  of  the  broadcasting  industry  in 
the  United  States  and  of  the  acts,  rules,  regula¬ 
tions,  and  policies  of  the  Federal  Communications 
Commission  with  respect  to  broadcasting.  Senator 
White,  a  coauthor  of  the  Radio  Act  of  1927,  sums 
up  as  follows  the  reasons  why  he  believes  an 
investigation  of  broadcasting  is  necessary  at  this 
time:  “It  has  been  charged  among  other  things 
and  is  believed  by  many  persons  that  rights  in 
frequencies  beyond  the  terms  of  licenses  are  being 
asserted  by  the  holders  thereof  and  recognized  by 
the  Federal  Communications  Commission;  that 
licenses,  tho  in  form  limited  in  time  as  provided 
by  law,  and  the  frequencies  therein  granted  are 
being  treated  by  the  holders  and  the  users  thereof 
and  by  the  Commission  as  tho  granted  for  much 
longer  terms  than  designated  in  the  licenses;  that 
the  licensing  authority  has  in  effect  recognized 
vested  property  rights  of  great  value  in  licenses 
and  in  frequencies  contrary  to  the  tetter  and 
spirit  of  the  law;  that  by  various  devices  and 
means  control  of  licenses  and  of  frequencies  has 
passed  to  others  than  the  original  licensee  with¬ 
out  the  written  approval  of  the  Commission  or 
with  Commission  approval  given  in  disregard  of 
Congressional  purpose;  that  persons  and  com¬ 
panies  have  been  engaged  in  the  acquisition  and 
sale  of  broadcasting  stations,  licenses,  and  fre¬ 
quencies;  that  the  licensing  authority  has  per¬ 
mitted  concentration  of  stations  in  some  parts  of 
the  country  and  has  failed  to  give  equitable  radio 
service  to  the  people  of  the  several  states  and 
the  communities  thereof ;  that  with  the  approval 
of  the  Commission  there  has  come  about  a  mo¬ 
nopolistic  concentration  of  ownership  or  control 
of  stations  in  the  chain  companies  of  the  United 
States;  that  thru  exclusive  traffic  arrangements 
and  otherwise,  monopolistic  control  of  the  facili¬ 
ties  of  foreign  communication  by  radio  is  being 
accomplished,  and  that  the  acts  and  attitude  of 
the  Commission  are  aiding  and  encouraging  such 
monopoly;  that  the  Commission  in  its  decision 
of  causes  disregards  its  own  rules  and  standards: 
that  in  the  determination  of  matters  before  it  the 
Commission  has  been  affected  and  controled  by 
political  and  other  influences  not  contemplated 
by  statute  and  not  entitled  to  consideration  by  a 
regulatory  and  quasi-judicial  body;  and  that  it 
has  failed  to  observe  and  effectuate  the  purposes 
of  the  Congress  and  the  laws  enacted  by  it  in 
the  foregoing  and  other  respects." 

• 

Radio— GOODWILL  ambassador,  an 

article  appearing  in  the  July  1937  issue  of 
The  School  Executive,  explains  the  role  of  radio 
in  securing  increased  public  support  for  educa¬ 
tion.  The  author,  William  B.  Levenson,  is  direc¬ 
tor  of  radio  activities  at  West  Technical  High 
School,  Cleveland,  Ohio.  Mr.  Levenson  not  only 
sets  forth  the  advantages  of  using  the  radio  to 
promote  goodwill  for  the  schools,  but  also  gives 
complete  instructions  for  presenting  a  radio  pro¬ 
gram  and  outlines  a  series  of  fifteen  programs 
which  may  be  easily  adapted  for  use  in  almost 
every  community. 


[.37  1 


1  KEITH  TYLER,  in  the  May  issue  of  The 
•  Ohio  Radio  Announcer,  a  publication  of  the 
Bureau  of  Educational  Research,  Ohio  State  Uni¬ 
versity,  outlines  a  method  of  selecting  suitable 
programs  for  classroom  use.  He  suggests  as  the 
first  step  the  statement  of  the  specific  objectives 
of  the  course  or  courses  with  which  the  teacher 
wants  to  use  radio.  Next,  check  off  those  objec¬ 
tives  on  the  list  which  radio  could  do  little  toward 
accomplishing.  This  will  leave  a  list  of  the  objec¬ 
tives  appropriate  for  the  use  of  radio.  It  will  be 
discovered  that  there  are  some  things  which  can¬ 
not  possibly  be  accomplished  by  any  other  means 
than  radio,  -with  its  unrivaled  ability  to  offer 
teaching  materials  of  freshness,  rarity  and  variety. 
The  third  step  is  to  check  off  the  remaining  list 
those  objectives  which  could  more  readily  be  ac¬ 
complished  by  other  means  within  the  resources 
of  the  local  school  and  community. 

With  the  final  list  of  teaching  objectives  in 
mind  select  from  any  available  source  of  radio 
program  information  those  programs  which  seem 
to  offer  the  greatest  promise  of  contributing  to 
the  attainment  of  those  objectives. 

Mr.  Tyler  also  states  five  steps  for  the  meas¬ 
urement  of  the  contribution  of  radio  listening  to 
the  attainment  of  the  objectives  set  up.  They 
are:  [1]  Define  each  of  the  objectives  of  the  final 
list  in  terms  of  student  behavior;  [2]  Collect 
situations  which  will  reveal,  for  each  pupil, 
whether  or  not  each  objective  has  been  accom¬ 
plished;  [3]  Present  these  test  situations  to  the 
students;  [4]  Evaluate  the  reactions  of  the  pupils 
in  the  light  of  each  objective;  [5]  Try  to  make 
the  entire  testing  procedure  as  objective  as  pos¬ 
sible. 

• 

BROADC.USTING  and  the  AMERICAN 
PUBLIC  was  the  subject  this  year  of  the 
statewide  ex  tempore  speaking  contest  among 
Pennsylvania  high-school  students.  In  writing  of 
the  outcome  of  the  contest.  C.  Stanton  Belfour, 
executive  secretary  of  the  Pennsylvania  Forensic 
and  Music  League,  stated  that  this  subject  proved 
to  be  one  of  the  most  interesting  they  have  used 
in  recent  years,  as  radio  is  a  subject  which  the 
students  can  identify  with  their  everyday  lives. 
He  also  stated  that  “Education  by  Radio  was  one 
of  the  most  valuable  references  for  the  topic.” 

• 

Armstrong  perry,  former  director  of 
-  the  service  bureau  of  the  National  Com¬ 
mittee  on  Education  by  Radio,  arrived  back  in 
the  United  States  from  Venezuela  July  19.  He  is 
recovering  nicely  from  injuries  received  in  an  air¬ 
plane  accident  in  Venezuela  in  April  and  expects 
to  be  able  to  resume  his  literary  work  in  a  month 
or  two. 


GUGLIELMO  MARCONI,  inventor  of  radio, 
died  in  Rome,  Italy,  July  20.  He  died  of 
a  heart  attack  at  the  age  of  63  after  an  illness  of 
only  a  few  hours.  At  the  time  of  his  death  he  was 
experimenting  in  the  fields  of  television  and  the 
ultrashort  waves.  His  work  will  be  carried  on  by 
his  associates. 


Rad  io  as  a  Classroom  Device 

Boyd  F.  Baldwin,  chairman  of  the  Montana  State  Radio  Com¬ 
mittee,  is  the  author  of  a  series  of  four  articles  published  under 
the  title,  “An  Evaluation  of  the  Radio  as  a  Classroom  Device,” 
which  appeared  in  the  February,  March,  April,  and  May  1937  issues 
of  Montana  Education. 

Discussing  individually  radio’s  contribution  to  each  of  the  six 
mental  functions  which  constitute  improvement  of  individual  con¬ 
duct — the  general  aim  of  education — Mr,  Baldwin  concludes  that 
radio  is  an  excellent  assistant  in  the  acquisition  of  knowledge  and  the 
‘development  of  social  competence.  He  classifies  it  as  a  good  aid  in 
building  the  individual’s  ability  to  solve  problems  and  in  developing 
creative  activity  and  esthetic  experience,  while  in  the  acquisition  of 
skills  its  utility  is  only  fair. 

In  evaluating  the  radio  as  an  educative  device.  Air.  Baldwin  finds 
that,  while  learning  by  the  auditory  route  has  only  slight  superiority 
over  the  visual,  the  listening  function  is  of  particular  importance  in 
learning.  It  has  been  determined  that  in  learning  thru  communica¬ 
tive  situations,  an  individual  spends  42  percent  of  his  time  in  listen¬ 
ing,  as  compared  to  32  in  talking,  11  in  writing,  and  15  in  reading. 

The  radio  learning  situation  is  not  found  to  be  superior  to  the 
teacher-student  situation.  The  function  of  the  radio  is  to  increase 
interest  by  the  addition  of  variety  and  supplementary  information. 
It  is  quite  possible  for  radio  curricula  to  be  fashioned  upon  the  prin¬ 
ciples  of  learning  and  it  has  been  demonstrated  that  a  majority  of 
subjects  may  be  taught  effectively  by  radio.  Subjects  taught  by  radio 
rank  in  the  following  order  as  to  effectiveness:  current  events,  geog¬ 
raphy,  nature  study,  social  studies,  music,  health,  literature,  sci¬ 
ences,  mathematics,  and  foreign  languages. 

Air.  Baldwin  does  not  feel  that  radio  has  been  satisfactorily 
adapted  to  the  task  of  disseminating  culture.  He  believes,  however, 
that  in  order  to  supply  adequate  radio  curricula  for  classroom  use 
the  same  sort  of  philosophic  and  psychologic  planning  we  accord 
to  other  education  will  be  necessary. 

Radio  can  be  classified  as  a  classroom  method  and  as  such  ranks 
third  among  other  methods;  first  rank  being  given  to  projects  or 
individual  methods  of  study  and  second  to  student  evaluation  of 
materials,  oral  reports,  problems,  and  individual  instruction. 

Taking  up  the  administration  of  radio  curricula.  Air.  Baldwin 
concludes  that  in  order  for  radio  curricula  to  be  supplied  on  depend¬ 
able  bases  it  will  be  necessary  for  the  control  of  broadcasting  to  be 
shared  with  those  who  seek  to  propagate  culture.  The  major  re¬ 
sponsibility  for  radio  curricula  is  now  assumed  by  national  networks, 
which,  being  organized  for  profit,  “are  hardly  in  a  tenable  position 
to  render  dependable  educational  service  on  a  universal  scale.”  He 
recommends  that  federal  and  state  authorities  should  participate  in 
the  direction  of  radio  in  order  to  insure  adequate  and  educationally 
sound  radio  curricula  for  all  classrooms.  He  also  recommends  that 
there  should  be  in  each  state  one  or  more  powerful  nonprofit  state- 
owned  broadcast  stations  available  to  all  state  educational  agencies. 

In  order  that  school  and  radio  schedules  may  be  correlated,  the 
crying  need  is  for  broadcast  regularity  and  advance  information. 

The  practical  sound  system  for  the  average  school,  according  to 
Mr.  Baldwin,  is  a  combination  of  radio,  phonograph  turntable,  and 
microphone,  with  a  loudspeaker  in  each  room.  For  such  equipment 
he  estimates  the  cost  for  a  twenty  room  building  as  $57  per  room; 
for  forty  rooms,  $37;  and  for  sixty  rooms,  $27.  He  points  out  partic¬ 
ularly  that  radio’s  utility  is  six  times  its  cost. 


138  1 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


Volume  7 


SEPTEMBER  1937 


Number  9 


Another  Perspective  on  Broadcasting 

A  CHANGE  IN  PERSPECTIVE,  always  interesting  and  stimulating,  is 
particularly  appropriate  in  radio  broadcasting.  The  subject  is 
still  new.  None  of  us  quite  understands  it.  While  it  represents  a  com¬ 
bination  of  both  art  and  science,  most  of  us  approach  it  from  one  or 
the  other  of  these  viewpoints,  not  both.  We  can  profit  occasionally 
by  using  another  perspective  on  broadcasting  as  a  challenge  or  cor¬ 
rective  to  some  of  our  existing  ideas. 

If  the  proverbial  “Man  from  Mars,”  were  to  be  asked  for  his  eval¬ 
uation  of  broadcasting,  how  would  he  respond?  Certainly  he  would 
be  too  honest  to  beg  off  on  the  grounds  that  he  was  not  an  expert. 
He  would  have  very  positive  convictions  as  has  every  lay  person 
who  has  thought  about  radio  at  all.  Either  he  would  be  too  polite 
to  express  his  ideas  or  he  would  make  some  very  pointed  observations. 

On  the  assumption  that  he  might  speak  out,  it  is  logical  to  expect 
that  his  first  consideration  would  be  the  relationship  between  broad¬ 
casting  and  the  purpose  it  is  intended  to  serve.  He  would  surely 
recognize  that  the  purpose  of  both  technical  radio  transmission  and 
broadcast  program  service  is  to  be  of  use  to  the  listeners. 

He  would  unquestionably  be  interested  in  comparing  the  ways  in 
which  broadcasting  systems  in  the  various  countries  serve  their  listen¬ 
ers.  In  making  such  a  comparison  he  would  be  free  from  all  our 
prejudices,  both  patriotic  and  economic.  However,  he  might  find 
himself  unable  to  come  to  any  clear  conclusions  because  under  some 
of  the  governmentally  owned  systems  he  would  find  a  vicious  political 
propaganda  being  spread,  while  under  our  commercial  system  he 
would  find  an  advertising  propaganda  equally  incapable  of  squaring 
with  scientific  fact. 

With  the  best  that  each  system  is  capable  of  producing,  the  “Man 
from  Mars”  probably  would  be  pleased.  He  might  conclude  that  the 
most  realistic  test  of  the  various  systems  is  the  extent  to  which  they 
are  capable  of  creating  and  maintaining  a  high  standard  of  program 
service.  With  such  a  realistic  approach  he  would  find  room  for  im¬ 
provement  in  every  system.  Would  he  find  an  accompanying  capacity 
for  making  the  improvement? 

In  facing  such  a  test  the  American  system  of  broadcasting  would 
have  a  number  of  positive  qualities  and  at  least  one  negative.  The 
negative  factor  would  be  its  philosophy  of  quantity  before  quality. 
For  reasons  of  commercial  competition  broadcasting  is  a  twenty- 
four-hour~a-day  business  in  some  of  our  cities.  The  Federal  Com¬ 
munications  Commission  requires  every  licensed  station  to  make  full 
use  of  its  facilities.  More  than  fifty  different  programs  are  fre¬ 
quently  broadcast  by  a  single  station  in  one  day’s  continuous  opera¬ 
tion.  Such  a  service  places  tremendous  demands  upon  both  program 
ideas  and  production  talent.  A  new  idea  is  no  sooner  developed  than 


pROSPECTS  for  a  searching  Congressional  in- 
vestigation  of  radio  are  still  strong  altho  no 
action  in  that  direction  was  taken  by  Congress 
before  its  adjournment.  At  the  close  of  the  session 
demands  for  an  inquiry  were  more  insistent  than 
at  any  previous  time. 

In  the  Senate,  the  Committee  on  Interstate 
Commerce,  of  which  Senator  Wheeler  of  Mon¬ 
tana  is  chairman,  reported  favorably  on  the  reso¬ 
lution  of  Senator  White  of  Maine  for  a  thoro- 
going  investigation  of  broadcasting  in  all  its 
phases.  The  Committee  report  becomes  part  of 
the  unfinished  business  of  the  Senate  when  it  re¬ 
convenes  either  in  a  special  session  or  in  the 
regular  session  next  Januar>'.  The  resolution  prob¬ 
ably  will  be  called  up  for  early  action. 

In  the  House  of  Representatives,  there  are  a 
number  of  resolutions  of  similar  intent.  The  one 
originally  presented  by  the  late  Representative 
Connery  of  Massachusetts  calls  for  an  investiga¬ 
tion  of  the  development  of  a  radio  monopoly.  On 
August  18  Representative  Wigglesworth  of  Mas¬ 
sachusetts  introduced  a  resolution  asking  the  Fed¬ 
eral  Communications  Commission  to  furnish  the 
name  or  names  of  any  member,  agent,  or  em¬ 
ployee  financially  interested  in  any  radio  com¬ 
pany.  Just  before  adjournment.  Representative 
Bacon  of  New  York  offered  a  resolution  calling 
for  an  investigation  of  the  radio  lobby  and  its 
ramifications  in  Washington. 

The  transfer  of  Frank  R.  McNinch  from  the 
chairmanship  of  the  Federal  Power  Commission 
to  the  chairmanship  of  the  Communications  Com¬ 
mission,  even  tho  temporary,  was  interpreted  in 
some  quarters  as  an  effort  to  straighten  out  the 
Commission  from  within  and  to  make  unneces¬ 
sary  any  Congressional  investigation  which  might 
have  unfortunate  political  repercussions.  Mr. 
McNinch,  drafted  by  the  President  for  his  new 
post,  is  known  as  an  uncompromising  reformer 
in  the  finest  sense  of  that  term.  He  may  be  able 
to  correct  conditions  enough  to  make  an  investi¬ 
gation  unnecessary.  However,  many  observers 
are  of  the  opinion  that  public  confidence  in  the 
Commission  will  not  be  restored  until  its  difficul¬ 
ties  have  been  aired  openly  by  some  Congressional 
body. 

The  national  association  of  edu¬ 
cational  BROADCASTERS  will  hold  its 

annual  convention  September  13  and  14  at  the 
University  of  Illinois.  Jos.  F.  Wright,  director  of 
station  WILL,  the  University  of  Illinois  station, 
is  in  charge  of  program  arrangements. 


[  39  ] 


VOL.  7  SEPTEMBER  1937  No.  9 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 

is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Orfianizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G  Crane,  chairman,  president,  University  of 
Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming.  National  Association 
oj  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education.  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington.  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

J.  0.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  of 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  National  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  of  Edu¬ 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  St.  Louis  University, 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  of 
State  Superintendents. 

Willis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schools,  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  of  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
Universities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president,  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington.  D.  C., 
American  Council  on  Education. 

MEMBER  educational  PRESS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  AMERICA 


Members  of  the  Wisconsin  state 

LEGISLATURE  are  participating  in  a 
series  of  civic  education  programs  broadcast  each 
day  from  the  capitol  over  the  state-owned  sta¬ 
tions,  WHA,  Madison,  and  WLBL,  Stevens  Point. 
Time  is  available  to  all  legislators  without  censor¬ 
ship  or  obligation  for  the  discussion  of  affairs  of 
state.  Law-makers  go  before  the  microphone  to 
give  citizens  an  intimate  understanding  of  prob¬ 
lems  confronting  them.  Listeners  become  better 
acquainted  with  their  representatives.  The  pro¬ 
grams  are  heard  at  1pm,  CST,  each  day  while  the 
legislature  is  in  session. 


• 

A  RADIO  INSTITUTE  was  held  August  16 
in  Austin,  Texas.  The  Institute  was  or¬ 
ganized  under  the  direction  of  B.  H.  Darrow, 
former  director  of  the  Ohio  School  of  the  Air, 
who  has  been  teaching  a  radio  workshop  course 
this  summer  at  the  University  of  Texas.  Among 
the  speakers  were  Dr.  L.  B.  Cooper,  director  of 
research  for  the  Texas  State  Teachers  Associa¬ 
tion,  and  Mrs.  J.  C.  Vanderwoude,  radio  chair¬ 
man  of  the  Texas  Congress  of  Parents  and 
Teachers.  The  Institute  was  similar  to  the  one 
conducted  by  Mr.  Darrow  in  Dallas,  Texas,  July  7. 

• 

The  NBC  MUSIC  appreciation  hour, 

conducted  by  Dr.  Walter  Damrosch,  will  in¬ 
augurate  its  tenth  season  of  weekly  broadcasts 
on  Friday,  October  15.  The  broadcasts  will  be 
presented  Fridays  from  2-3pm,  EST,  over  both  the 
Blue  and  Red  Networks. 


its  possibilities  are  worked  in  almost  every  direction  until  they  are 
exhausted.  Under  such  conditions,  to  keep  the  show  going  is  an 
achievement  of  merit.  To  improve  programs  seems  almost  beyond 
the  realm  of  reasonable  expectation. 

To  improve  quality  while  maintaining  quantity  is  a  challenge 
which  has  been  accepted  readily  at  least  by  the  better  stations  of  the 
nation.  In  the  first  place,  there  is  a  constant  search  for  new  ideas. 
Advertising  agencies,  commercial  sponsors,  station  managements, 
and  even  the  makers  of  noncommercial  programs  are  offering  every 
kind  of  incentive  for  new  possibilities. 

Secondly,  there  is  an  effort  to  adapt  old  ideas  in  ways  which  will 
give  them  a  new  effectiveness.  This  is  especially  noticeable  in  radio 
comedy.  A  few  years  ago  joke  books  were  the  great  source  of  comedy 
ideas.  Today  that  source  has  been  exhausted.  Comedy  laughs  are 
coming  from  humor  developed  in  situations  created  especially  for 
that  purpose. 

Thirdly,  programs  are  being  improved  by  more  intelligent  plan¬ 
ning.  Recently  a  commercial  station  in  Detroit  announced  its  inten¬ 
tion  of  planning  each  evening’s  entertainment  as  a  single  program. 
For  the  sake  of  variety  a  period  of  talk  is  to  be  followed  by  a  period 
of  music  or  drama.  Both  classical  and  popular  music  will  be  pro¬ 
vided,  each  in  its  proper  place.  Sponsors  will  nO’  longer  have  a  free 
hand  in  selecting  their  programs  but  will  be  expected  to  follow  the 
general  lines  of  planning  laid  out  by  the  station.  In  some  instances 
this  may  result  in  the  loss  of  a  few  clients  and  a  reduction  in  revenue. 
On  the  other  hand,  if  carried  out  intelligently,  it  is  almost  certain 
to  increase  the  good  will  of  listeners  and  make  time  on  the  air  more 
valuable  for  other  clients. 

In  the  fourth  place,  the  American  stations  have  a  great  advantage 
in  their  financial  position.  Most  of  our  broadcasting  stations  are 
highly  profitable,  especially  those  with  favorable  assignments  from 
the  Federal  Communications  Commission  which  enable  them  to 
reach  large  numbers  of  people.  Some  of  these  stations  have  an  an¬ 
nual  net  profit  of  almost  100  percent  of  their  capital  investment. 
Others  which  show  lesser  profits  are  often  paying  large  salaries  to 
officials  who  are  also  stock  holders.  Such  strong  financial  positions 
enable  broadcasting  stations  to  take  forward-looking  moves  even  if 
these  result  in  a  temporary  loss  of  revenue.  Some  of  these  stations 
are  also  finding  that  they  can  well  afford  to  make  larger  concessions 
of  both  time  and  service  to  local  public  welfare  groups. 

In  the  fifth  place,  many  stations  are  doing  experimental  work 
which  has  great  promise.  Perhaps  the  most  widely  known  of  these 
experiments  has  been  the  adaptation  of  Shakespeare’s  dramas  for 
radio  production.  One  of  the  particularly  important  pioneering  efforts 
was  the  production  of  “The  Fall  of  the  City,”  a  poetic  drama  written 
expressly  for  broadcasting.  The  laboratory  programs  put  on  by  the 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System  under  the  direction  of  Irving  Reis  are 
outstanding  experiments. 

The  radio  workshop,  largely  a  development  of  educational  broad¬ 
casting,  ought  to  exert  a  far-reaching  influence  over  the  future  of 
programs.  It  has  a  freedom  which  makes  it  perhaps  the  finest  of  all 
places  for  radio  experimentation.  If  it  is  tied  in  with  an  educational 
institution,  it  has  great  resources  of  talent,  both  actual  and  potential, 
among  which  it  can  conduct  a  process  of  selection  and  training.  It 
also  has  facilities  for  scientific  evaluation  of  methods  and  results. 
Such  evaluation  is  essential  to  future  improvement. 

The  selection  and  training  of  talent  deserves  additional  emphasis. 
Originally  broadcasting  was  almost  entirely  in  the  hands  of  engi¬ 
neers.  Today  it  is  largely  under  the  control  of  entrepreneurs.  While 


[40] 


these  men  may  be  interested  in  the  improvement  of  programs,  they 
are  not  equipped  to  direct  progress  in  that  direction.  They  are  de¬ 
pendent  upon  the  personnel  with  which  they  may  be  able  to  sur¬ 
round  themselves.  This  personnel  may  be  recruited  from  the  show 
business,  the  advertising  agencies,  the  fields  of  writing  or  music,  or 
from  some  other  area  to  which  radio  is  related.  Generally  speaking, 
it  does  not  represent  the  ability  and  training  which  the  future  of 
radio  deserves. 

In  England  it  has  been  traditional  for  years  that  the  ablest  of  her 
college  graduates  should  seek  careers  in  the  public  service.  Today 
many  of  these  young  people  are  going  to  work  for  the  British  Broad¬ 
casting  Corporation.  We  need  to  develop  some  system  of  selection 
and  training  which  will  lead  equally  qualified  persons  in  this  country 
to  follow  radio  as  a  career. 

Could  the  “Man  from  Mars”  strike  off  a  balance  sheet  on  the  basis 
of  the  factors  which  have  been  considered  thus  far?  Probably  not. 
He  would  want  to  give  consideration  to  other  factors,  chief  among 
them  being  the  Federal  Communications  Commission.  The  Com¬ 
mission  has  such  complete  control  over  the  very  existence  of  stations 
that  its  influence  must  be  given  the  greatest  weight. 

The  Communications  Commission  has  continuously  held  that  it 
can  have  no  general  concern  with  broadcast  programs  lest  it  violate 
the  provision  against  censorship  of  the  Communications  Act  of  1934. 
The  Commission  has  taken  the  position  that  no  program  is  to  be 
criticized  before  it  goes  on  the  air,  altho,  once  broadcast,  it  may  be 
given  consideration  to  determine  whether  or  not  the  originating  sta¬ 
tion  should  be  allowed  to  continue  in  operation. 

Probably  the  “Man  from  Mars”  would  not  be  interested  in  such 
legal  technicalities.  His  present  concern  is  the  improvement  of  pro¬ 
grams.  He  is  faced  with  the  question  of  whether  or  not  the  Ameri¬ 
can  people  can  get  the  improvement  to  which  they  are  entitled  if  the 
Commission  continues  its  policy  of  “hands  off.”  His  decision  will 
not  rest  on  what  may  be  desirable.  His  concern  is  with  what  will  be 
necessary. 

Every  move  so  far  made  in  the  control  of  broadcasting  has  been 
dictated  by  necessity.  Congress  passed  the  Radio  Act  of  1927  as  the 
only  means  of  correcting  a  chaotic  situation,  not  as  a  desirable  step 
in  the  broadening  of  governmental  powers.  The  Commission  in  turn 
established  certain  engineering  standards  as  the  only  method  of 
supplying  the  listener  with  satisfactory  service  when  a  large  number 
of  stations  were  operating  simultaneously  on  the  limited  number 
of  broadcast  channels. 

Necessity  also  dictated  the  establishment  of  a  classification  of 
various  kinds  of  stations  to  render  different  types  of  service.  The 
adoption  of  such  a  classification  put  the  Commission  in  the  position 
of  making  unequal  grants  of  power  and  creating  unequal  competi¬ 
tion  between  its  licensees.^  The  introduction  of  such  inequalities 
would  never  have  occurred  except  under  a  theory  of  necessity.  Even 
such  compulsion  has  not  been  enough  to  justify  the  partiality  of  the 
government.  One  of  the  chief  functions  of  the  Senatorial  investiga¬ 
tion  now  imminent  will  be  to  find  a  new  formula  which  will  supply 
different  types  of  listeners  with  the  transmission  service  needed 
without  creating  unfair  competition. 

The  “Man  from  Mars”  seems  to  feel  that  further  necessities  are 
developing  in  radio  which  will  compel  the  federal  government  to  be 
concerned  actively  with  the  quality  of  broadcast  programs,  a  con¬ 
cern  which  will  present  problems  much  more  difficult  than  classi¬ 
fying  stations  for  purposes  of  technical  operation.  He  sees  many 

''■Education  by  Radio  6:6-7,  34-36,  March  and  October  1936. 


Frank  R.  MC  NINCH  and  T.  a.  M.  Craven 
were  appointed  August  17  by  President 
Roosevelt  to  fill  the  existing  vacancies  on  the 
Federal  Communications  Commission.  The  ap¬ 
pointment  of  Mr.  McNinch  is  temporary  in  na¬ 
ture,  as  he  is  on  leave  of  absence  from  the  chair¬ 
manship  of  the  Federal  Power  Commission.  He 
has  been  commissioned  by  the  President  to  pro¬ 
duce  order  out  of  the  chaos  which  seems  to  have 
developed  within  the  FCC. 

Commander  Craven  has  been  raised  to  the 
rank  of  Commissioner  from  his  position  as  chief 
engineer  of  the  FCC.  As  chief  engineer,  he  was 
assigned  the  task  of  making  two  reports  on  the 
reallocation  hearings  held  by  the  Commission  last 
October,  one  dealing  with  problems  of  technical 
transmission  and  the  other  on  the  subject  of  the 
social  and  economic  implications  of  the  hearings. 
The  technical  report  has  been  made.  To  date  no 
report  on  social  and  economic  implications  has 
been  announced.  It  is  hoped  that  in  his  new 
position  Commander  Craven  will  have  time  to 
complete  his  studies  and  make  a  public  report  on 
this  most  important  subject. 


Mrs.  J.  C.  VANDERWOUDE,  radio  chair¬ 
man  of  the  Texas  Congress  of  Parents  and 
Teachers,  reports  that  1000  organized  listening 
groups  heard  the  PTA  programs  during  1936-37. 
Of  that  number,  658  were  located  in  rural  dis¬ 
tricts  and  342  in  the  cities.  According  to  Mrs. 
Vanderwoude,  six  or  eight  PTA  members,  who 
live  near  enough  to  each  other  to  make  the  plan 
practical,  get  together  to  listen  to  the  program, 
one  of  their  number  being  designated  to  bring 
the  gist  of  it  to  the  next  PTA  meeting.  The  Texas 
Congress  of  Parents  and  Teachers  presented  28 
programs  over  24  stations  during  1936-37,  the 
subjects  of  some  of  them  being;  “The  Handi¬ 
capped  Child,”  “What  Price  Discipline?”  “The 
Problem  Child,”  “Delinquency,”  “The  Child  as 
a  Constructive  Leader.” 


POISONS,  POTIONS,  AND  PROFITS,  by 
Peter  Morell,  fills  the  need  for  an  up-to-the- 
minute  consumers’  handbook  to  take  the  place 
of  the  justly  famous  100,000,000  Guinea  Pigs.  It 
differs  from  the  latter  book  in  that  it  concentrates 
upon  radio-advertised  products.  The  chapters  on 
“Radio  as  a  Cultural  Agency”  and  “In  the  Peo¬ 
ple’s  Interest”  are  especially  recommended  to 
readers  of  Education  by  Radio.  Published  by 
Knight  Publishers,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  the 
book  sells  for  $2. 


HM.  partridge,  program  director  of 
•  the  New  York  University  radio  committee, 
has  been  granted  a  fellowship  by  the  General 
Education  Board  for  advanced  study  in  radio 
broadcasting  at  the  NBC  studios.  Dr.  Partridge 
has  received  the  third  such  fellowship  granted 
this  year,  the  other  two  going  to  Harley  A.  Smith 
of  Louisiana  State  University  and  George  Jen¬ 
nings  of  the  University  of  Illinois. 


[41] 


There  seems  to  be  some  question  as  to 
what  constitutes  a  chain.  If  you  are  an  adver¬ 
tiser  and  are  willing  to  pay  a  considerable  amount 
of  money  for  the  kind  of  propaganda  which  ad¬ 
vertising  represents  you  can  make  legal  contracts 
for  the  delivery  of  a  certain  number  of  stations 
for  a  particular  period  at  a  specified  time  and  be 
reasonably  sure  of  getting  them.  The  number  of 
stations  does  not  have  to  be  the  same  in  every 
case.  You  get  what  you  pay  for. 

But  suppose  for  the  moment  you  are  not  an 
advertiser.  Suppose  you  are  a  women’s  club  group 
which  wants  to  put  on  a  national  program.  What 
can  you  expect  when  you  are  promised  a  chain? 
My  understanding  is  that  you  may  expect  any¬ 
where  from  two  to  fifty  stations.  A  ready  ex¬ 
planation  is  forthcoming.  It  is  that  member  sta¬ 
tions  of  any  chain  have  a  great  deal  of  freedom 
in  their  choice  of  whether  or  not  to  carry  chain 
programs.  If  they  are  under  contract  and  are 
being  paid  to  carry  a  program,  they  must  carry  it. 
At  other  times  they  are  free  to  take  or  refuse  any 
program  offered  by  the  chain.  This  allows  stations 
to  sell  time  locally  and  to  make  a  little  extra 
profit. — S.  Howard  Evans,  in  an  address  before 
the  Maryland  Federation  of  Women’s  Clubs, 
Baltimore,  Md.,  April  14,  1937. 


There  is  a  reservoir  of  material  on 

the  air  that  can  be  most  effectively  used  for 
purposes  of  realistic  civic  education  if  the  teach¬ 
ers  of  the  social  studies  will  provide  the  neces¬ 
sary  guidance  for  their  students.  Unless  our 
younger  generation  is  taught  to  cope  with  the 
radio  on  something  like  even  terms,  intellectually 
speaking,  this  remarkable  instrument  of  twentieth 
century  civilization  may  well  prove  to  be  a  seri¬ 
ous  obstacle  to  social  progress. — Michael  Levine, 
Seventh  Yearbook,  National  Council  for  the  So¬ 
cial  Studies,  1937. 


• 

The  CELLER  bill  for  a  government- 
owned  international  shortwave  broadcasting 
station  and  the  Boylan  Bill  proposing  an  annual 
tax  on  commercial  stations  of  $1  to  $3  per  watt 
according  to  power  both  met  their  death  with 
the  adjournment  of  Congress.  Both  bills  were 
suggested  originally  by  Federal  Communications 
Commissioner  George  Henry  Payne  and  were  vig¬ 
orously  opposed  by  the  commercial  broadcasters. 
For  a  detailed  account  of  each  of  the  bills  see 
Education  by  Radio  7:11,  20;  March  and  May 
1937. 


JOSEPH  J.  WEED,  president  of  Weed  &  Co., 
New  York  station  representatives,  who  re¬ 
turned  recently  from  a  six-weeks  tour  of  Canadian 
stations,  is  reported  by  Broadcasting  to  have  said 
that  in  his  opinion  Canada  leads  America  in  the 
standard  of  its  daytime  programs  and  in  its  brand 
of  radio  humor.  He  stated  that  daytime  programs 
are  not  treated  as  fill-ins  in  Canada  and  that 
because  of  expert  programming  there  are  probably 
more  daytime  listeners  proportionately  in  Canada 
than  in  the  United  States. 


signposts  tvhich  to  him  are  indicative  of  this  trend.  Recognizing  that 
these  signs  are  subject  to  different  interpretation  by  others  and  not 
wishing  to  become  involved  in  inconclusive  argumentation,  he  re¬ 
fuses  to  cite  them  and  instead  rests  his  case  on  a  single  set  of  facts 
which  seem  to  be  conclusive. 

These  facts  have  to  do  with  television,  the  bringing  into  the  home 
of  broadcast  pictures.  While  we  have  in  this  country  a  tradition  of 
free  speech  which  prevents  all  censorship  by  government  of  either 
speech  or  sound,  we  have  an  equally  well  established  tradition  of 
censorship  of  pictures.  If  we  have  recognized  a  necessity  of  censor¬ 
ship  over  motion  pictures  when  they  are  shown  in  theaters  from 
which  we  can  keep  our  children,  will  we  not  insist  doubly  on  the 
censorship  of  pictures  which  appear  upon  screens  in  our  own  homes 
and  from  which  we  cannot  easily  protect  our  children? 

The  censorship  of  motion  pictures  was  not  half  so  easy  as  will 
be  the  censorship  of  television.  Censorship  of  motion  pictures  was 
originally  on  a  state  basis.  Standards  were  not  exact,  vdth  the  result 
that  one  state  would  pass  what  another  state  excluded  and  vice 
versa.  State  boards  were  hard  pressed  to  defend  their  actions.  State 
censorship  began  to  break  down. 

At  this  point  citizens’  groups  began  to  take  the  matter  into  their 
own  hands.  The  Legion  of  Decency  was  organized,  composed  of  mil¬ 
lions  of  citizens  pledged  to  boycott  those  pictures  which  were  an 
offense  to  good  taste  or  morals.  The  boycott  was  cumbersome  and 
only  strong  support  by  the  Catholic  Church  in  the  United  States 
sustained  it.  But  it  was  successful  and  established  a  censorship  which 
may  well  be  permanent. 

When  television  comes,  no  such  roundabout  methods  of  censorship 
will  be  necessary.  There  will  be  a  single  federal  agency  which  will 
license  every  television  broadcasting  station.  That  agency,  the  Fed¬ 
eral  Communications  Commission,  is  charged  with  insuring  that 
every  station  operates  in  the  public  interest.  It  cannot  avoid  respon¬ 
sibility  for  the  control  of  broadcast  pictures,  including,  as  that  con¬ 
trol  traditionally  does,  censorship.  If  the  Commission  seeks  to  avoid 
its  responsibility,  the  Legion  of  Decency  will  have  an  easy  target 
upon  which  to  focus  all  the  power  of  the  public  opinion  at  its  com¬ 
mand.  Direct  action  will  supersede  boycott.  The  Commission  will  be 
overwhelmed. 

With  television  on  the  way,  the  Federal  Communications  Com¬ 
mission  will  have  to  be  concerned  necessarily  with  the  quality  of 
broadcast  programs.  The  case  is  built  upon  an  analysis  from  which 
there  seems  to  be  no  escape.  It  does  not  criticize  the  Commission 
because  a  majority  of  the  members  prefer  to  erect  a  legalistic  barrier 
to  their  participation  in  the  control  over  programs.  It  simply  points 
out  that  such  a  barrier  must  fall  of  its  own  weight  in  the  face  of  cir¬ 
cumstances  which  are  developing. 

Let  us  go  back  to  the  “Man  from  Mars”  and  try  to  discover  the 
preparation  which  he  thinks  to  be  imperative  against  the  day  when 
the  development  of  standards  for  broadcasting  shall  become  a  public 
responsibility.  Dare  we  impose  upon  him  to  the  extent  of  asking 
specific  suggestions?  Perhaps  if  he  considers  it  impolitic  to  make 
suggestions  he  will  oblige  us  with  a  few  general  observations. 

Recognizing  his  keen  interest  in  the  listener,  we  should  not  be 
surprised  if  he  stresses  the  need  for  a  more  careful  distinction  be¬ 
tween  programs  designed  for  a  mere  public  acceptance  and  those 
constructed  to  be  worthy  of  full  public  confidence.  Most  broadcast¬ 
ing  has  an  acceptance  today.  However,  much  of  it  is  unworthy. 

In  purely  entertainment  programs  nothing  more  than  acceptance 
and  enjoyment  is  desired.  But  numerous  such  programs  are  used  as 


[42  1 


vehicles  for  advertising.  Some  of  this  advertising  is  false  or  mislead¬ 
ing.  Certainly  where  such  fraudulent  advertising  is  part  of  an  en¬ 
tertainment  program  the  whole  is  contaminated  and  must  be  viewed 
as  not  in  the  public  interest. 

Frequently  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  takes  action  against 
advertisers  who  have  used  radio  to  mislead  listeners.  But  this  pun¬ 
ishment  always  comes  after  the  offense  has  been  committed  and  is 
generally  inconsequential.  While  it  may  penalize  the  offender,  it 
leaves  the  public  subject  to  further  imposition. 

As  a  disease  produces  its  own  immunity,  so  the  public,  in  time, 
will  develop  a  discount  for  exaggerated  or  false  claims  in  radio  ad¬ 
vertising.  Such  a  discount,  once  matured,  is  almost  certain  to  be  ap¬ 
plied  indiscriminately  to  all  the  advertising  on  the  air.  It  will  reduce 
the  effectiveness  of  the  medium  and  may  cut  its  revenues.  The  con¬ 
tingency  should  be  anticipated  and  avoided  now,  before  it  reaches 
the  epidemic  stage. 

Much  more  important  than  the  correction  of  advertising  abuses 
is  the  problem  of  maintaining  public  confidence  in  the  broadcasting 
of  informational,  educational,  and  cultural  programs.  It  is  in  this 
area  that  certain  foreign  nations  have  failed  by  stooping  to  political 
propaganda.  It  is  here  that  our  system  will  break  down  unless  a  com¬ 
plete  integrity  is  established  and  maintained. 

There  are  two  ways  of  insuring  the  integrity  of  American  broad¬ 
casting.  The  first  is  thru  the  development  of  program  standards  by 
the  federal  agency  of  regulation,  the  Communications  Commission. 
This  is  not  censorship.  It  does  not  consist  of  the  examination  of  in¬ 
dividual  programs  nor  the  blue  penciling  of  passages  offensive  to  a 
censor.  Instead  of  that,  it  is  the  analysis  of  program  service  from  the 
six  hundred  odd  stations  now  broadcasting  in  order  to  classify  dif¬ 
ferent  types  of  materials  used  and  to  determine  their  effect  upon 
listeners.  After  sufficient  experience  has  accumulated,  it  should  be 
possible  to  determine  the  types  of  programs  to  encourage  and  those 
to  discourage. 

In  answer  to  those  who  argue  that  such  standards  could  not  be 
developed,  it  may  be  well  to  restate  the  suggestion  of  how  a  begin¬ 
ning  can  be  made.  It  has  been  proposed  that  as  part  of  the  applica¬ 
tion  now  made  for  renewal  of  license,  stations  be  required  to  state 
the  basis  on  which  they  habitually  select  programs  to  be  broadcast. 
This  would  allow  the  Commission  to  test  the  stations  by  their  own 
declaration  of  standards.  It  could  also  be  used  as  a  basis  for  com¬ 
petition  between  stations  seeking  licenses  or  renewals.  Even  if  it  were 
never  carried  to  the  point  where  the  Commission  saw  fit  to  make 
pronouncements  on  programs,  the  consequent  self-regulation  im¬ 
posed  upon  stations  would  be  greatly  in  the  public  interest.  If  carried 
far  enough  to  bar  dishonest  or  debasing  programs,  it  could  give  the 
needed  guarantee  of  integrity  to  our  present  system  of  broadcasting. 

The  second  way  of  insuring  the  integrity  of  American  broadcast¬ 
ing  is  by  a  change  in  the  auspices  under  which  informational,  educa¬ 
tional,  and  cultural  programs  are  produced.  This  statement  is  a 
strong  one  and  needs  to  be  examined  at  length  because  it  seems  to 
imply  a  criticism  of  organizations  which  are  putting  on  programs 
at  the  present  time. 

To  the  “Man  from  Mars”  who  looks  at  all  groups  with  a  cold  im¬ 
partial  eye,  there  is  not  in  the  whole  field  of  broadcasting  the  kind  of 
unbiased  sponsorship  worthy  of  full  public  confidence.  This  is  not  to 
deny  that  many  programs  now  on  the  air  are  entirely  trustworthy.  It 
is  to  say  that  the  auspices  under  which  they  are  produced  rest  upon 
foundations  which  are  not,  in  themselves,  a  sufficient  guarantee  of 
integrity. 


The  second  national  conference 

ON  EDUCATIONAL  BROADCASTING 
will  be  held  at  the  Drake  Hotel  in  Chicago,  Ill., 
November  29,  30,  and  December  1,  1937.  The 
objectives  of  this  second  national  conference  have 
been  outlined  as  follows:  [1]  To  provide  a  na¬ 
tional  forum  where  interests  concerned  with  edu¬ 
cation  by  radio  can  come  together  to  exchange 
ideas  and  experiences;  [2]  To  examine  and  ap¬ 
praise  the  situation  in  American  broadcasting  as 
a  background  for  the  consideration  of  its  present 
and  future  public  service;  [3]  To  examine  and 
appraise  the  listener’s  interest  in  programs  that 
come  under  the  general  classification  of  public 
service  broadcasting;  [4]  To  examine  the  present 
and  potential  resources  of  education  thru  radio; 
[5]  To  examine  and  appraise  the  interest  of  or¬ 
ganized  education  in  broadcasting;  and  [6]  To 
bring  to  a  large  and  influential  audience  the  find¬ 
ings  that  may  become  available  from  studies  and 
researches  in  the  general  field  of  educational 
broadcasting,  particularly  such  studies  and  re¬ 
searches  as  may  be  conducted  by  the  Federal 
Radio  Education  Committee. 

• 

The  CARTHAGE  COLLEGE  MUSIC 
HOUR  is  a  daily  feature  of  station  WCAZ 
in  Carthage,  Ill.  It  has  been  maintained  steadily 
since  its  inception  in  September  1932.  The  pro¬ 
grams  are  given  by  special  radio  ensembles — 
band;  orchestra;  mixed,  treble,  and  male 
choruses;  and  assisting  soloists.  These  groups 
are  not  the  college  musical  organizations — they 
are  especially  selected  for  this  purpose  with 
separate  rehearsals  under  faculty  direction.  The 
announcers  and  continuity  writers  are  students 
also.  Elmer  Hanke,  head  of  the  department  of 
music  at  Carthage  College,  feels  that  this  pro¬ 
gram  is  direct  education  for  radio,  since  this 
experience  helps  graduates  to  find  positions  in 
the  radio  profession,  and  that,  by  a  careful  selec¬ 
tion  of  programs,  it  becomes  education  by  radio 
as  well. 

• 

The  AMERICAN  MEDICAL  ASSOCIA¬ 
TION  will  inaugurate  on  Wednesday,  Oc¬ 
tober  13,  a  series  of  thirty-minute  programs  de¬ 
signed  as  a  supplement  to  classroom  teaching  of 
health.  The  programs  will  be  heard  weekly  at 
2pm,  EST,  over  the  NBC  Red  Network.  While 
it  is  intended  to  furnish  graphic  supplementary 
material  in  health  education  for  teachers  and 
students  in  the  junior  and  senior  high  schools, 
the  programs  will  be  of  interest  also  in  the  ele¬ 
mentary  schools  and  to  parents  listening  in  their 
homes. 


George  JENNINGS,  production  director 
at  station  WILL,  University  of  Illinois,  has 
resigned  to  become  head  of  a  new  department  of 
radio  at  the  Cornish  School,  Seattle,  Washington. 
Mr.  Jennings,  who  is  completing  a  training  period 
at  the  NBC  studios  in  New  York  under  a  fellow¬ 
ship  from  the  General  Education  Board,  will  con¬ 
duct  a  radio  workshop  at  the  Cornish  School. 


[43  ] 


The  number  of  schools  in  Australia 

equipped  for  the  use  of  school  broadcasts 
has  been  steadily  increasing,  according  to  the 
annual  report  for  1936-37  of  the  honorary  secre¬ 
tary  of  the  School  Broadcasts  Advisory  Council. 
The  report  attributes  the  growth  of  interest  in 
school  broadcasts  to  a  number  of  causes,  such  as 
the  lifting  of  the  depression,  which  was  in  full 
effect  when  the  school  broadcasts  were  inaugurated 
in  1933;  a  growing  confidence  in  the  value  of  the 
contribution  of  school  broadcasts;  a  steady  im¬ 
provement  in  the  quality  of  the  broadcasts;  the 
fact  that  music  has  been  made  a  compulsory  sub¬ 
ject  for  all  departmental  secondary  schools  and 
has  led  to  a  wide  recognition  of  the  service  broad¬ 
casting  can  render  in  this  field ;  improved  reception 
in  country  districts  thru  the  installation  of  sev¬ 
eral  new  relay  stations ;  and  technical  advice 
rendered  to  schools  seeking  to  install  receiving- 
sets. 

The  improvement  in  the  quality  of  the  school 
broadcasts  can  be  attributed  to  the  fact  that  the 
resources  of  the  Australian  Broadcasting  Com¬ 
mission  have  been  more  and  more  placed  at  the 
disposal  of  the  School  Broadcasts  Advisory  Coun¬ 
cil;  that  expert  volunteer  workers  have  rendered 
unpaid  service;  that  publicity  has  been  increased 
and  the  “School  Broadcasts  Booklet”  revised;  and 
that  school  broadcasting  technic  has  been  im¬ 
proved  thru  the  constructive  criticisms  and  varied 
suggestions  of  the  listening  teachers. 


JAMES  ROWLAND  ANGELL,  retiring  presi¬ 
dent  of  Yale  University,  has  accepted  the 
position  of  educational  counselor  to  the  National 
Broadcasting  Company.  He  will  take  up  his  new 
duties  in  September  at  a  salary  of  $25,000  a 
year.  Dr.  Franklin  Dunham,  educational  director 
of  NBC,  will  work  in  cooperation  with  Dr.  Angell. 
In  accepting  the  position.  Dr.  Angell  said,  “I  am 
accepting  the  invitation  with  great  enthusiasm 
and  in  the  hope  that  the  opportunity  given  me 
will  allow  me  to  render  a  real  public  service.  The 
educational  possibilities  of  radio  are  but  just  be¬ 
ginning  to  be  fully  appreciated  and  I  trust  I  can 
make  some  small  contribution  to  increasing  its 
significance  for  young  and  old  alike.” 

• 


The  FLORIDA  ASSOCIATION  OF 
BROADCASTERS  has  passed  a  resolution 
condemning  super-power  stations  unless  they  pro¬ 
vide  a  non-duplicating  program  service.  The  Flor¬ 
ida  broadcasters  believe  that  any  station  granted 
500  kilowatts  power  should  produce  and  broad¬ 
cast  its  own  original  programs  and  not  merely 
rebroadcast  network  pickups  into  signal  areas 
covered  by  other  stations  with  the  same  pro¬ 
grams.  It  is  their  opinion  that  super-power 
should  stand  on  its  own  feet  and  justify  its 
privileges. 

• 

Dr.  CLINE  M.  KOON,  senior  specialist  in 
radio  and  visual  education  of  the  U.  S. 
Office  of  Education,  resigned  his  position  Sep¬ 
tember  1. 


Consider  first  the  case  of  the  industry.  The  argument  here  was 
stated  at  some  length  in  this  bulletin  more  than  six  months  ago  and 
has  never  been  contradicted.^  It  was  built  upon  the  theory  that  the 
commercial  formula  which  makes  possible  the  financing  of  American 
broadcasting  ties  the  hands  of  station  owners  so  that  they  are  not 
free  to  deal  impartially  with  informational  and  educational  matters. 

But  what  about  the  individuals  and  organizations  of  unquestion¬ 
able  integrity  who  put  on  particular  programs  and  are  given  free 
rein  for  the  purpose?  The  answer  lies  in  a  consideration  of  the  status 
of  these  groups  and  individuals.  They  are  being  given  without  cost 
an  access  to  the  public  which  is  valuable  and  obtainable  thru  few 
sources.  They  offer  a  service  which  could  be  displaced  or  duplicated 
readily.  They  are  without  bargaining  power.  They  broadcast  on  the 
terms  of  the  industry.  The  best  record  of  experience  in  operating  on 
that  basis  is  contained  in  the  pamphlet,  4  Years  of  Network  Broad¬ 
casting,  published  by  the  National  Advisory  Council  on  Radio  in 
Education.  If  it  had  been  possible  to  cooperate  with  the  industry  on 
its  terms,  that  organization  would  have  succeeded  in  doing  so.  The 
retirement  of  Dr.  Levering  Tyson  from  the  directorship  of  the  Ad¬ 
visory  Council  ®  is  ample  evidence  that  it  simply  can’t  be  done.  ' 

What  about  organizations  interested  in  radio  but  without  broad¬ 
casting  commitments?  The  principal  ones  are  the  Federal  Radio 
Education  Committee  ^  and  the  National  Committee  on  Education 
by  Radio.®  The  latter  is  thoroly  representative,  each  of  its  nine  mem¬ 
bers  being  selected  by  one  of  the  educational  associations  which  con¬ 
stitute  the  committee.  However,  the  National  Committee  has  been 
so  determined  in  its  defense  of  the  rights  of  education  in  radio  that 
it  is  definitely  not  acceptable  to  certain  groups  whose  cooperation 
will  be  needed  in  establishing  impartial  auspices. 

The  Federal  Radio  Education  Committee  is  composed  about 
equally  of  educators  and  commercial  broadcasters.  However,  its 
members  have  been  selected  as  individuals  and  represent  officially 
only  themselves.  This  committee  has  been  subjected  to  the  criticisms 
that  it  is  too  close  to  the  government,  that  it  has  too  much  industry 
representation,  and  that  its  program  does  not  inspire  confidence. 
Perhaps  all  of  these  criticisms  are  unfounded.  However,  the  com¬ 
mittee  has  yet  to  prove  its  right  to  leadership. 

Since  no  single  organization  now  exists  thru  which  to  secure  the 
cooperation  of  all  parties  involved  and  at  the  same  time  to  guarantee 
protection  to  the  public,  a  new  organization  seems  to  be  needed. 
When  such  an  organization  is  set  up  it  must  be  noncommercial.  The 
great  educational,  and  cultural  agencies  thruout  the  country  must 
be  represented  upon  it.  Its  membership  must  be  appointed  by  these 
agencies  and  subject  to  no  other  control.  It  should  have  an  educa¬ 
tional  home  where  it  will  have  the  same  freedom  as  any  college  or 
university.  It  should  be  financed  adequately  to  employ  administra¬ 
tive  officers  and  a  staff  of  radio  specialists  capable  of  superior  work 
in  every  phase  of  program  preparation  and  production.  It  should 
have  all  the  facilities  of  a  radio  workshop  to  select  and  train  talent 
and  to  do  experimental  work. 

Does  all  this  sound  Utopian?  Probably  it  is.  Certainly  its  full 
attainment  can  come  only  as  the  result  of  growth.  However,  it  should 
be  pointed  out  that  until  it  does  come  or  until  provision  is  made  for 
its  growth,  governmental  regulation  offers  the  only  possibility  of  a 
broadcasting  service  in  which  we  can  have  full  confidence. 

^Education  by  Radio  6:41-43,  December  1936. 

^Education  by  Radio  7:8,  February  1937. 

*  Education  by  Radio  6:31,  September  1936. 

^Education  by  Radio  6:29,  September  1936. 


[44] 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


Volume  7 


OCTOBER  1937 


Number  lO 


How  Much  Clean  Up? 

The  need  for  a  clean  up  in  radio  broadcasting  is  now  ad¬ 
mitted  on  every  hand.  The  final  and  conclusive  evidence  was 
the  transfer  of  Chairman  McNinch  from  the  Federal  Power  Com¬ 
mission  to  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  for  the  specific 
purpose  of  effecting  reform.  The  only  remaining  question  is  how 
far  the  clean  up  should  go. 

The  editors  of  this  bulletin,  who  think  they  performed  a  construc¬ 
tive  service  in  emphasizing  the  need  for  a  clean  up,  now  feel  the 
responsibility  for  a  further  effort  to  be  constructive  by  suggesting 
some  of  the  changes  required  if  the  reform  of  broadcasting  is  to  be 
basic  and  lasting. 

The  problem  facing  those  charged  with  the  clean  up  may  be 
stated  very  simply:  Will  changes  in  the  administrative  machinery 
of  the  Commission  suffice  or  must  there  be  changes  in  the  theory  as 
well  as  the  practise  of  broadcasting  regulation?  The  evidence  seems 
to  be  conclusive  that,  while  the  so-called  American  system  of  broad¬ 
casting  need  not  be  destroyed  some  of  the  assumptions  on  which  it 
rests  must  be  altered. 

The  theory  behind  the  present  system  of  broadcasting  has  been 
stated  as  follows: 

I  1  I  The  government  shall  license  to  private  interests  that  number  of  stations 
which  can  make  most  effective  technical  use  of  the  comparatively  few  air  channels 
available  for  broadcasting. 

I  2  I  Station  owners  shall  be  allowed  to  create  among  themselves  a  system  of 
commercial  competition  for  advertising  revenue.  This  private  competition  can  be 
depended  upon  to  keep  them  operating  in  the  public  interest. 

[3]  The  public  as  the  listening  audience  will  determine  the  outcome  of  the 
competition  by  tuning  its  receiving  sets  to  stations  according  to  the  excellence  of 
their  programs. 

I  4]  Under  such  a  system  broadcasting  will  achieve  a  greater  freedom  and  use¬ 
fulness  than  is  possible  under  more  stringent  government  regulation.’^ 

The  fallacy  of  this  theory  was  pointed  out  at  the  same  time.  It 
is  this.  When  the  government  licenses  one  station  for  50,000  watts 
and  a  competitor  for  only  100  watts,  it  is  doing  more  than  facili¬ 
tating  a  system  of  private  commercial  competition.  It  is  determining 
the  outcome  of  that  competition.  By  favoring  high-powered  stations, 
it  is  encouraging  station  owners  to  seek  favors  from  the  Commis¬ 
sion.  Does  not  this  open  the  way  to  corruption  or  at  least  to  the 
charges  of  corruption  in  broadcasting  which  have  been  made  by 
members  of  Congress? 

Before  permanent  reform  is  possible,  then,  some  way  must  be 
found  to  eliminate  the  fallacy  of  our  present  theory  of  broadcasting 
regulation  or  to  develop  a  new  theory.  If  the  present  theory  is  to  be 
retained,  some  method  must  be  found  for  equalizing  the  competition 
prescribed  by  it. 

^  Education  by  Radio  6:6,  !March  1936. 


The  CHICAGO  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION 
devised  a  unique  program  of  education  by 
radio  during  the  recent  poliomyelitis  epidemic 
when  the  opening  of  the  elementary  schools  in 
that  city  cvas  postponed  several  weeks. 

Seven  radio  stations  donated  time  in  fifteen 
minute  periods  thruout  the  day.  Six  newspapers 
carried  a  daily  digest  of  each  lesson  to  be  broad¬ 
cast,  including  directions,  questions,  and  assign¬ 
ments  for  pupils.  These  digests  served  as  texts  in 
the  absence  of  books. 

Mathematics,  English,  science,  and  social  stud¬ 
ies  for  grades  from  3B  to  8A  inclusive  were 
the  subjects  chosen.  Broadcasting  began  on  Mon¬ 
day,  September  13,  at  7:13am  with  a  health  and 
physical  education  program  which  was  a  daily  fea¬ 
ture,  Lessons  in  social  studies  and  science  for  the 
various  grades  were  given  at  intervals  thruout  the 
day,  the  last  period  being  from  6  :45-7pm.  On  Tues¬ 
day  lessons  in  English  and  mathematics  were 
given,  Wednesday’s  programs  were  the  same  as 
Monday’s  and  the  alternation  continued  thruout 
the  week, 

A  committee  of  three  was  appointed  in  each 
subject  to  select  material  suitable  for  use  over  the 
radio,  to  plan  the  continuity  of  the  lessons,  and  to 
be  responsible  for  the  broadcast,  A  committee  of 
two  principals  was  appointed  to  listen  in  to  all 
broadcasts  and  to  make  suggestions  for  improve¬ 
ment. 

Pupils  were  instructed  to  keep  all  of  the  work 
done  in  connection  with  the  radio  lessons  and 
present  it  to  their  teachers  when  school  opened, 
A  committee  in  each  major  subject  was  appointed 
to  work  out  a  test  to  be  given  to  the  children  at 
that  time.  The  results  of  this  test  will  determine 
the  credit  each  child  will  receive  for  his  work. 
These  same  committees  made  provision  for  make¬ 
up  work  for  those  children  who  did  not  have 
radios,  or  who  were  kept  outside  of  Chicago  dur¬ 
ing  the  epidemic. 

The  number  of  children  listening  to  the  radio 
lessons  and  using  the  newspaper  texts  has  been 
estimated  at  315,000, 

The  Board  of  Education  is  convinced  that  the 
plan  was  followed  by  both  parents  and  children 
with  earnestness  and  enthusiasm.  Sixteen  teachers, 
called  in  to  supplement  the  staff  at  the  central 
office,  were  unable  to  take  care  of  all  the  calls  re¬ 
ceived  from  parents  who  were  distressed  that  they 
could  not  get  a  certain  station  on  the  radio  and 
some  child  had  missed  a  lesson,  or  because  some 
speaker  had  given  directions  a  little  too  fast  and 
the  child  did  not  get  them,  A  thousand  questions 
were  answered  on  the  first  day  of  broadcasting, 
and  five  extra  teachers  were  added  the  next  day. 


[4S] 


VOL.  7  OCTOBER  1937  No.  10 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 

is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Organizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G.  Crane,  chairman,  president.  University  of 
Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  National  Association 
oj  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education.  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

J.  0.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  of 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  National  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B.  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  of  Edu¬ 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  St.  Louis  University, 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  of 
State  Superintendents. 

Willis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schools,  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  of  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
Universities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president,  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Council  on  Education. 

member  educational  press  association 

OF  AMERICA 


The  nation.\l  education  associa¬ 
tion  has  completed  arrangements  with  the 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System  for  a  series  of 
coast-to-coast  current  events  broadcasts.  The  new 
programs,  entitled  “Exits  and  Entrances,”  will  be 
broadcast  Mondays  from  2:30-3pm,  EST,  as  a 
feature  of  the  American  School  of  the  Air.  They 
are  intended  especially  for  secondarj-  school  stu¬ 
dents  of  the  social  studies.  In  addition  to  the  series 
over  Columbia,  the  Association's  Saturday  morn¬ 
ing  program  for  teachers  and  Wednesday  evening 
program  for  the  general  public  will  be  continued 
over  an  NBC  network. 


e 


A  RECENT  CONTROVERSY  in  Detroit  over 
excessive  commercial  announcements  dur¬ 
ing  baseball  broadcasts  sponsored  by  Wheaties, 
involved  radio  stations,  the  client,  newspapers,  and 
listeners.  It  is  expected  that  the  result  will  be  a 
noticeable  limitation  of  advertising.  According  to 
Variety,  “Most  of  the  agency  men  and  clients 
contacted  have  expressed  themselves  as  frankly 
alarmed  over  the  situation,  declaring  they  never 
before  had  realized  listeners’  dangerous  reaction  to 
the  ‘blurb’  system.” 


The  mountain  radio  listening 

CENTER  SYSTEM  of  the  University  of 
Kentucky  is  described  fully  in  an  intensely  inter¬ 
esting  twelve-page  illustrated  booklet.  Copies  of 
the  booklet  may  be  secured  without  charge  from 
Elmer  G.  Sulzer,  director,  publicity  bureau.  Uni¬ 
versity  of  Kentucky,  Lexington. 


The  difficulty  in  equalizing  competition  is  a  bit  hard  to  explain. 
It  grows  out  of  a  conflict  between  the  technical  and  the  economic 
purposes  which  broadcasting  serves.  Technically,  unequal  grants  of 
power  are  necessary  to  serve  different  geographical  areas  of  the 
nation.  Fifty  kilowatt  stations  are  licensed  to  serve  “rural  and 
remote  areas.”  Hundred  watt  stations  are  for  service  to  local  com¬ 
munities.  Technically,  therefore,  the  different  classes  of  stations  are 
not  in  competition. 

Economically,  they  are  in  direct  competition.  They  sell  their  “cir¬ 
culation”  to  advertisers.  The  advertisers  buy  service,  not  to  listeners 
in  remote  areas  where  reception  is  at  best  uncertain,  but  to  the  audi¬ 
ence  within  the  good  service  areas  immediately  surrounding  the 
stations.  That  is  why  commercial  stations  are  located  at  or  near 
centers  of  population. 

Until  last  October  the  Commission  had  been  issuing  its  licenses 
on  the  basis  of  technical  considerations  only.  Then,  at  the  realloca¬ 
tion  hearings  in  October  1936,  it  took  cognizance  of  the  existence 
of  economic  and  social  as  well  as  technical  implications  of  broad¬ 
casting.  It  instructed  Commander  T.  A.  M.  Craven,  then  chief  engi¬ 
neer  of  the  Commission  and  now  one  of  its  members,  to  prepare  two 
reports,  one  dealing  with  the  technical  implications  and  a  second 
dealing  with  the  economic  and  social  aspects  of  the  problem  of 
allocation. 

The  technical  report  has  been  rendered.  It  emphasizes  the  need 
for  more  rather  than  fewer  classes  of  stations  and  actually  paves 
the  way  for  increases  in  inequalities  between  stations. 

The  economic  and  social  report  has  not  been  submitted.  It  may 
never  be  prepared.  However,  the  Commission  has  recognized  at  least 
that  such  problems  exist.  Ultimately  it  will  have  to  come  to  grips 
with  them.  It  will  have  to  reconcile  the  economic  and  technical  con¬ 
flict  if  the  present  theory  of  broadcasting  is  to  be  preserved. 

What  are  the  possibilities  of  reconciliation?  They  seem  to  be  ex¬ 
cellent.  There  are  certain  conditions  which  must  be  met,  however, 
and  these  should  be  given  consideration  before  any  statement  of  a 
solution  for  the  problem  is  attempted. 

The  limitations  on  the  number  of  available  wavelengths  and  the 
facts  about  the  technical  operation  of  stations  create  certain  reali¬ 
ties  to  which  all  proposals  must  conform.  In  the  nature  of  radio  it  is 
impossible  to  give  high  power  to  all  stations.  There  must  always  be 
100  watt  stations  or  their  approximation.  On  the  other  hand,  there 
must  also  be  high-powered  stations  to  serve  the  rural  population. 

The  problem,  then,  is  not  that  of  equalizing  technical  grants.  It 
is  rather  that  of  ironing  out  the  economic  unfairness  which  results 
from  the  use  of  these  facilities  in  advertising  competition.  What  is 
necessary  is  to  find  a  way  of  making  high-powered  stations  compete 
only  among  themselves  while  the  low-powered  stations  likewise  are 
allowed  to  compete  only  against  each  other. 

In  one  sense  every  station  must  compete  for  the  attention  of 
listeners  with  every  other  station  in  its  locality.  Listeners  tend  to 
favor  the  higher  powered  stations  because  they  normally  give  better 
reception.  Hence,  unequal  grants  of  power  tend  to  make  this  com¬ 
petition  unequal.  Where  a  distinct  difference  in  the  types  of  program 
service  is  created,  however,  audience  tastes  will  split  listeners  into 
groups  large  enough  to  give  economic  support  to  each  of  the  several 
services.  It  is  this  psychological  phenomenon  which  enables  small 
daily  or  weekly  newspapers  to  thrive  in  the  delivery  area  of  some  of 
our  great  metropolitan  papers. 

A  first  step,  then,  is  to  see  to  it  that  the  types  of  program  service 
are  carefully  differentiated.  There  seems  to  be  room  for  a  national,  a 


146  1 


regional,  and  a  local  service  in  most  communities.  Stations  rendering 
these  different  types  of  service  should  lose  all  identity  except  that  to 
which  their  service  is  dedicated.  A  national  station  should  have  no 
local  identity,  at  least  so  far  as  program  service  is  concerned.  Regional 
and  local  stations  should  confine  themselves  likewise  to  special  types 
of  service. 

There  may  be  many  ways  in  which  this  separation  of  functions 
can  be  achieved.  Two  possibilities  will  be  discussed  here.  One  has  to 
do  with  the  creation  of  superpower  stations,  each  of  which  can  serve 
the  total  area  to  which  its  service  is  dedicated.  The  other  deals  with 
the  synchronization  and  simultaneous  operation  of  a  group  of  sta¬ 
tions  concerned  with  a  single  type  of  program  service. 

Experimental  work  is  already  being  done  with  the  superpower  sta¬ 
tion.  WLW  at  Cincinnati  has  been  operating  with  a  power  of  500,000 
watts  for  about  two  years.  The  expense  of  operating  such  a  station  is 
so  great  that  it  could  never  compete  with  a  strictly  local  station.  Its 
advertising  rates  have  to  be  too  high.  Its  programs  are  heard  over 
too  wide  a  range  of  territory  to  be  confined  to  the  type  of  service  a 
local  station  ordinarily  gives. 

A  clear  channel  survey  conducted  by  the  engineering  section  of 
the  Federal  Communications  Commission  indicated  that  WLW  was 
the  favorite  station  of  rural  listeners  in  thirteen  states.  Under  favor¬ 
able  conditions  it  can  be  heard  in  almost  any  part  of  the  United 
States.  Engineers  have  proposed  that  a  complete  national  coverage 
during  nighttime  hours  might  be  provided  by  a  single  station  such 
as  WLW  if  it  were  centrally  located  and  if  “booster”  stations  were 
erected  to  reinforce  the  signal  of  the  station  in  areas  where  reception 
was  not  clear. 

Such  an  arrangement  would  never  be  entirely  satisfactory.  In 
the  south,  particularly  during  the  summer  months,  reception  would 
almost  certainly  be  inferior.  Conditions  might  develop  in  almost  any 
part  of  the  country  under  which  reception  would  be  poor.  Never¬ 
theless,  it  would  provide  a  kind  of  national  service  which  would  pre¬ 
sent  no  economic  dangers  to  regional  and  local  stations. 

Synchronization  presents  another  and  perhaps  more  promising 
possibility  of  differentiating  between  various  types  of  service.  This 
method  of  broadcasting  has  been  frowned  upon  by  engineers,  altho 
they  admit  its  technical  validity.  Therefore,  it  may  be  well  to  intro¬ 
duce  some  technical  evidence  as  to  the  possibilities  of  sjmchroniza- 
tion. 

In  a  release  dealing  with  synchronization  issued  March  2,  1936, 
by  the  Communications  Commission,  appears  the  following  para¬ 
graph: 

Common  frequency  broadcasting  |  synchronization]  is  in  successful  commercial 
use  in  several  countries.  Thus,  in  Great  Britain  a  network  of  a  dozen  or  more  sta¬ 
tions  is  operated  on  the  same  frequency.  In  Germany  there  are  two  networks,  one 
in  the  north  and  one  in  the  south,  each  comprising  several  stations.  The  United 
States,  altho  in  the  forefront  from  the  standpoint  of  technical  development,  has 
lagged  behind  in  the  commercial  application  of  common  frequency  broadcasting. 
There  are  at  present  in  operation  in  this  country  only  three  pairs  of  synchronized 
stations. 

An  exact  report  on  American  experience  with  synchronization  is 
contained  in  another  release,  written  by  L.  McC.  Young,  supervisor 
of  synchronization,  station  WBBM,  Chicago,  and  issued  by  the 
Commission  March  9,  1936.  The  concluding  paragraphs  of  the  re¬ 
port  are  as  follows: 

The  general  results  have  far  exceeded  the  predictions  of  the  most  optimistic 
technical  experts  concerned  with  the  project.  The  total  mail  of  the  two  stations 
I  WBBM  and  KFAB]  containing  adverse  criticism  has  been  insignificant.  In  the 
investigation  of  these  few  cases  none  had  any  just  basis  for  criticism  against  the 


TO  STUDY  THE  VALUE  OF  RADIO  as  an 
aid  to  classroom  instruction,  the  University 
of  Wisconsin  will  conduct  during  the  next  two 
years  a  special  research  project  in  school  broad¬ 
casting. 

The  plan  provides  for  a  staff  of  radio  special¬ 
ists  and  educators,  with  facilities  for  experiments, 
demonstrations,  school  visits,  and  objective  evalu¬ 
ation.  Thru  careful  observations,  tests,  and  meas¬ 
urements  an  attempt  will  be  made  to  discover  the 
place  of  radio  in  the  school  and  to  appraise  its 
importance  in  classroom  education. 

The  research  project,  financed  by  a  special  grant, 
is  backed  by  the  interest  and  support  of  leading 
educational  agencies  of  the  state.  These  include 
the  State  Department  of  Public  Instruction,  the 
Wisconsin  Education  Association,  the  State  Board 
of  Normal  School  Regents,  and  state  broadcasting 
station  WHA,  in  addition  to  various  departments 
of  the  university. 

Experimental  broadcasts  will  be  set  up  with 
definite  objectives  in  harmony  with  those  of  class¬ 
room  instruction.  The  evaluation  will  be  in  terms 
of  the  realization  of  those  objectives.  During  the 
first  half  year  the  research  project  will  be  con-, 
cerned  mainly  with  preliminary  studies,  planning 
and  preparation  of  experimental  broadcasts,  and 
setting  up  the  machinery  for  evaluation. 

Direct  supervision  of  the  research  project  is  in 
the  hands  of  an  executive  committee  appointed 
by  Dean  E.  B.  Fred  of  the  graduate  school  of  the 
university,  under  whose  general  direction  other 
university  research  projects  are  conducted.  The 
work  of  experiment  and  research  is  being  carried 
on  by  the  following  staff;  Lester  Ward  Parker, 
radio  education  specialist ;  Lee  Howard  Mathews, 
research  specialist;  and  Gordon  Hubbel,  script 
editor.  .Several  graduate  students  are  working  as 
research  assistants. 

• 

The  national  association  of  edu¬ 
cational  BROADCASTERS  held  its  an¬ 
nual  convention  in  Urbana,  Ill.,  September  13  and 
14.  Carl  Menzer,  director  of  station  WSUI,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  was  elected  president  for 
1937-38,  succeeding  H.  B.  McCarty  who  has 
served  as  president  during  the  past  two  years. 
Mr.  Menzer  will  replace  Mr.  McCarty  as  the 
NAEB’s  representative  on  the  National  Commit¬ 
tee  on  Education  by  Radio.  Harold  A.  Engel, 
promotion  manager  of  station  WHA,  L^niversity 
of  Wisconsin,  was  elected  vicepresident  and  W.  I. 
Griffith,  director  of  WOT  Iowa  State  College, 
treasurer.  The  new  executive  secretary  is  Frank 
Schooley  of  WILL,  Lmiversity  of  Illinois. 

• 

CJTATION  WHAZ,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  In- 
^  stitute,  Troy,  N.  Y.,  observed  its  fifteenth 
anniversary  on  the  air  Monday  evening,  Septem¬ 
ber  13,  coincident  with  the  reopening  of  the  In¬ 
stitute  for  its  113th  collegiate  year. 

• 

Dr.  levering  TYSON,  former  director 
of  the  National  Advisory  Council  on  Radio 
in  Education,  was  inducted  into  the  presidency  of 
Muhlenberg  College,  Allentown,  Pa.,  on  October  2. 


[47  1 


The  second  national  conference 

ON  EDUCATIONAL  BROADCASTING,  to 
be  held  in  Chicago,  Ill.,  November  29,  30,  and 
December  1,  will  have  as  presiding  officer  at  two 
of  its  sessions  Dr.  George  F.  Zook,  president  of 
the  American  Council  on  Education.  Dr.  Walter 
Dill  Scott,  president.  Northwestern  University, 
and  Dr.  Robert  M.  Hutchins,  president.  Univer¬ 
sity  of  Chicago,  will  preside  at  the  other  two. 
Merrill  Denison,  writer;  Dr.  T.  V.  Smith,  profes¬ 
sor  and  state  senator;  Philip  Barbour,  South  Amer¬ 
ican  specialist;  Edwin  W.  Craig,  director,  radio 
station  WSM;  Dr.  Levering  Tyson,  president, 
Muhlenberg  College;  and  Dr.  Lyman  Bryson, 
Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  have  all 
agreed  to  speak.  Section  chairmen  will  be:  Harry 
D.  Gideonse,  University  of  Chicago,  aided  by 
Sterling  Fisher,  Columbia  Broadcasting  System; 
William  Dow  Boutwell.  director,  educational  radio 
project,  U.  S.  Office  of  Education;  Carlton  Wash- 
burne,  superintendent  of  schools,  Winnetka,  Ill.; 
Dr.  Arthur  G.  Crane,  president.  University  of 
Wyoming,  and  chairman.  National  Committee  on 
Education  by  Radio;  and  H.  M.  Buckley,  assistant 
superintendent  of  schools,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

• 

The  educational  broadcasting 

SECTION  of  the  World  Federation  of  Edu¬ 
cation  Associations  meeting  held  in  Tokyo.  Japan. 
August  2-7,  1937,  was  attended  by  two  or  three 
hundred  interested  teachers,  representing  many 
different  countries.  Harry  A.  Carpenter,  a  special¬ 
ist  in  science  connected  with  the  Rochester,  N.  Y., 
public  schools,  was  America’s  representative  on 
the  program  of  the  broadcasting  section.  His  topic 
was  “Curriculum  Teaching  in  Science.”  On  August 
8  Mr.  Carpenter  broadcast  to  America  over  station 
JOAK  a  summary  of  the  program  of  the  Educa¬ 
tional  Broadcasting  Section.  His  talk  from  the 
Japanese  station  was  rebroadcast  in  this  country 
by  NBC. 

• 

Clarence  E.  DAMMON,  director,  radio 
station  WBA.^.  Purdue  University,  Lafay¬ 
ette.  Ind.,  is  teaching  a  beginning  class  in  the 
fundamentals  of  broadcasting  and  an  adv’anced 
class  in  program  production  at  the  Indiana  Ex¬ 
tension  Center  in  Fort  Wayne.  The  class  is  using 
the  facilities  of  station  WOWO.  There  is  also  a 
class  in  radio  technic  at  the  Indiana  Extension 
Center  in  East  Chicago. 

Listen  and  learn,  a  231  page  book  by 

Frank  Ernest  Hill,  was  published  September 
1 7  by  the  American  Association  for  Adult  Educa¬ 
tion,  60  East  Forty-second  Street,  New  York, 
N.  Y.  Copies  are  on  sale  at  $1.23. 

• 

Popular  psychology  and  dub  program 
planning  are  two  new  study  group  broadcasts 
scheduled  for  the  fall  series  of  women’s  programs 
over  KOAC,  the  state-owned  station  in  Corvallis, 
Oregon. 


synchronous  operation.  For  the  past  thirteen  months  I  have  spent  the  major  por¬ 
tion  of  my  time  observing  the  operation  of  these  stations.  I  have  traveled  over 
25,000  miles  in  a  ’34  Chevrolet  Coach  which  has  been  equipped  as  a  field  car 
with  a  Field  Intensity  Measuring  Set,  an  Esterline  Angus  Recording  Meter,  a  high 
fidelity  Philco  800  auto  radio  receiver,  and  a  standard  high  quality  Philco  18  re¬ 
ceiver.  Daytime  field  strength  measurements  and  fading  records  at  night  of 
synchronous  operation  and  of  WBBM  alone  have  been  made  in  seventy  towns  and 
cities  in  the  area  between  Columbus,  Ohio,  and  Denver,  Colorado,  Duluth,  Min¬ 
nesota,  and  Tulsa,  Oklahoma.  During  July  of  1934,  Iowa  was  combed  in  search 
of  the  expected  mush  area.  Continuous  observation,  using  the  high  fidelity  auto 
receiver,  was  made  in  the  field  car,  travelling  over  1400  miles  during  the  night 
periods  of  synchronization  and  common  programs.  No  mush  area  was  found.  Very 
little  fading  to  poor  quality  was  noticed.  However,  during  many  of  the  observa¬ 
tions,  several  entire  fifteen  minute  periods  would  remain  without  appreciable 
fading  dips,  while  one  or  both  of  the  individual  station  identification  announce¬ 
ments  at  the  intervening  breaks  would  show  fading. 

This  fact,  itself,  indicates  that  in  the  middle  area  between  the  stations  the  serv¬ 
ice  has  been  materially  improved.  Other  observations  show  that  the  service  areas 
of  both  stations  have  been  increased. 

The  details  of  how  synchronization  might  be  applied  on  a  nation¬ 
wide  scale  are  too  technical  for  consideration  here.  Competent  engi¬ 
neers  have  indicated  that  it  can ’be  done.  While  it  might  involve  a 
considerable  reallocation  of  facilities,  it  would  also  differentiate  na¬ 
tional  programs  so  completely  as  largely  to  eliminate  the  economic 
unsoundness  of  the  American  system  of  broadcasting  as  it  exists  at 
present. 

If  synchronization  were  to  be  used  on  chain  programs,  it  would 
mean  that  each  network  would  be  confined  to  three  or  four  channels 
instead  of  the  dozen  or  more  channels  used  today.  This  might  open 
the  way  to  an  increase  in  the  number  of  national  services  or  to  an 
amplification  of  the  present  use  of  channels  in  regional  and  local 
service.  It  would  probably  result  in  the  ownership  of  all  the  syn¬ 
chronized  stations  on  any  one  chain  by  a  single  corporation.  It  would 
also  result  in  a  complete  national  coverage  for  all  programs,  non¬ 
commercial  as  well  as  commercial. 

Synchronization  might  be  used  not  only  for  national  service  but 
also  for  regional  purposes.  Single  superpower  stations  might  also 
serve  regions.  This  latter  alternative  would  seem  particularly  appro¬ 
priate  in  areas  where  a  single  state  had  a  particular  public  service 
which  it  chose  to  render  by  means  of  its  own  publicly-owned  station. 
Clearly  such  a  station,  supported  by  public  funds,  would  be  assumed 
to  be  more  in  the  public  interest  than  any  commercial  station  seek¬ 
ing  the  same  facilities.  Obviously,  the  power  of  such  a  station  should 
be  great  enough  to  serve  all  the  people  who,  as  taxpayers,  would  be 
contributing  to  its  support. 

Local  stations  would  remain  much  as  at  present,  each  with  low 
power  to  serve  a  given  locality.  There  might  well  be  an  increase  in 
the  number  of  these  stations.  They  would  have  to  depend  for  their 
economic  survival  on  the  highly  individualized  service  they  could 
render  to  their  community. 

So  much  for  the  reallocation  proposal.  Now  for  some  precaution  as 
to  the  way  in  which  it  should  be  used.  If  applied  immediately  and 
arbitrarily  it  would  almost  certainly  throw  broadcasting  back  into 
the  chaos  of  its  early  days  and  deprive  the  listeners  of  the  present 
program  service  which  for  many  people  is  entirely  satisfactory. 

Many  problems  are  involved.  There  must  be  an  adjustment  of  the 
holdings  of  such  stations  as  may  be  absorbed  in  a  synchronous  sys¬ 
tem,  to  prevent  loss  on  an  investment  presumably  incurred  in  good 
faith.  There  must  be  careful  study  of  the  social  and  economic  im¬ 
plications  of  the  change.  While  giving  up  one  system  which  is  un¬ 
sound,  we  must  take  every  precaution  against  allowing  new  unsound¬ 
ness  to  develop.  This  clean  up  may  well  be  permanent  and  it  must 
have  foundations  worthy  of  permanence. 


[48] 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  For  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


Volume  7 


NOVEMBER  1937 


Number  II 


A  Public  Broadcasting  Service 

A  FTER  NEARLY  TWO  YEARS  OF  EFFORT  to  develop  a  constructive  plan 
xA.  for  the  cooperation  of  all  groups  interested  in  the  improvement 
of  broadcasting  programs,  the  National  Committee  on  Education  by 
Radio,  thru  its  chairman,  Dr.  Arthur  G.  Crane,  has  prepared  a  spe¬ 
cific  proposal  for  experimentation  in  this  direction.  The  theory  be¬ 
hind  the  proposal  has  been  outlined  on  two  previous  occasions.^  The 
detailed  arrangements  for  testing  it,  which  will  be  outlined  here,  are 
of  more  recent  development. 

The  complete  prospectus  of  the  plan  of  the  National  Committee  is 
too  extensive  to  be  set  forth  here.  Only  the  high  lights  can  be  re¬ 
produced  in  this  report.  They  will  give  some  indication  of  the  need 
for  the  plan,  its  objectives  in  general,  and  the  specific  machinery 
which  has  been  created  in  two  regional  areas  to  apply  the  principles 
as  a  means  of  solving  their  particular  problems. 

The  need:  Private  enterprise  has  succeeded  in  making  exceptionally 
fine  broadcasts  available  to  American  listeners  on  twenty-five  million 
receiving  sets.  On  the  other  hand,  there  are  great  gaps  in  the  broad¬ 
cast  program.  Formal  use  of  radio  for  improving  instruction  in 
schools  for  thirty  million  youthful  citizens  has  been  almost  wholly 
neglected.  Advertising,  which  furnishes  the  essential  revenues,  has 
necessarily  determined  the  type  of  broadcast,  giving  preference  to 
the  mass  audiences  to  the  neglect  of  minority  groups.  Regional  needs 
have  been  unavoidably  subordinated  to  national  programs  paying 
revenues.  Potential  producers  of  socially  desirable  broadcasts  have 
not  been  in  a  position  to  make  the  best  contributions  because  of  lack 
of  finances  or  available  time  and  facilities.  An  unpleasant  contro¬ 
versy  has  been  waged  between  transmitting  agencies  and  producers 
of  noncommercial,  socially  desirable  broadcasts.  At  times  the  con¬ 
troversy  has  been  heated.  This  plan  has  been  designed  to  remove 
difficulties  and  make  possible  more  harmonious  cooperation  between 
all  parties  concerned. 

The  proposals  made  in  this  plan  are  comprehensive.  They  accept 
the  basic  assumptions  of  the  present  system  of  broadcasting.  They 
recognize  the  need  for  flexibility  to  allow  for  adjustment  to  different 
conditions  in  various  parts  of  the  country.  They  outline  a  plan  which 
can  be  used  nationally,  regionally,  or  locally.  They  present  specific 
proposals  for  demonstration  of  the  proposed  pattern  in  the  state  of 
Texas  and  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Objectives  of  the  plan:  To  promote  cooperation — The  first  step  is  to 
increase  beyond  anything  that  has  been  attempted  in  radio  the  num¬ 
ber  of  cooperating  agencies  and  the  range  of  represented  interests. 
The  aim  of  this  cooperation  is  to  create  a  working  organization  thru 

'^Education  by  Radio  6:13-15,  45-48;  May  and  December  Supplement  1936. 


'  I  'HE  FIRST  STEP  in  the  reorganization  of 

-■-  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  by 
its  new  chairman,  Frank  R.  McNinch,  is  the  abo¬ 
lition  of  the  three  divisions — broadcast,  telephone, 
and  telegraph — into  which  the  Commissioners 
were  divided  by  Commission  Order  No.  1  adopted 
July  17,  1934.  Under  the  division  system  two  of 
the  seven  Commissioners  were  assigned  to  each 
division,  with  the  chairman  acting  as  the  third 
member  of  each. 

According  to  Chairman  McNinch,  “Some  of  the 
reasons  underlying  this  fundamental  change  of  or¬ 
ganization  policy  are  that  experience  has  shown 
that  to  subdivide  a  small  Commission  has  a  divisive 
effect  and  tends  away  from  cooperation  and 
mutual  understanding.  The  assignment  of  such 
important  work  as  has  heretofore  been  handled  by 
divisions  theoretically  composed  of  three  Commis¬ 
sioners,  but  in  fact  functioning  with  two  Commis¬ 
sioners  because  of  the  impracticability  of  the 
Chairman’s  keeping  himself  currently  informed 
and  attending  meetings,  has  resulted  in  two  mem¬ 
bers  of  the  Commission  carrying  an  unnecessary 
load  of  responsibility  and  exercising  an  undesirably 
large  portion  of  the  power  and  functions  of  the 
Commission,  while  at  the  same  time  denying  the 
other  Commissioners  any  practical  opportunity  to 
participate  in  decisions.  When  such  major  phases 
of  the  Commission’s  work,  as  broadcasting,  tele¬ 
phone,  and  telegraph,  have  been  committed  to  the 
handling  and  decision  of  only  two  members,  these 
two  members  have  been  denied  opportunity  to  ex¬ 
change  views  with  and  profit  by  free  discussion 
and  expression  of  opinions  by  the  other  Commis¬ 
sioners.  Commissioners  not  on  a  particular  division 
have  felt  a  natural  reluctance  to  inquire  into  the 
work  committed  to  others,  hence,  they  were  denied 
effective  expression  of  their  views  upon  pending 
matters.  Furthermore,  the  segregation  of  Commis¬ 
sioners  into  units,  with  power  to  act,  unavoidably 
requires  that  they  specialize  in  their  thought  and 
action  upon  limited  phases  of  the  Commission’s 
work  and  this,  with  other  reasons  above  men¬ 
tioned,  prevents  a  rounded  development  of  every 
Commissioner’s  knowledge  of  and  experience  in 
the  whole  field  of  the  Commission’s  work.” 

The  new  plan  of  organization  will  go  into  effect 
November  15. 


George  henry  PAYNE,  a  member  of 
the  Federal  Communications  Commission, 
will  speak  in  Boston  November  13  to  the  Alumni 
of  the  Sacred  Heart.  His  subject  will  be  “Decency 
in  Radio  Programs.” 


[49] 


VOL.  7  NOVEMBER  1937  No.  11 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 

is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Organizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G.  Crane,  chairman,  president.  University  of 
Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  National  Association 
oj  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education.  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

].  0.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  of 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  Naticmal  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B.  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  oj  Edu¬ 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  St.  Louis  University, 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  of 
State  Superintendents. 

Willis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schools,  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  oj  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
Universities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president,  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Council  on  Education. 

MEMBER  educational  PRESS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  AMERICA 


pOOR  RECEPTION  has  ruined  many  a  good 

■t  radio  program!”  The  causes  of  poor  recep¬ 
tion  are  varied,  some  easily  remedied,  and  others 
difficult  to  control. 

Select  a  receiver  which  is  designed  to  give  ample 
volume  and  tonal  quality  for  comfortable  listen¬ 
ing  in  a  large  room. 

Keep  the  receiver  in  good  working  order.  Tubes 
and  other  parts  will  wear  out.  Have  the  set  checked 
over  by  a  competent  radio  service  man  at  the  be¬ 
ginning  of  each  semester,  and  any  other  times 
when  it  does  not  work  properly.  Your  service  man 
can  help  in  tracing  down  other  difficulties  such  as 
a  poor  antenna,  overloading,  electrical  interfer¬ 
ences,  and  poor  loudspeakers. 

Avoid  “extra”  sets  which  well-meaning  friends 
would  give  the  school.  If  a  receiver  is  not  good 
enough  for  home  use,  certainly  it  is  inadequate  for 
classroom  listening. 

Do  not  require  a  class  to  listen  unless  you  have 
good  reception.  Interference,  distortion,  and  lack 
of  volume  rob  listening  of  the  pleasure  which 
should  always  accompany  a  classroom  broadcast. 
Insist  on  good  reception. — Wisconsin  Journal  of 
Education  70:44;  September  1937. 


The  second  national  conference 

ON  EDUCATIONAL  BROADCASTING,  to 
be  held  at  the  Drake  Hotel  in  Chicago  on  Novem¬ 
ber  29  and  30  and  December  1,  will  devote  each 
general  session  to  a  significant  theme.  Speakers 
at  each  session  will  include  a  spokesman  for  the 
listener,  for  the  industry,  and  for  education.  Dr. 
Lyman  Bryson  will  serve  as  discussion  chairman 
for  the  entire  conference. 


which  educational  institutions  and  agencies,  service  departments, 
and  citizens’  groups  can  mobilize  their  broadcasting  resources,  raise 
the  standards  of  their  presentation,  and  demonstrate  a  cooperative 
method  of  maintaining  working  relationships  between  broadcasting 
stations  and  the  producers  of  noncommercial  programs.  This  can  be 
done  on  local,  regional,  or  national  bases. 

America  excels  in  successful  cooperative  projects.  It  is  strange 
that  more  complete  and  effective  cooperation  by  the  groups  inter¬ 
ested  in  broadcasting  has  not  appeared  more  rapidly  and  more  ex¬ 
tensively.  Both  advertisers  and  educators  are  desirous  of  furnishing 
the  American  listener  with  the  most  attractive  and  most  useful 
broadcasts  within  their  resources.  One  group  desires  attractive 
broadcasts  for  the  purpose  of  getting  the  attention  of  business  cus¬ 
tomers.  The  other  desires  the  attention  of  listeners  in  order  to  convey 
things  socially  desirable.  There  should  be  no  serious  conflict  between 
these  two  objectives.  Both  groups  desire  the  attention  of  the  Ameri¬ 
can  listener  to  be  secured  by  high  grade  programs.  The  plan  aims  to 
secure,  first,  cooperation  between  the  producers  of  sustaining  pro¬ 
grams,  and,  second,  cooperation  between  this  group  and  the  trans¬ 
mitting  group. 

To  discover  resources — The  second  step  is  to  inventory  the  vari¬ 
ous  kinds  of  resources  of  all  cooperating  agencies  which  can  be 
mobilized  for  broadcasting  purposes.  This  includes  an  analysis  of  the 
kind  of  assistance  the  various  groups  will  need  in  order  to  utilize 
their  resources  most  effectively. 

Preliminary  survey  in  the  two  regions  selected  reveals  a  surprising 
aggregate  of  broadcasting  resources  in  the  number  and  variety  of 
cooperating  agencies,  in  talent,  and  in  public  contacts  and  confidence. 

To  establish  integrating  organization — The  third  step  is  to  set  up 
on  the  basis  of  information  gathered  in  the  inventory  an  administra¬ 
tive  organization  and  a  technical  staff  to  assist  the  cooperating  or¬ 
ganizations.  This  integrating  machinery  would  constitute  the  equiva¬ 
lent  of  w’hat  is  frequently  called  a  radio  workshop.  It  would  serve 
as  a  center  for  script  writing  and  production.  It  would  also  be  pro¬ 
vided  with  a  transcription  service  to  record  and  reproduce  programs. 
It  would  facilitate  the  collection  and  interchange  of  meritorious 
broadcasts.  It  would  stimulate  and  guide  the  production  of  programs 
by  the  cooperating  agencies. 

The  plan  proposes  the  formation  of  cooperative  councils  com¬ 
posed  of  representatives  of  cooperating  agencies.  Each  council  will 
direct  the  policies  which  it  adopts  thru  the  medium  of  a  smaller 
executive  body,  which  in  turn  will  engage  and  direct  an  expert  pro¬ 
fessional  staff. 

The  administrative  organization  in  each  region  would  be  entirely 
democratic  and  strictly  noncommercial.  Its  procedures  would  be  de¬ 
termined  by  the  constituent  members.  The  administrative  and  tech¬ 
nical  personnel  would  be  under  its  control.  Listeners  could  accept  its 
programs  with  full  confidence  and  with  every  assurance  that  com¬ 
plete  freedom  of  speech  existed. 

The  plan  proposed  can  be  effected  without  disturbing  the  present 
set-up  of  commercial  broadcasting,  without  additional  transmitting 
stations,  without  reallocation  of  channels  or  frequencies,  thus  giving 
each  listener  an  opportunity  to  turn  to  a  sustaining  program  designed 
solely  to  be  attractive  and  useful  to  him.  The  plan  makes  possible 
better  local  and  regional  programs,  avoids  monopoly  control,  stimu¬ 
lates  centers  for  the  training  of  broadcasters,  and  provides  the  trans¬ 
mitting  stations  with  better  broadcasts  than  they  are  now  receiving 
from  educational  sources. 

The  plan  contemplates  inter-regional  cooperation  and  eventually 
national  cooperation  by  the  simple  expedient  of  establishing  inter- 


[  50] 


regional  and  national  boards  composed  of  representatives  from  the 
regional  committees.  Inter-regional  and  national  organizations  will 
make  possible  interchange  of  scripts,  of  records,  of  experience,  and 
inter-regional  and  national  broadcasts  of  the  best  programs  discov¬ 
ered  and  produced  in  the  regional  enterprises. 

Practical  application  of  the  plan:  The  best  indication  of  the  practica¬ 
bility  of  this  plan  is  the  result  obtained  by  preliminary  exploration 
of  its  possibilities  in  two  strategic  regional  areas — the  state  of  Texas 
and  the  Rocky  Mountain  region.  The  situation  in  each  of  these  areas 
will  be  described  in  some  detail. 

Rocky  Mountain  region — In  the  Rocky  Mountains  irrigation 
farming,  stock  raising,  mining,  manufacturing,  forestry,  dude  ranch¬ 
ing,  and  the  resulting  types  of  commerce  give  a  homogeneity  which 
very  clearly  defines  this  intermountain  region.  Denver  is  the  natural 
urban  center  of  the  region.  Radio  stations  are  well  situated  to  serve 
the  larger  portion  of  the  territory.  The  people  are  accustomed  to  co¬ 
operating.  Transportation  and  commercial  facilities  are  ample  to 
bind  the  region  together.  The  region  possesses  great  educational  in¬ 
stitutions  and  public  agencies  accustomed  to  carrying  out  coopera¬ 
tive  enterprises.  The  state  governments  cooperate  in  promoting  the 
interests  of  the  region.  The  ideal  service  to  the  listeners  in  this  region 
will  include  local  and  regional  broadcasts  and  such  inter-regional  and 
national  broadcasts  as  are  of  general  application. 

Texas — The  state  of  Texas,  owing  to  its  great  size  and  its  peculiar 
historical  development,  offers  a  natural  unit  which  also  happens  to 
coincide  largely  with  state  lines.  Various  agencies  and  institutions 
in  Texas  have  already  had  very  successful  experience  in  cooperative 
broadcasting.  Institutions  and  public  agencies  are  accustomed  to 
successful  cooperation.  The  state  possesses  a  complete  system  of 
radio  stations,  both  local  and  regional.  Community  of  interests — in¬ 
dustrial,  social,  economic — and  a  common  historical  background, 
make  Texas  a  highly  favorable  region  for  testing  a  cooperative  pub¬ 
lic  broadcasting  plan.  The  eighty  colleges  and  the  splendid  statewide 
citizens’  organizations  possess  in  the  aggregate  tremendous  resources 
essential  for  the  production  of  high  grade  broadcasts. 

Background  of  the  plan  as  it  was  developed  in  these  two  areas:  This  plan 
was  developed  to  satisfy  a  need  which  is  both  general  and  specific. 

Thruout  the  nation  there  has  been  a  general  recognition  that  no 
satisfactory  relationship  has  been  worked  out  for  the  handling  of 
educational  and  cultural  broadcasting.  In  the  beginning  educators 
demanded  that  broadcasting  facilities  be  reserved  exclusively  for 
their  use.  After  public  hearings  held  by  the  Federal  Communications 
Commission,  upon  instructions  from  Congress,  this  request  was  de¬ 
nied.  The  Commission  recognized,  however,  that  some  readjustment 
in  relationships  was  necessary  and  repeatedly  asked  both  the  edu¬ 
cators  and  the  operators  of  commercial  broadcasting  stations  to  de¬ 
velop  some  practical  plan  thru  which  satisfactory  working  relation¬ 
ships  could  be  established.  The  Commission  was  instrumental  in 
forming  the  Federal  Radio  Education  Committee  to  deal  with  the 
problem.  This  committee  immediately  created  a  subcommittee  on 
“Conflicts  and  Cooperation”  to  continue  the  search  for  a  practicable 
solution  of  the  problem.  Dr.  Arthur  G.  Crane,  president  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  of  Wyoming  and  chairman  of  the  National  Committee  on 
Education  by  Radio,  was  made  chairman  of  that  subcommittee.  It 
has  been  largely  as  a  result  of  his  efforts  and  those  of  members  of  the 
subcommittee  that  this  proposed  plan  has  been  developed. 

In  addition  to  the  work  of  individuals  and  organizations  on  this 
problem,  the  listeners  have  recognized  the  need  for  an  arrangement 
under  which  a  more  satisfactory  service  of  educational  and  cultural 


CARL  MENZER,  director  of  radio  station 
WSUI,  State  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City, 
speaking  at  the  annual  convention  of  the  National 
Association  of  Educational  Broadcasters  held  in 
Urbana,  Ill.,  September  13  and  14,  described  a 
plan  by  which  existent  college  stations  may  be 
linked  into  an  educational  network.  Mr.  Menzer 
reported  that  for  the  past  year  experiments  have 
been  conducted  between  station  WOI,  Iowa  State 
College,  Ames,  and  station  WSUI  with  a  view 
to  rebroadcasting  outstanding  features  of  both 
programs.  These  e.xperiments  were  so  successful 
that  a  rather  comprehensive  rebroadcast  program 
has  been  planned  for  the  present  year. 

During  the  course  of  last  year’s  work  it  was 
discovered  that  several  other  educational  stations 
might  be  received  with  sufficient  reliability  for 
rebroadcasting.  This  immediately  suggested  the 
joining  of  a  group  of  such  stations  into  an  educa¬ 
tional  network  which  might  cover  a  considerable 
portion  of  the  midwest.  The  plan  was  proposed  to 
member  stations  of  the  National  Association  of 
Educational  Broadcasters,  and  engineers  are  now 
testing  the  feasibility  of  such  a  network. 

A  number  of  problems  presented  themselves  in 
the  nature  of  interference  from  other  stations,  in¬ 
sufficient  power,  and  the  like,  but  it  is  hoped  that 
these  difficulties  may  be  overcome. 

Advantages  of  this  plan  are  obvious:  outstand¬ 
ing  features  of  individual  stations  may  be  rebroad¬ 
cast  by  the  network;  high-class  material  will  be 
available  at  almost  all  times  for  any  station; 
coverage  areas  for  such  outstanding  features  will 
be  vastly  increased;  the  element  of  competition 
should  stimulate  program  directors  and  producers 
in  their  presentations;  regional  broadcasts  may  be 
planned  which  would  not  otherwise  be  possible. 

The  cost  of  telephone  lines  for  an  educational 
network  is  prohibitive.  Therefore,  this  plan  seems 
to  offer  a  solution  to  a  number  of  problems  if  it 
can  be  successfully  applied  to  a  sufficient  number 
of  educational  stations. 


AMERICAN  LISTENERS  will  be  particularly 
^  interested  in  some  of  the  new  regulations 
adopted  by  the  Canadian  Broadcasting  Corpora¬ 
tion  which  go  into  effect  November  1.  Advertising 
content  is  limited  by  the  new  ruling  to  10  percent 
of  any  program  period.  Spot  announcements  are 
not  to  exceed  two  minutes  of  each  broadcasting 
hour.  No  spot  announcements  at  all  may  be  broad¬ 
cast  between  7:30  and  11pm  on  weekdays  or  at 
any  time  on  Sundays.  Food  and  drug  advertise¬ 
ments  must  be  approved  by  the  Department  of 
Pensions  and  National  Health  before  being  broad¬ 
cast.  Advertising  containing  false  or  deceptive 
statements  and  false  or  misleading  news  also  come 
under  the  ban. 


STATION  WSM,  Nashville,  Tenn.,  in  an  effort 
^  to  establish  and  maintain  the  highest  stand¬ 
ards  for  educational  broadcasting,  has  published 
“Helps  in  Building  Radio  Programs.”  Civic  and 
educational  groups  planning  to  present  broadcasts 
will  find  these  “Helps”  very  useful.  E.  M.  Kirby, 
educational  director  of  WSM,  states  that  he  will 
be  glad  to  furnish  copies  to  those  requesting  them. 


[  51] 


IT  IS  GENERALLY  RECOGNIZED  that  the 
average  child  spends  a  great  deal  of  time  each 
day  in  listening  to  the  radio.  ^Attempts  have  been 
made  to  evaluate  this  influence,  and  all  agree  that 
listening  does  leave  its  mark  on  the  character  of 
the  child. 

The  teacher,  as  well  as  the  parent,  has  a  definite 
responsibility  in  teaching  the  child  to  evaluate 
what  he  hears  on  the  radio.  If,  as  a  child,  he  is 
not  taught  to  listen  critically  he  will  be  easy  prey 
in  later  years  for  any  suave-tongued  propagandist 
who  buys  his  way  onto  the  air. 

In  listening  to  the  radio  the  child  should  be 
taught  to  search  out  the  true  motive  of  the  pro¬ 
gram  and  the  auspices  under  which  it  is  presented. 
If  the  purpose  of  the  broadcast  is  to  sell  a  com¬ 
modity,  let  it  be  recognized.  If  it  is  to  win  con¬ 
verts  to  a  theory  or  cult,  let  it  be  understood. 
With  a  realization  of  the  motives  even  a  child  will 
condition  his  reactions  on  the  basis  of  reason 
rather  than  emotion.  Just  as  we  teach  critical  read¬ 
ing  we  must  teach  critical  listening. 

Listening  tastes  can  be  raised.  Commendation 
for  good  programs  will  build  an  acceptance  of 
more  of  the  same  calibre.  Class  discussions  of  what 
children  like  or  do  not  like  about  certain  programs 
will  bring  out  most  interesting  comments.  Such 
questions  as  what  children  think  about  “children’s 
programs,”  how  much  they  believe  of  what  they 
hear,  do  they  react  positively  to  sales  blurbs,  and 
whether  or  not  they  “don't  hear”  announcements 
— all  of  these  will  stimulate  thinking. — Wisconsin 
Journal  of  Education  70:38;  September  1937. 


The  national  council  of  teach¬ 
ers  OF  ENGLISH,  meeting  in  Buffalo, 
N.  Y..  November  25-27,  will  devote  one  session 
to  radio.  Max  J.  Herzberg,  radio  chairman  for  the 
Council,  will  preside.  William  D.  Boutwell,  di¬ 
rector  of  the  Educational  Radio  Project,  U.  S. 
Office  of  Education,  will  discuss  “Government 
Radio  Broadcasts  in  the  Field  of  Literature.” 
Sterling  Fisher,  director  of  talks  and  education  for 
the  Columbia  Broadcasting  System,  will  have  the 
subject,  “Education  on  the  Air,”  and  Robert  B. 
MacDougall  will  give  a  preliminary  report  on  the 
National  Council’s  radio  investigation.  The  second 
part  of  the  program  consists  of  a  rehearsal  and 
broadcast  of  the  “Magic  of  Speech”  program,  di¬ 
rected  by  Yida  R.  Sutton. 

• 

The  radio  garden  club,  presented 

Tuesdays  and  Fridays  at  3:1Spm,  EST,  over 
WOR  and  the  Mutual  network  by  the  .Agricultural 
Extension  Service  of  Rutgers  University,  has  re¬ 
ceived  letters  from  listeners  in  twenty-nine  states 
and  Canada  expressing  appreciation  for  its  timely 
garden  information. 


The  gener.al  federation  of  wo¬ 
men's  CLUBS  began  on  October  21  its 
1937-38  series  of  weekly  broadcasts  devoted  to 
the  general  theme,  “Education  for  Living.”  The 
programs  may  be  heard  from  4;30-3pm,  EST,  over 
the  NBC- Blue  Network. 


programs  could  be  put  on  the  air.  Just  as  radio  has  developed  from 
an  experimental  science  of  electrical  transmission  to  a  means  of  mass 
communication,  so  the  tastes  of  listeners  have  developed  to  the  point 
where  large  groups  now  demand  that  radio  render  a  more  substantial 
service  than  mere  entertainment. 

When  broadcasting  first  came  into  its  own  both  Colorado  and 
Wyoming  had  institutionally  owned  stations  for  educational  pro¬ 
grams  and  public  service.  The  University  of  Wyoming  and  the  State 
Teachers  College  at  Greeley,  Colo.,  both  found  their  resources  in¬ 
sufficient  to  carry  the  burden  of  a  heavy  broadcasting  program.  They 
abandoned  their  stations. 

The  interest  in  educational  and  cultural  broadcasting  continued, 
however.  Spontaneously  in  both  states  groups  sprang  up  which  con¬ 
cerned  themselves  with  the  problem  of  finding  a  plan  for  supplying 
this  service.  These  groups  created  a  committee  consisting  of  Dr. 
Arthur  G.  Crane;  Dr.  Edgar  A.  Burton,  radio  editor  of  the  Colorado 
Labor  Advocate;  Dr.  George  T.  Avery,  representing  the  Colorado 
State  College  of  Agriculture;  Dr.  W.  AI.  Campbell,  the  University 
of  Colorado;  Angus  Laird,  the  University  of  Denver;  and  Robert  B. 
Hudson,  the  Adult  Education  Council  of  Denver. 

This  committee  decided  to  make  an  inventory  of  existing  facilities 
in  the  Rocky  Mountain  area  and  to  formulate  a  plan  for  making 
these  facilities  available  to  radio.  To  help  in  this  work  the  committee 
secured  the  services  of  Harold  A.  Engel,  promotion  manager  of  state 
broadcasting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin,  Aladison,  and 
S.  Howard  Evans,  secretary.  National  Committee  on  Education  by 
Radio,  New  York,  N.  Y.  With  their  assistance  the  committee  pre¬ 
pared  a  prospectus. 

In  Texas  a  similar  development  occurred.  In  the  early  days  of 
broadcasting  Texas  had  several  institutionally  owned  stations  used 
for  educational  programs  and  public  service.  The  institutions  found 
their  resources  insufficient  to  carry  the  heavy  broadcasting  program. 
They  abandoned  their  stations  for  full  time  service.  Furthermore, 
no  institution  had  a  station  with  power  sufficient  to  cover  the  state. 

The  interest  in  educational  and  cultural  broadcasting  continued. 
Spontaneously,  groups  in  the  state  sprang  up  which  concerned  them¬ 
selves  with  the  problem  of  finding  a  plan  for  supplying  this  service. 
Mrs.  J.  C.  VanderwoLide,  primarily  because  of  her  interest  and  en¬ 
thusiasm  for  the  subject  and  her  position  of  leadership  as  chairman 
of  the  radio  committee  of  the  Texas  Congress  of  Parents  and  Teach¬ 
ers,  became  the  leader  of  the  movement. 

In  the  fall  of  1936  Dr.  Arthur  G.  Crane  and  a  number  of  persons 
interested  in  improving  cultural  and  educational  programs  met  in 
Dallas.  They  discussed  their  special  problems  at  this  and  subsequent 
meetings,  and  finally  constituted  themselves  the  charter  members  of 
a  public  radio  council  of  Texas.  Airs.  Vanderwoude  was  elected 
chairman  of  the  Texas  Radio  Council  at  a  meeting  held  in  Dallas  on 
November  21,  1936. 

The  council  decided  to  make  an  inventory  or  an  analysis  of  radio 
broadcasting  resources  and  station  facilities  available  in  Texas  and 
to  formulate  a  plan  for  making  them  more  effective  educationally 
and  socially.  Thru  the  services  of  Dr.  Crane  the  Texas  Radio  Council 
was  awarded  a  grant  from  the  National  Committee  on  Education 
by  Radio  with  which  Ben  H.  Darrow,  founder  and  director  of  the 
Ohio  School  of  the  Air,  was  brought  to  Texas  for  the  summer  of  1937 
to  serve  as  instructor  and  lecturer  on  education  by  radio  at  Southern 
Alethodist  L^niversity  and  the  L^niversity  of  Texas.  At  each  of  these 
institutions  practical  courses  in  the  radio  workshop  and  broadcast¬ 
ing  were  offered,  and  at  the  close  of  each  session  radio  institutes 
were  featured.  Dr.  Lewis  B.  Cooper,  director  of  the  research  depart- 


[  52] 


merit  of  the  Texas  State  Teachers  Association,  was  made  responsible 
for  directing  the  research  required.  Mr.  Darrow  and  Dr.  Cooper, 
with  the  assistance  of  Mrs.  Vanderwoude  and  other  members  of  the 
Council,  contributed  to  its  preliminary  prospectus. 

Advantages  visualized:  Each  of  the  various  groups  which  have  Studied 
the  plan  in  its  preliminary  form  has  felt  that  it  has  definite  advan¬ 
tages  to  them. 

To  the  listeners  the  advantages  seem  to  be: 

[1]  Wider  variety  of  programs  possessing  greater  regional  sig¬ 
nificance. 

[2]  Programs  more  responsive  to  the  needs  and  desires  of  large 
groups. 

[3]  Better  sources  of  information  about  programs. 

[4]  Greater  opportunity  to  participate  in  discussion  and  use  of 
program  materials. 


Radio  activities  of  students  at  Wayne 

■  University,  Detroit,  Mich.,  have  been  corre¬ 
lated  thru  the  establishment  of  the  Wayne  Uni¬ 
versity  Broadcasting  Guild.  The  Guild  is  headed 
by  Garnet  Garrison,  director  of  radio,  and  will 
encourage  experimentation  in  all  phases  of  radio 
program  work.  Students  will  originate,  plan,  write, 
and  produce  several  programs  each  week  over  De¬ 
troit  stations,  with  the  Guild  set-up  in  the  Uni¬ 
versity  corresponding  to  regular  studio  framework, 
program  direction,  production,  sound,  publicity, 
technics,  scripts,  announcing,  acting,  and  the 
like.  Two  programs  a  week,  on  WMBC  and 
WJBK,  have  been  arranged,  with  more  to  follow. 
Mr.  Garrison  continues  in  charge  of  the  weekly 
faculty  program,  “The  Contemporary  Scene,”  on 
WXYZ,  and  the  university’s  five  radio  courses. 
The  Guild  is  intended  for  more  intensive  labora¬ 
tory  work  for  students  in  those  courses  as  well  as 
for  others  who  are  interested. 


To  the  cooperating  agencies  potentially  to  be  represented  on  the 
Councils  the  advantages  seem  to  be : 

[  1  ]  Aid  in  selecting  materials  and  talent  available  for  radio  use. 

[2]  Assistance  in  preparing  programs  for  radio  presentation. 

[3]  Advice  in  preparing  visual  aids  and  program  announcements 
to  supplement  the  broadcasts  and  to  build  audiences. 

[4]  An  electrical  transcription  service. 

[5]  Technical  assistance  in  making  radio  training  available  to 
staff  members  and  students. 

[6]  Correlation  of  the  work  of  various  agencies  to  avoid  dupli¬ 
cation. 

To  the  broadcasting  stations  which  make  available  their  facilities 
for  programs  provided  by  the  agencies  connected  with  the  Council 
the  advantages  seem  to  be: 

[1]  A  responsible  organization  thru  which  they  can  work. 

[2]  A  greater  source  and  wider  scope  of  programs. 

[3]  Carefully  planned  no-expense  programs. 

[4]  A  larger  listening  audience  to  which  has  been  added  special 
interest  groups. 

[5]  A  clearing  house  for  numerous  requests  for  time. 

[6]  A  source  of  young,  trained  talent. 

[7]  A  cooperative  organization  thru  which  to  test  listener  re¬ 
sponse. 

The  following  organizations  and  agencies  have  expressed  a  will¬ 
ingness  to  cooperate  actively  in  the  organization,  support,  and  man¬ 
agement  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Radio  Council:  Colorado  State 
College  of  Education;  Colorado  School  of  Mines;  University  of  Den¬ 
ver;  University  of  Colorado;  University  of  Wyoming;  Adams  State 
Teachers  College;  Colorado  State  College  of  Agriculture  and  Me¬ 
chanic  Arts;  Regis  College;  Colorado  Woman’s  College;  Colorado 
College;  Iliff  School  of  Theology;  Western  State  College;  Denver 
Public  Schools;  Adult  Education  Council  of  Denver;  Colorado  Edu¬ 
cation  Association;  Wyoming  Education  Association;  Colorado  La¬ 
bor  Advocate;  Colorado  Library  Association;  WPA  of  Colorado; 
Wyoming  State  Department  of  Public  Instruction;  Colorado  State 
Historical  Society;  Denver  Public  Library;  Colorado  Congress  of 
Parents  and  Teachers;  Colorado  State  Grange;  Colorado  division  of 
the  American  Association  of  University  Women;  Colorado  Federa¬ 
tion  of  Women’s  Clubs;  Farmers’  Educational  and  Cooperative 
Union  of  America,  Colorado  Division;  and  Women’s  Citizens  League 
[Colorado  branch  of  League  of  Women  Voters]. 


• 

The  board  of  education  of  New  York 

City,  in  cooperation  with  the  WPA,  is  pre¬ 
senting  over  thirteen  local  stations  a  series  of 
adult  education  programs  designed  primarily  to 
teach  elementary  English  to  the  foreign  born. 
Commercial  and  cultural  subjects  are  also  in¬ 
cluded  in  the  broadcasts.  More  than  5000  listeners 
in  the  metropolitan  area  are  taking  advantage  of 
the  broadcast  lessons.  Students  in  English  are  sup¬ 
plied  with  free  textbooks  to  guide  them  during  the 
lessons  and  send  their  “homework”  in  to  the  pro¬ 
gram  headquarters  by  mail.  These  returned  lessons 
provide  an  accurate  measure  of  the  number  of 
students.  Supplementing  the  elementary  educa¬ 
tional  broadcast  is  a  staff  of  itinerant  teachers  who 
visit  the  pupils  in  their  homes  or  places  of  em¬ 
ployment. 


• 

T  F  WE  LOOK  UPON  RADIO  as  a  means  for 
enabling  us  to  accomplish  some  of  the  im¬ 
portant  objectives  which  previously  were  difficult 
or  impossible  of  attainment,  we  see  many  oppor¬ 
tunities  for  its  utilization.  It  enables  us  to  break 
down,  to  a  degree,  the  isolation  of  the  classroom. 
It  makes  possible  the  marshalling  of  drama  and 
music  for  educational  ends.  It  brings  to  the  pupils 
at  their  desks  or  in  their  homes  a  first-hand  con¬ 
tact  with  the  great  personalities  who  are  shaping 
our  world.  And  it  makes  impossible  the  closed 
mind  that  hears  but  one  side  of  any  question.  The 
use  we  make  of  radio  reflects  in  no  small  degree 
the  breadth  of  our  educational  thinking. — I.  Keith 
Tyler,  “Why  Listen?”  The  Ohio  Radio  An¬ 
nouncer  3:5;  October  1937. 

• 


l^R.  JOSEPH  E.  MADDY,  professor  of  music 
at  the  University  of  Michigan,  resumed  his 
weekly  radio  music  lessons  on  October  12.  The 
title  of  the  series  has  been  changed  to  “Fun  in 
Music.”  This  year  rudimentary  voice  lessons  are 
being  included  in  addition  to  the  band  instrument 
lessons  which  Dr.  Maddy  has  made  famous.  The 
programs  may  be  heard  Tuesdays  at  2pm,  EST, 
over  the  NBC-Red  Network. 


[  S3] 


A  GROUP  OF  ALERT  WISCONSIN  TEACH¬ 
ERS  is  actively  at  work  in  the  field  of  school 
broadcasting.  They  are  drafting  radio  programs, 
forming  course  outlines,  devising  lesson  aids,  and 
planning  ways  to  assist  in  the  Wisconsin  Research 
Project  in  School  Broadcasting. 

These  teachers  are  members  of  the  Wiscon¬ 
sin  Education  Association  Committee  on  School 
Broadcasting.  All  are  engaged  in  various  phases  of 
educational  work  and  know  the  problems  of  the 
schools.  This  group,  directly  representing  the  in¬ 
terests  of  teachers  themselves,  is  planning  a  series 
of  teacher  institutes  and  broadcast  demonstra¬ 
tions.  These  meetings  are  patterned  after  the  in¬ 
stitutes  held  last  spring  in  Janesville  and  Stevens 
Point.  Teachers  have  the  opportunity  to  come 
together  and  observe  a  demonstration  of  the  class¬ 
room  use  of  radio,  to  question  and  criticize,  and  to 
discuss  local  problems.  H.  C.  Ahrnsbrak,  principal, 
Beaver  Dam  High  School,  Beaver  Dam,  Wis.,  is 
chairman  of  the  committee. 

• 

STATION  KSTP,  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  held  an  edu¬ 
cational  broadcasting  conference  on  October 
16  for  the  purpose  of  demonstrating  radio  produc¬ 
tion  methods  and  new  technics  adapted  to  educa¬ 
tion  on  the  air  and  to  discuss  objectives  for  the 
educational  broadcast.  Teachers,  parents,  students, 
and  representatives  of  educational,  social  welfare, 
civic,  and  public  service  organizations  were  invited 
to  participate.  Among  the  subjects  discussed  were 
radio  showmanship,  the  microphone  and  public 
school  music,  the  mechanics  of  radio  transmission, 
radio  speaking,  writing  copy  for  the  ear,  the  chil¬ 
dren’s  program,  public  school  radio  systems,  health 
education  on  the  air,  the  use  of  broadcast  music, 
the  woman’s  organization  in  educational  broad¬ 
casting,  and  other  pertinent  topics.  Thomas  Dun¬ 
ning  Rishworth,  educational  director  of  station 
KSTP,  was  in  charge  of  the  conference. 

• 

Brave  new  world  is  the  title  of  a  new 
series  of  broadcasts  by  the  Educational 
Radio  Project  of  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Education. 
The  aim  of  the  series  is  to  promote  further  the 
good  neighbor  policy  of  this  country  with  Latin- 
America.  The  programs,  which  may  be  heard  Mon¬ 
days  from  10:30-1  iPM,  EST,  over  the  Columbia 
Broadcasting  System,  will  develop  in  twenty-six 
episodes  the  broad  sweep  of  Latin-American  his¬ 
tory,  culture,  and  present  day  problems.  Close  co¬ 
operation  is  being  developed  with  the  secondar>' 
schools  of  the  United  States  by  the  publications 
which  accompany  each  broadcast  giving  a  brief 
outline  of  historical  material,  maps,  reading  lists, 
teacher  and  listener  aids. 

• 

STATION  WLB,  University  of  Minnesota,  and 
WCAL,  St.  Olaf  College,  have  been  granted 
authority  by  the  Federal  Communications  Com¬ 
mission  to  change  frequency  from  1250  to  760  kc. 
and  to  increase  power  to  5  kw.  daytime.  The  two 
stations  will  share  the  760  kc.  frequency,  WLB 
using  two  thirds  of  the  daytime  hours  and  WCAL 
one  third. 


In  Texas  the  following  organizations  have  expressed  a  willingness 
to  cooperate:  American  Legion  Auxiliary,  Department  of  Texas; 
American  Legion,  Department  of  Texas;  Association  of  Junior 
Leagues  of  America,  Region  VIII;  Association  of  Texas  Colleges; 
Boy  Scouts  of  America,  Texas  Division;  Child  Health  and  Protec¬ 
tion,  Texas  Conference;  Girl  Scouts  Cactus  Region,  Texas  Branch; 
Texas  Congress  of  Parents  and  Teachers;  Texas  Federation  of 
Music  Clubs;  Texas  Federation  of  Women’s  Clubs;  Texas  Graduate 
Nurses  Association;  Texas  Home  Economics  Association;  Texas 
Organization  of  Public  Health  Nursing;  Texas  Planning  Board; 
Texas  Public  Health  Association;  Texas  State  Teachers  Association; 
Texas  Tuberculosis  Association;  Farmers’  Educational  and  Coop¬ 
erative  Union  of  America,  Texas  Division;  4-H  Clubs  of  Texas; 
State  Department  of  Public  Instruction;  and  State  Board  of  Educa¬ 
tion.  The  regional  chambers  of  commerce  of  the  state  and  the  state 
medical  association  and  other  statewide  organizations  are  interested 
and  may  become  part  of  the  council  later. 

A  survey  of  the  broadcasting  facilities  in  Texas  shows  an  array  of 
forty-six  stations  able  to  cover  the  population  centers  of  the  state  in 
two  types  of  service.  The  Texas  Quality  Network  will  cover  Texas 
satisfactorily,  and  the  state  can  be  covered  thru  program  recordings 
supplied  to  the  array  of  small  stations  of  the  state.  While  there  is  no 
network  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  region,  there  are  fifteen  stations 
which  amply  cover  all  centers  of  population.  Preliminary  conferences 
with  the  operators  of  a  number  of  stations  in  both  areas  indicate 
that  they  are  sympathetic  to  the  plan  and  desirous  of  having  it  put 
into  operation. 

The  detailed  plans  for  Texas  and  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  offer 
exceptional  opportunities  for  real  research  not  only  in  the  test  of  the 
regional  plan  in  its  entirety,  but  for  important  sub-projects  which  are 
essential  constituents  of  a  public  broadcasting  service.  For  example, 
each  region  possesses  great  colleges  of  education  with  their  staffs  of 
experts  in  subjectmatter  and  in  educational  research.  Each  region 
will  undoubtedly  include  in  its  program  tests  and  demonstrations  of 
broadcasts  to  classrooms,  making  available  to  millions  of  youthful 
citizens  this  new  medium  for  the  enrichment  of  instruction.  The  use 
of  radio  as  an  instrument  for  instruction  in  schools  is  important 
enough  in  itself  to  justify  the  entire  experiment.  The  agricultural 
colleges  will  find  the  services  of  a  regional  staff  exceedingly  valuable 
to  them  and  their  broadcasting  service  to  the  agricultural  population. 
The  use  of  broadcasts  in  adult  education  will  be  part  of  the  program. 
Citizens’  organizations  will  find  these  facilities  exceedingly  valuable 
for  serving  their  own  clientele.  A  part  of  each  public  program  will 
undoubtedly  be  broadcast  in  behalf  of  public  health  and  for  the 
transaction  of  public  business  by  state  agencies.  Each  of  these  enter¬ 
prises  will  be  a  research  project  working  thru  an  organization  which 
can  guide,  unify,  and  integrate  them. 

A  demonstration  of  this  regional  plan  will  offer  in  a  few  years  time 
valuable  evidence  regarding  technic,  procedure,  and  results  on  a 
score  of  different  projects,  whose  chances  for  success  will  be  far 
greater  under  the  combined  plan  and  whose  aggregate  expense  will 
be  far  less  than  if  these  various  projects  were  attacked  separately. 

The  Texas  and  Rocky  Mountain  regional  projects  are  not  isolated, 
disconnected  experiments  but  are  the  basic  units  for  a  public  broad¬ 
casting  service.  What  is  demonstrated  in  one  unit  will  be  useful  in 
other  similar  units  and  can  ultimately  develop  into  a  national  plan. 
Each  unit  standing  by  itself  might  justify  its  expense  and  effort,  but 
standing  as  parts  of  a  unified  plan,  they  take  on  added  significance 
and  value. 


[54] 


ian 


DIO 


A  Bulletin  to  Promote  the 
Use  of  Radio  for  Educational, 
Cultural,  and  Civic  Purposes 


Volume  7 


DECEMBER  1937 


Number  12 


A  Report  of  Stewardship 

This  brief  summary  is  as  fascinating  as  the  highlights  of  a  best 
seller,  and  yet  it  is  not  fiction  but  a  report  on  the  seven  years  of 
activity  of  the  National  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio.  It  relates 
the  story  of  a  cooperative  effort  on  the  part  of  nine  great  educational 
organizations  to  protect  the  interests  of  education  in  this  new  medium 
of  communication  and  to  make  a  constructive  contribution  to  the  edu¬ 
cational  and  cultural  service  which  broadcasting  can  render  to  the 
American  people. 

The  National  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio  was  organized 
late  in  1930.  At  that  time  the  situation  in  educational  radio  might 
properly  be  summarized  as  follows:  pioneering  was  well  under  way; 
schools  of  the  air  were  in  existence;  research  projects  were  being 
undertaken;  educational  broadcasting  stations  were  becoming  aware 
of  the  need  for  enlarging  and  enriching  their  programs;  state  officials 
and  educators  thruout  the  nation  were  recognizing  the  danger  of 
losing  valuable  rights  in  this  new  public  domain. 

At  the  request  of  several  land-grant  colleges  then  operating  broad¬ 
casting  stations,  the  late  Dr.  William  John  Cooper,  U.  S.  Commis¬ 
sioner  of  Education,  called  a  conference  of  educators  which  met  in 
Chicago,  October  13,  1930,  to  consider  problems  facing  educational 
stations.  The  conference  passed  two  resolutions,  each  important 
enough  to  deserve  reproduction  here. 

[1]  Resolved,  That  the  meeting  recommend  the  immediate  organization  of 
a  committee,  the  members  of  which  shall  be  duly  accredited  representatives  of 
The  Association  of  College  and  University  Broadcasting  Stations,  the  Land-Grant 
College  Association,  the  National  University  Extension  Association,  the  National 
Association  of  State  University  Presidents,  the  National  Education  Association, 
the  National  Catholic  Educational  Association,  the  Jesuit  Educational  Associa¬ 
tion,  the  National  Advisory  Council  on  Radio  in  Education,  the  Payne  Fund,  and 
other  similar  groups,  for  the  purpose  of  formulating  definite  plans  and  recom¬ 
mendations  for  protecting  and  promoting  broadcasting  originating  in  educational 
institutions,  and  broadcast  by  educational  institutions,  and  for  presenting  the 
same,  when  advisable,  to  appropriate  authorities  and  interested  parties,  and  that 
the  Federal  Office  of  Education  be  given  the  responsibility  for  notifying  the 
aforementioned  groups  of  the  deliberations  and  debate  at  Chicago  on  October 
13,  1930,  and  for  calling  an  organization  meeting  of  this  committee  at  the  earliest 
possible  moment. 

[2]  The  committee  shall  give  first  consideration  to  the  following  resolution 
adopted  at  the  meeting  in  Chicago  on  October  13,  1930: 

“The  Conference  on  Radio  and  Education,  meeting  in  Chicago,  Monday,  Octo¬ 
ber  13,  1930,  recommends  that  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  enact  legislation 
which  will  permanently  and  exclusively  assign  to  educational  institutions  and 
government  educational  agencies  a  minimum  of  IS  percent  of  all  radio  broad¬ 
casting  channels  which  are  or  may  become  available  to  the  United  States. 

“The  Conference  believes  that  these  channels  should  be  so  chosen  as  to  provide 
satisfactory  educational  service  to  the  general  public.” 

In  accordance  with  the  instructions  of  the  Conference,  Dr.  Cooper 
invited  each  of  the  organizations  specified  in  the  first  resolution  to 
select  a  representative  to  serve  on  the  Committee.  This  democratic 

fSS] 


The  GEORGIA  AUDIO-VISUAL  EDUCA¬ 
TION  ASSOCIATION  held  a  Southern  Con¬ 
ference  on  Audio-Visual  Education  in  Atlanta, 
October  14,  15,  and  16.  Among  the  speakers  were 
Dr.  Edgar  Dale  of  the  Bureau  of  Educational  Re¬ 
search,  The  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus; 
B.  H.  Darrow,  educational  director,  station 
WBEN,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. ;  Dr.  Walter  D.  Cocking, 
dean.  College  of  Education,  University  of  Georgia, 
Athens;  Ellsworth  C.  Dent,  educational  director, 
Victor  division.  Radio  Corporation  of  America; 
and  Franklin  Dunham,  educational  director.  Na¬ 
tional  Broadcasting  Company. 

There  were  in  attendance  about  a  thousand 
teachers,  board  of  education  members,  religious 
workers,  PTA  members,  and  others  who  were  in¬ 
terested  in  this  field.  A  number  of  the  speeches 
were  broadcast  over  several  of  the  local  broad¬ 
casting  stations.  A  broadcast  of  particular  interest 
was  that  of  the  Atlanta  Journal  Editorial  Hour 
over  WSB.  Wright  Bryan,  city  editor  of  the  At¬ 
lanta  Journal,  interviewed  the  different  speakers 
on  the  subject  of  audio-visual  education. 

The  exhibit  hall  was  well  filled  with  many 
types  of  interesting  equipment.  There  were  on 
display  there  both  sound  and  silent  motion  picture 
projectors,  picturol  or  film  slide  projectors,  stere- 
opticons,  and  films  of  all  types,  as  well  as  record¬ 
ing  equipment,  public  address  systems,  record 
players,  radios,  and  centralized  control  radio¬ 
public  address  systems  for  schools. 

• 

The  state  teachers  college  at 

Bloomsburg,  Pa.,  is  entering  its  second  year 
in  the  broadcasting  field  with  a  weekly  program 
over  station  WKOK,  Sunbury,  Pa.  Last  year  the 
programs  were  broadcast  from  the  studio  in  Sun¬ 
bury.  This  year  a  regular  half  hour  program  is 
being  broadcast  from  the  college  auditorium  at 
7:30pm,  EST,  each  Wednesday.  About  once  a 
month  an  hour  program  is  developed,  beginning  at 
7pm  Wednesday. 


Title  page.  Table  of  Contents,  and  Index 
for  Education  by  Radio,  Volume  7,  1937, 
will  be  supplied  free  on  request  for  the  use  of 
persons  who  wish  to  bind  or  preserve  permanently 
sets  of  this  publication.  Please  send  stamped,  self- 
addressed  envelope  to  Room  308,  One  Madison 
Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  Missing  issues  to  use 
in  completing  sets  for  binding  or  fifing  will  be 
supplied  free  while  they  last, 


VOL.  7  DECEMBER  1937  No.  12 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
is  published  monthly  by 
THE  NATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 
S.  Howaw)  Evans,  secretary 
One  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Committee  Members  and  Organizations  They 
Represent 

Arthur  G.  Crane,  chairman,  president.  University  ol 
Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  National  Association 
oj  State  Universities. 

James  E.  Cummings,  department  of  education.  Na¬ 
tional  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  1312  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.,  National 
Catholic  Educational  Association. 

J.  0.  Keller,  assistant  to  the  president,  in  charge  ol 
extension,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College, 
Pennsylvania,  National  University  Extension  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Harold  B.  McCarty,  program  director,  state  broad¬ 
casting  station  WHA,  University  of  Wisconsin. 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  National  Association  oj  Edu 
cational  Broadcasters. 

Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  St.  Louis  LTniversity. 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  The  Jesuit  Educational  Asso¬ 
ciation. 

Agnes  Samuelson,  state  superintendent  of  public  in¬ 
struction,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  National  Council  oj 
State  Superintendents. 

Willis  A.  Sutton,  superintendent  of  schools,  Atlanta. 

Georgia,  National  Education  Association. 

H.  J.  Umberger,  vicechairman,  Kansas  State  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Applied  Science,  Manhattan, 
Kansas,  Association  oj  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
Universities. 

George  F.  Zook,  president,  American  Council  on  Edu¬ 
cation,  744  Jackson  Place,  Washington.  D  C. 
American  Council  on  Education 

MEMBER  EDUCATIONAL  PRESS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  AMERICA 


Monopoly  is  not  good  for  American  radio 
from  the  standpoint  of  the  listener,  any 
more  than  monopoly  in  any  industry  or  endeavor 
makes  for  the  best  results.  Monopolies  wax  fat  on 
profits.  Their  initial  energy,  expended  to  secure 
their  position,  wanes  when  it  comes  to  public 
service.  Having  no  competitive  spur,  they  con¬ 
vince  themselves  that  eveiylhing  they  do  for  their 
own  good  is  for  the  public  good.  This  is  not  true 
of  all  monopolies,  but  it  is  true  of  most.  That  is 
why  just  one  radio  broadcasting  station,  privately 
owned  and  operated,  is  hardly  for  the  best  inter¬ 
est  of  any  city  or  section. — Microphone,  Septem¬ 
ber  18,  1937. 


Radio  and  the  English  teacher  is 

the  title  of  a  brochure  which  has  just  been 
published  by  the  National  Council  of  Teachers  of 
English,  211  West  68th  Street,  Chicago,  Ill.  The 
booklet  contains  several  units  on  radio  apprecia¬ 
tion,  articles  by  I.  Keith  Tyler  and  Delight  Phil¬ 
lips,  and  an  excellent  bibliography  by  R.  R.  Low- 
dermilk.  The  price  is  ten  cents. 


CORRECTION;  The  Radio  Garden  Club, 
presented  by  the  Agricultural  Extension  Serv¬ 
ice  of  Rutgers  University  over  WOR  and  the 
Mutual  network,  is  broadcast  Tuesdays  and  Fri¬ 
days  at  3  :45pm,  EST,  instead  of  at  the  hour  which 
was  announced  in  the  November  issue  of  Educa¬ 
tion  by  Radio. 


precedent  has  been  followed  thruout  the  life  of  the  Committee,  with 
each  member  organization  free  at  all  times  and  for  any  reason  to 
make  changes  in  its  representation. 

The  personnel  of  the  Committee  as  originally  appointed  was  as 
follows:  Joy  Elmer  Morgan,  National  Education  Association,  chair¬ 
man;  Dr.  J.  L.  Clifton,  National  Council  of  State  Superintendents 
and  Commissioners  of  Education;  Dr.  Arthur  G.  Crane,  National  As¬ 
sociation  of  State  Universities;  R.  C.  Higgy,  Association  of  College 
and  University  Broadcasting  Stations;  J.  O.  Keller,  National  Uni¬ 
versity  Extension  Association;  Charles  N.  Lischka,  National  Catholic 
Educational  Association;  Dr.  John  H.  MacCracken,  American  Coun¬ 
cil  on  Education;  Rev.  Charles  A.  Robinson,  S.  J.,  Jesuit  Educational 
Association;  and  H.  J.  Umberger,  Association  of  Land-Grant  Col¬ 
leges  and  Universities. 

The  Committee  held  its  organization  meeting  on  December  30, 
1930.  The  members  decided  that  attention  should  be  concentrated  on 
five  main  purposes; 

[1]  To  bring  about  legislation  which  will  permanently  and  exclusively  assign 
to  educational  institutions  and  to  government  educational  agencies  a  minimum 
of  IS  percent  of  all  radio  broadcasting  channels  which  are,  or  may  become, 
available  to  the  United  States. 

[2]  To  foster  research  and  experimentation  in  the  field  of  education  by  radio. 

[3J  To  safeguard  and  serve  the  interests  of  broadcasting  stations  associated 

with  educational  institutions;  to  encourage  their  further  development;  and  to 
promote  the  coordination  of  the  existing  facilities  for  educational  broadcasting. 

[4]  To  inform  the  members  of  the  organizations  represented  on  the  Com¬ 
mittee.  education  journals,  the  general  public,  and  the  state  and  national  govern¬ 
ments  as  to  the  growing  possibilities  of  radio  as  an  instrument  for  improving 
the  individual  and  national  life. 

[5  I  To  develop  plans  and  create  agencies  for  the  broadcasting  of  nationwide 
educational  programs. 

To  carry  out  its  program  the  National  Committee  on  Education  by 
Radio  made  application  to  and  received  from  the  Payne  Fund  a  five- 
year  grant  which,  after  subsequent  reduction  because  of  unantici¬ 
pated  financial  conditions,  totaled  $180,000.  At  the  expiration  of  the 
first  five  years  the  Payne  Fund  made  a  grant  of  $15,000  which 
allowed  the  Committee  to  continue  for  an  additional  two-year  period 
but  necessitated  considerable  curtailment  of  its  activities.  The  part- 
time  services  of  S.  Howard  Evans  were  made  available  to  the  Com¬ 
mittee  in  addition  to  the  grant. 

While  the  offices  of  the  Committee  are  located  at  present  in  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  they  were  established  initially  in  Washington,  D.  C. 
The  headquarters  office  was  set  up  in  the  National  Education  Associa¬ 
tion  Building.  A  service  bureau  for  direct  assistance  to  educational 
broadcasting  stations  was  opened  in  the  National  Press  Building.  Dr. 
Tracy  F.  Tyler  became  the  secretary  and  research  director  of  the 
Committee.  Armstrong  Perry  resigned  his  position  as  radio  education 
specialist  in  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Education  to  become  director  of  the 
service  bureau.  When  the  office  was  moved  to  New  York  Mr.  Evans 
became  secretary. 

Immediately  upon  the  completion  of  its  organization  the  Commit¬ 
tee  launched  a  broad  program  which  included;  [1]  a  campaign  to 
create  a  general  awareness  of  the  close  relationship  between  educa¬ 
tion  and  this  new  means  of  communication;  [2]  a  defense  of  the 
existing  educational  broadcasting  stations;  and  [3]  a  search  for  some 
satisfactory  solution  of  the  problems  which  had  arisen  between  edu¬ 
cators  and  commercial  broadcasters. 

The  first  objective  in  the  creation  of  a  general  awareness  was  the 
education  of  educators.  Some  of  them  were  interested  already  in  radio 
and  were  pioneering  its  development.  However,  there  was  a  great 
inertia  which  had  to  be  overcome.  Not  that  educators  were  skeptical 
or  disinterested.  Very  properly  they  wanted  to  be  shown  just  what 


[56] 


radio  could  do  for  them  and  how  it  should  be  used  for  effective 
results. 

The  Committee  began  immediately  the  publication  of  a  bulletin 
of  information  as  part  of  its  campaign  of  education.  The  first  issue 
of  the  bulletin,  Education  by  Radio,  appeared  February  12,  1931.  It 
was  sent  to  a  select  mailing  list  of  2090  persons.  Within  six  months 
the  list  had  grown  to  5443.  By  the  end  of  1933  the  list  had  passed 
the  10,000  mark.  As  a  result  of  circularizing  the  entire  mailing  list 
the  number  of  recipients  of  the  bulletin  was  reduced  to  6563.  At  the 
present  time  the  bulletin  is  being  mailed  to  9007  persons.  At  no  time 
has  there  been  any  charge  for  the  service.  This  has  enabled  the  Com¬ 
mittee  to  make  its  own  selection  for  the  mailing  list,  thus  reaching 
all  those  whose  interest  it  desired  to  arouse  and  sustain. 

In  addition  to  the  bulletin,  the  Committee  has  carried  on  a  pro¬ 
gram  of  publication  which  has  resulted  in  a  number  of  pamphlets  and 
books.  Among  these  are :  Radio  as  a  Cultural  Agency,  the  proceedings 
of  the  national  conference  on  the  use  of  radio  as  a  cultural  agency  in 
a  democracy;  An  Appraisal  oj  Radio  Broadcasting  in  the  Land-Grant 
Colleges  and  State  Universities  and  Some  Interpretations  and  Con¬ 
clusions  oj  the  Land-Grant  Radio  Survey,  both  by  Dr.  Tracy  F. 
Tyler;  Educational  Stations,  a  comprehensive  picture  of  the  work  of 
the  educational  broadcasting  stations;  two  leaflets  published  in  col¬ 
laboration  with  the  National  Congress  of  Parents  and  Teachers, 
Radio,  a  Power jul  Ally  and  Radio  in  Home,  School,  and  Community ; 
yearly  reports  on  the  radio  broadcasting  activities  of  state  depart¬ 
ments  of  education,  state  teachers  associations,  and  state  congresses 
of  parents  and  teachers;  numerous  articles  in  educational  periodicals; 
and  a  number  of  mimeographed  documents.  Some  of  these  publica¬ 
tions  will  be  discussed  further  in  this  report  in  connection  with  ac¬ 
tivities  to  which  they  are  related. 

The  members  of  the  Committee  considered  it  their  responsibility 
not  only  to  sponsor  a  program  of  publication  but  also  to  disseminate 
information  thru  every  channel  available.  Each  member  of  the  Com¬ 
mittee  submits  an  annual  report  to  the  organization  from  which  he 
received  his  appointment  to  the  Committee.  He  also  takes  part  in  any 
discussions  of  radio  which  occur  in  his  organization.  The  chairman 
and  secretary  have  been  called  upon  frequently  to  appear  before  the 
conventions  of  national,  state,  and  local  educational  and  lay  groups 
to  discuss  the  program  of  the  Committee  and  the  problems  of  educa¬ 
tion  by  radio.  In  this  way  the  Committee  has  won  wide  recognition 
as  the  spokesman  of  organized  education  in  the  field  of  radio.  In  that 
capacity  Mr.  Morgan,  chairman  of  the  Committee,  was  invited  to 
appear  before  the  Canadian  Parliamentary  Committee  which  in  1932 
was  studying  broadcasting  in  that  country  preparatory  to  making 
recommendations  for  a  national  system  of  radio  control. 

From  September  1932  to  April  1934  the  Committee  conducted  a 
field  service  of  which  Eugene  J.  Coltrane,  a  prominent  school  adminis¬ 
trator  from  North  Carolina,  was  in  charge.  The  purpose  of  this  serv¬ 
ice  was  to  have  at  the  call  of  the  Committee  a  man  who  could  be 
made  available  for  speeches  and  who  was  competent  to  hold  institutes 
and  conduct  conferences  for  the  consideration  of  educational  prob¬ 
lems.  Mr.  Coltrane  carried  on  a  very  successful  program  up  to  the 
date  of  his  resignation  to  accept  the  presidency  of  Brevard  College 
in  North  Carolina. 

Largely  thru  the  efforts  of  Dr.  Tyler,  secretary  and  research  di¬ 
rector  of  the  Committee,  radio  was  made  the  subject  for  extended 
debate  among  educational  institutions  thruout  a  large  part  of  the 
United  States. 

In  1932-33  the  Western  Conference  Debate  League  accepted  the 


A  CONFERENCE  on  the  noncommercial  use 
of  radio  in  New  Jersey  was  held  Monday, 
November  22,  at  the  State  Teachers’  College  in 
Newark.  The  purpose  of  the  conference  was  to 
create  a  wider  and  more  accurate  knowledge  of 
some  of  the  problems,  practises,  and  difficulties 
which  face  New  Jersey  institutions  and  organiza¬ 
tions  seeking  to  make  use  of  radio  in  reaching  the 
general  public.  Laurence  B.  Johnson,  field  secre¬ 
tary  of  the  New  Jersey  State  Teachers  Associa¬ 
tion  and  managing  editor  of  the  New  Jersey  Edur 
cational  Review,  was  the  moving  spirit  behind  the 
arrangements  for  the  conference.  The  principal 
speaker  was  Dr.  Arthur  G.  Crane,  president  of 
the  University  of  Wyoming  and  chairman  of  the 
National  Committee  on  Education  by  Radio,  who 
came  from  Wyoming  to  present  his  views  on 
“Radio  and  the  American  Public.”  An  interesting 
feature  of  the  meeting  was  a  demonstration  pre¬ 
pared  by  Philip  Cohen,  manager  of  the  New  York 
University  Radio  Workshop,  showing  what  goes 
into  a  good  radio  program.  Peter  A.  Smith,  radio 
chairman  of  the  League  of  Municipalities,  was 
chairman  of  the  conference. 

• 


WHEREAS,  the  Texas  Radio  Council  has 
been  created  for  the  purpose  of  preparing 
a  public  radio  program  for  Texas; 

Whereas,  various  statewide  organizations  have 
organized  under  the  Council  for  the  purpose  of 
improving  educational  and  cultural  broadcasts 
thru  the  Texas  School  of  the  Air;  and 

Whereas,  the  Texas  Plan  has  been  recognized 
by  the  National  Committee  on  Education  by 
Radio  as  one  of  the  regional  programs  to  demon¬ 
strate  a  cooperative  working  relationship  between 
broadcasting  stations  and  producers  of  noncom¬ 
mercial  programs; 

Be  it  resolved,  that  the  Texas  Federation  of 
Women’s  Clubs  assembled  in  Austin,  Texas,  No¬ 
vember  10,  as  one  of  its  contributors  endorse  the 
plan  for  a  Texas  School  of  the  Air. 

• 

The  u.  s.  department  of  the  in¬ 
terior  expects  to  open  in  January  the 
first  of  the  federal  studios  with  which  the  New 
Interior  Building  in  Washington  is  equipped.  The 
studios  will  be  linked  with  three  networks  thru 
local  chain  stations  and  will  be  operated  under 
a  newly  created  Division  of  Information  repre¬ 
senting  all  bureaus  of  the  Interior  Department. 
Programs  prepared  by  the  Educational  Radio 
Project  of  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Education,  National 
Park  Service,  Bureau  of  Mines,  Bureau  of  Indian 
Affairs,  Reclamation  Bureau,  and  other  divisions, 
as  well  as  talks  by  cabinet  officers  and  other  fed¬ 
eral  executives  will  originate  in  the  new  studios. 

• 

Preparing  classes  for  radio,  an 

article  by  R.  R.  Lowdermilk  in  the  November 
issue  of  The  Ohio  Radio  Announcer,  contains 
many  helpful  suggestions  for  teachers.  The  An¬ 
nouncer  may  be  obtained  from  the  Bureau  of 
Educational  Research  of  the  Ohio  State  Univer¬ 
sity,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


[S7] 


The  department  of  speech  of  the 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  University  of 
Florida,  is  again  presenting  a  series  of  radio  broad¬ 
casts  on  speech.  They  are  directed  primarily  to 
high-school  English  and  speech  classes  of  the 
state.  As  heretofore.  Prof.  Lester  L.  Hale  has 
written  and  will  personally  conduct  the  programs. 

The  series  of  ten  programs,  under  the  general 
title,  “Our  Speech,”  will  be  broadcast  by  WRUF, 
the  university’s  station,  Gainesville,  on  Fridays 
from  2-2  :30pm,  EST,  beginning  February  11, 
1938,  and  continuing  thru  April  IS.  These  lessons 
on  electrical  transcriptions  will  be  available  to 
other  radio  stations  in  Florida  to  be  run  upon  any 
schedule  which  may  be  arranged  between  the  sta¬ 
tions  and  local  school  authorities.  The  following 
stations  have  expressed  interest  in  using  the 
transcriptions:  WCOA,  Pensacola;  WFOY,  St. 
Augustine;  WJAX,  Jacksonville;  WJNO,  West 
Palm  Beach;  WEAK,  Lakeland;  WMFJ,  Daytona 
Beach;  WQAM,  Miami;  and  WSUN,  St.  Peters¬ 
burg. 

• 

Harvard  university,  after  a  year’s  ex¬ 
perimentation  with  the  broadcasting  of  col¬ 
lege  lectures  and  other  features,  has  adopted  the 
radio  as  a  regular  part  of  its  educational  ma¬ 
chinery.  Harvard  is  broadcasting  over  WlXAL,  a 
noncommercial  station  which  is  endowed  for  cul¬ 
tural  broadcasts  by  the  Rockefeller  Foundation 
and  private  donations.  Until  a  year  ago,  when  fea¬ 
tures  of  the  Harvard  Tercentenary  Celebration 
were  broadcast  over  WlXAL,  Harvard  had  never 
been  on  the  air.  The  response  to  these  programs, 
however,  encouraged  the  university  to  try  out  the 
broadcasting  of  classroom  lectures  and  other 
activities.  Beginning  early  last  spring  WlXAL 
transmitted  fifteen  Harvard  lectures  directly  from 
the  classrooms,  as  well  as  university  church  serv¬ 
ices,  outdoor  concerts,  and  parts  of  the  com¬ 
mencement  exercises.  At  the  present  time  Har¬ 
vard  is  broadcasting  an  international  transmission 
every  Tuesday  at  8pm,  EST,  on  6.04  megacycles. 
These  broadcasts  began  November  2. 

• 

Hon.  GEORGE  HENRY  PAYNE,  a  member 
of  the  Federal  Communications  Commis¬ 
sion,  has  received  a  deluge  of  correspondence  as  a 
result  of  a  recent  statement  in  which  he  criticized 
children’s  radio  programs.  Most  of  the  letter 
writers  insist  that  children’s  programs  are  even 
worse  than  Commissioner  Payne  stated.  The  Com¬ 
missioner  is  eager  to  learn  how  widespread  among 
parents  is  dissatisfaction  with  present  children’s 
programs  and  the  insistence  that  they  be  im¬ 
proved. 


The  WEEQUAHIC  high  school,  New¬ 
ark,  N.  J.,  has  inaugurated  a  tive-period-a- 
v.'eek  course  on  photoplay  and  radio  appreciation 
for  which  the  State  Department  of  Education 
has  agreed  to  give  one  point  credit  toward  gradua¬ 
tion.  Dr.  William  Lewin,  wellknown  for  his  work 
in  the  field  of  photoplay  appreciation,  is  the  in¬ 
structor. 


question:  “Resolved,  That  Radio  Broadcasting  Stations  in  the  United 
States  Should  be  Governmentally  Owned  and  Operated.”  During  the 
same  season  the  Virginia  High  School  Debate  League  used  a  debate 
question  worded  to  contain  the  substance  of  the  Fess  Bill  which  called 
for  the  reservation  of  15  percent  of  all  broadcasting  facilities  for  edu¬ 
cation.  The  Committee  was  instrumental  in  the  choice  of  both  these 
topics. 

The  high  school  debate  question  selected  for  the  winter  of  1933-34 
was:  “Resolved,  That  the  United  States  Should  Adopt  the  Essential 
Features  of  the  British  System  of  Radio  Control  and  Operation.” 
This  question  was  debated  in  thirty-four  states.  It  created  a  tre¬ 
mendous  demand  for  the  literature  of  the  Committee  and  became  a 
means  of  making  thousands  of  young  people  conscious  of  the  problems 
which  broadcasting  presented  to  the  American  people. 

By  1934  the  consideration  of  problems  in  educational  broadcast¬ 
ing  had  reached  a  point  where  the  Committee  thought  some  crystal- 
ization  of  opinion  might  be  possible.  Accordingly,  it  sponsored  a 
conference  on  the  use  of  radio  as  a  cultural  agency  in  a  democracy. 
This  may  properly  be  called  the  first  general  conference  of  national 
scope  on  the  subject  of  educational  broadcasting.  It  was  held  in 
Washington,  D.  C.,  on  May  7  and  8,  1934.  Membership  was  limited 
to  one  hundred  carefully  selected  leaders  in  the  fields  of  education, 
government,  and  civic  affairs.  While  the  entire  proceedings  were  pub¬ 
lished  in  a  volume.  Radio  as  a  Cultural  Agency,  the  most  important 
work  of  the  conference  was  the  formulation  and  approval  of  the 
following  statement  of  principles: 

I  Listeners'  Choice — The  wholesome  needs  and  desires  of  listeners  should  govern 
the  character,  the  content,  and  the  relative  extent  and  frequency  of  broadcast 
programs.  Variety  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  tastes  of  all  groups  of  effective  size 
should  be  provided.  Material  detrimental  to  the  welfare  of  listener  groups 
should  be  eliminated  regardless  of  commercial  profit.  The  present  operation 
of  commercial  stations  secures  neither  a  genuine  expression  of  listeners’  choice 
nor  an  effective  fulfillment  of  that  choice. 

Minority  Voice — Responsible  groups,  even  the  minorities,  should  not  be  debarred 
from  broadcasting  privileges  because  of  their  relative  size,  for  radio  is  but  the 
amplification  and  extension  of  the  individual’s  free  speech  and  discussion. 

Youth  Protected — Positive,  wholesome  broadcasts  for  youth  at  home  and  in 
schools  should  be  provided.  The  impressionable,  defenseless  minds  of  children 
and  youth  must  be  protected  against  insidious,  degenerative  influences. 

America’s  Best — The  Control  and  support  of  broadcasting  should  be  such  that 
the  best  obtainable  of  culture,  of  entertainment,  of  information,  of  statecraft, 
shall  have  place  on  the  air  available  to  all  the  people. 

Controversial  Issues — Discussion  of  live.  Controversial  issues  of  general  public 
concern  should  be  encouraged  for  the  safe  and  efficient  functioning  of  a  democracy 
and  should  not  be  denied  a  hearing  because  offensive  to  powerful  advertisers  or 
other  groups. 

If  a  universal  means  of  communication  is  to  be  used  for  general  social  welfare 
it  must  be  controlled  by  the  people’s  agency,  which  is  government.  A  private 
organization  is  incapable  of  exercising  adequate  control.  This  need  not  imply  full 
government  ownership  or  operation  nor  should  it  preclude  governmental  units’ 
owning  and  operating  stations.  Neither  must  offensive  censorship  necessarily 
follow  any  more  than  it  does  in  the  post  office  or  the  telegraph  today.  Government 
must  be  the  umpire. 

Finance — If  these  objectives  for  a  national  broadcasting  program  are  to  be 
realized,  adequate  support  must  be  provided.  The  individual  listeners  whose 
investment  in  receivingsets  is  already  90  percent  of  the  total  broadcasting  cap¬ 
ital  are  deserving  of  the  best  possible  programs.  The  government  should  cease 
incurring  expense  for  the  protection  of  channels  for  the  benefit  of  private 
monopoly  without  insuring  commendable  programs  satisfactory  to  citizen 
listeners. 

If  general  public  welfare  is  to  be  promoted  by  radio  communication  some 
specific  recommendations  immediately  present  themselves. 

Impartial  Studies — Thoro,  adequate,  and  impartial  studies  should  be  made  of  the 
cultural  implications  of  the  broadcasting  structure  to  the  end  that  specific  recom¬ 
mendations  can  be  made  for  the  control  of  that  medium  to  conserve  the  greatest 
social  welfare  values.  These  studies  should  also  include:  an  appraisal  of  the 
actual  and  potential  cultural  values  of  broadcasting;  the  effective  means  for  the 
protection  of  the  rights  of  children,  of  minority  groups,  of  amateur  radio  activ¬ 
ities,  and  of  the  sovereignty  of  individual  states;  the  public  services  rendered  by 

[  58  ] 


broadcasting  systems  of  other  nations;  international  relationships  in  broad¬ 
casting. 

As  a  result  of  all  of  these  activities  the  Committee  was  looked  upon 
as  a  source  of  information  and  leadership.  A  heavy  volume  of  corre¬ 
spondence  was  built  up.  By  this  method  considerable  individual 
assistance  was  rendered  to  institutions  and  educational  groups  in 
developing  patterns  for  their  own  radio  activities. 

On  the  more  technical  aspects  of  radio  the  Committee  was  not  so 
active.  However  it  did  authorize  a  study  of  foreign  broadcasting  sys¬ 
tems  by  Armstrong  Perry.  The  results  of  this  study  were  summar¬ 
ized  in  the  February  18,  1932  issue  of  the  bulletin,  Education  by 
I  Radio,  and  were  printed  in  the  Congressional  Record. 

Beginning  March  17,  1933,  the  Committee  provided  the  services 
of  an  outstanding  consulting  engineer.  Commander  T.  A.  M.  Craven, 
to  assist  the  United  States  delegates  in  preparing  for  the  North  Amer¬ 
ican  Radio  Conference  which  was  held  in  Mexico  City  in  the  sum¬ 
mer  of  1933.  The  Federal  Radio  Commission  expressed  approval 
of  the  Committee’s  action  and  commented  favorably  upon  the  work 
done  by  its  technical  expert.  Commander  Craven  was  later  appointed 
chief  engineer  of  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  and  is 
now  one  of  its  members. 

On  behalf  of  the  Association  of  Land-Grant  Colleges  and  Univer¬ 
sities,  the  National  Association  of  State  Universities,  the  U.  S.  De¬ 
partment  of  Agriculture,  and  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Education,  Dr.  Tyler 
undertook  a  study  of  radio  broadcasting  in  the  land-grant  colleges 
I  and  state  universities.  The  study  required  the  better  part  of  a  year. 

I  A  report  was  published  and  distributed  widely,  under  the  title.  An 
i  Appraisal  of  Radio  Broadcasting  in  the  Land-Grant  Colleges  and 
State  Universities. 

By  1936  the  extent  of  interest  in  radio  on  the  part  of  schools  and 
colleges  had  become  so  great  and  so  many  inquiries  were  being  re¬ 
ceived  about  courses  of  training  which  might  be  available  in  the  field 
that  the  Committee,  in  cooperation  with  the  U.  S.  Office  of  Educa¬ 
tion  and  the  Bureau  of  Educational  Research  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni¬ 
versity,  prepared  a  syllabus  to  cover  all  phases  of  the  subject  of 
educational  broadcasting.  The  syllabus  attempted  to  summarize  the 
developments  in  the  field  and  to  create  a  practical  and  authentic  guide 
for  colleges  interested  in  developing  new  courses  of  their  own.  Altho 
by  its  nature  it  has  limited  appeal,  the  syllabus  has  been  eagerly 
sought  after  by  institutions  and  individuals  planning  radio  education 
courses. 

While  the  Committee  was  carrying  on  these  activities  as  part  of 
its  program  to  make  people  aware  of  radio,  it  was  also  actively  en¬ 
gaged  in  the  protection  of  the  educational  broadcasting  stations.  As 
stated  previously,  the  Committee  maintained  a  service  bureau  speci¬ 
fically  to  look  out  for  the  interests  of  these  stations.  In  a  report  on 
the  service  bureau’s  five  years  of  activity  Mr.  Perry  said: 

Since  our  Committee  was  appointed  more  than  SOOO  applications  for  facilities 
have  been  made  to  the  Federal  Radio  Commission  and  to  its  successor,  the 
Federal  Communications  Commission,  that  affected  the  facilities  of  educational 
stations.  Our  Committee  has  helped  by  continuously  following  these  applications, 
by  keeping  the  educational  stations  informed  concerning  them,  and  by  providing 
competent  legal  advice. 

During  a  large  part  of  the  existence  of  the  service  bureau,  a 
recognized  radio  attorney  was  retained  for  consultation  and  advice 
to  educational  stations.  While  this  did  not  at  any  point  involve 
actual  defense  of  the  stations  in  legal  actions,  it  did  keep  them 
informed  as  to  their  statutory  rights  and  the  steps  which  they 
should  take  to  protect  themselves. 

While  the  Committee  was  eager  to  safeguard  the  existing  facilities 


STATION  WSUI,  State  University  of  Iowa, 
Iowa  City,  and  WOI,  Iowa  State  College, 
Ames,  began  on  September  27  what  is  probably 
the  first  two-way  educational  network  in  the 
United  States.  The  two  stations  join  together  to 
rebroadcast  each  other’s  programs.  Each  station 
purchased  and  installed  a  specially  designed  re¬ 
ceiver  in  order  to  pick  up  the  other’s  signals. 

Programs  being  broadcast  jointly  by  the  two 
stations  include  those  of  the  Iowa  Federation  of 
Women’s  Clubs,  the  Daughters  of  the  American 
Revolution,  the  Radio  Child  Study  Club,  the  Iowa 
Congress  of  Parents  and  Teachers,  the  American 
Legion  Auxiliary,  the  Iowa  State  Medical  Society, 
and  the  Iowa  Junior  Academy  of  Science. 

WOI  picks  up  from  WSUI  two  classroom 
courses,  “History  of  Romance”  and  “Classical 
Music.”  “Stories  Out  of  Iowa’s  Past,”  a  program 
by  William  J.  Petersen  of  the  department  of  his¬ 
tory,  is  being  rebroadcast  also. 

From  WOI,  WSUI  picks  up  service  broadcasts, 
organ  recitals,  book  chats,  “The  Magazine  Rack,” 
and  “Far  Lands,”  a  travel  program. 

According  to  Mrs.  Pearl  Bennett  Broxam,  pro¬ 
gram  director  of  WSUI,  “We  have  without  ex¬ 
ception  had  wonderful  success  with  the  rebroad¬ 
casting  experiment.  We  have  received  a  state¬ 
wide  response  of  appreciation  of  the  plan.” 

• 

More  than  5o,ooo  boys  and  girls 

listened  regularly  every  week  last  year  to 
the  radio  programs  of  the  Rochester  School  of  the 
Air.  They  listened,  they  participated,  and  they 
learned  about  science,  art,  music,  books,  and  cur¬ 
rent  affairs. 

With  the  cooperation  of  radio  stations  WHAM 
and  WHEC  the  Rochester  Board  of  Education 
has  been  planning  and  presenting  radio  programs 
since  1929  for  use  in  the  classrooms.  The  care¬ 
fully  planned  concerts  of  the  Rochester  Civic 
Orchestra  have  been  broadcast  to  schools  for 
eight  years.  Since  1933  the  radio  science  lessons 
by  Harry  A.  Carpenter,  specialist  in  science  for 
the  Rochester  schools,  have  not  only  added  im¬ 
measurably  to  children’s  learning  in  science,  but 
also  have  contributed  uniquely  to  the  advance¬ 
ment  of  education  by  radio. 

Other  program  series  have  become  indispensa¬ 
ble  to  the  success  of  this  radio  project.  The  pro¬ 
grams  about  books  broadcast  by  Julia  L.  Sauer  of 
the  Rochester  Public  Library  and  the  stimulating 
art  programs  that  have  brought  the  special  abili¬ 
ties  of  Elizabeth  W.  Cross  regularly  to  thousands 
of  children  for  the  last  four  years  are  among  the 
genuine  achievements  in  radio  education. — Paul 
C.  Reed,  supervisor  of  visual  and  radio  education, 
Rochester,  N.  Y. 


The  national  council  oe  teach¬ 
ers  OF  ENGLISH  is  again  cooperating  with 
the  American  School  of  the  Air  in  producing  a 
series  of  broadcasts  of  particular  interest  to  Eng¬ 
lish  teachers.  The  programs,  which  deal  with 
“Aspects  of  American  Literature,”  may  be  heard 
on  alternate  Tuesdays  from  2:30-3pm,  EST,  over 
the  network  of  the  Columbia  Broadcasting 
System. 


[59] 


KSAC,  broadcasting  from  the  campus  of  Kan¬ 
sas  State  College,  Manhattan,  Kans.,  had  had 
an  increasing  number  of  requests  from  school  men 
concerning  the  possibility  of  aligning  the  work  of 
their  schools  with  the  broadcasting  schedule  of 
the  Kansas  station.  One  city  superintendent  asked 
if  there  were  any  way  in  which  students  in  his 
school  might  study  the  art  of  broadcasting  and 
radio  program  building  and  then  gain  actual  ex¬ 
perience  by  participating  in  programs  broadcast 
over  the  station. 

Some  stations  report  that  such  relationships 
with  their  local  schools  exist  already  and  that 
students  prepare  and  present  programs  regularly. 
It  seems  only  reasonable  that  radio  should  find 
some  way  to  accommodate  the  ambitious  youth  in 
their  search  for  knowledge.  They  are  trying  to 
become  better  acquainted  with  their  world. 

By  studying  radio  programs  and  presentation, 
these  school  boys  and  girls  will  become  better 
listeners  even  if  they  never  do  much  broadcasting 
themselves.  Moreover,  with  things  changing  as 
rapidly  as  they  are,  it  might  be  presumptuous  for 
one  to  say  that  the  people  generally  will  not  in  the 
near  future  be  using  radio  more  and  more  for 
common  communication. 

Modern  schools  are  being  equipped  with  radio 
and  public  address  facilities.  Especially  is  this 
true  of  the  new  buildings  being  erected.  With 
these  facilities,  the  schools  are  extending  the  ears 
of  the  children  beyond  the  walls  of  the  classroom. 
What  shall  these  ears  hear?  Must  they  listen  to 
advertising  propaganda,  slapstick  comedy,  crime 
drama,  and  tin  pan  music? 

Someone  will  say,  “No.  With  as  many  stations 
as  are  broadcasting,  they  can  tune  in  something 
else  and  leave  these  things  alone.” 

That  is  true  so  long  as  there  is  something  else 
to  hear.  Then  they  can  turn  off  the  radios  and 
study  their  books  again.  No  one  will  propose  that 
school  children  be  permitted  to  listen  constantly 
to  the  radio  and  not  pursue  their  academic  studies 
further.  But,  we  must  keep  in  mind  that  the  same 
educational  program  is  not  suitable  for  every  age, 
altho  children  of  all  ages  can  benefit  from  radio. 
There  must  be  variety  as  well  as  quality. 

School  leaders  are  asking,  “What  can  we  tune 
in  for  our  children?”  And,  of  course,  radio  is  try¬ 
ing  to  answer  with  better  educational  programs 
suitable  for  listeners  of  all  ages. 

Quoting  word  for  word  from  one  request  re¬ 
ceived  recently  by  KSAC:  “We  are  having  a 
latest  type  radio  and  address  system  in  our  new 
grade  school  building.  We  don’t  know  much  as  to 
how  we  can  best  use  it.  Will  you  please  help  us 
to  get  in  touch  with  the  worthwhile  things  of  in¬ 
terest  to  grade  children  that  we  may  ‘tune  in’?” 

On  the  answer  which  radio  can  give  to  such  in¬ 
quiries  hangs  much.  They  point  out  a  field  of  op¬ 
portunity  for  educational  broadcasting. — James 
P.  Chapman,  assistant  extension  editor,  Kansas 
State  College,  Manhattan,  Kans. 


COURSES  in  radio  writing  and  radio  broad¬ 
casting  have  been  added  to  the  curriculum 
of  Webster  College,  Webster  Groves,  Mo. 


of  educational  broadcasting  stations,  it  wanted  also  to  assist  them  in 
making  better  use  of  their  time  on  the  air  and  in  accrediting  them¬ 
selves  by  improving  their  programs.  It  became  a  regular  policy  of  the 
Committee  to  select  and  distribute  to  those  stations  accurate  informa¬ 
tion  on  educational  subjects  and  manuscripts  which  might  be  used 
for  broadcasting.  Responses  from  the  stations  indicated  that  this  serv¬ 
ice  was  of  great  assistance  in  the  building  of  better  programs.  It 
was  discontinued  in  1936  after  the  practise  of  using  transcriptions 
had  become  more  general  and  after  suitable  programs  had  become 
more  readily  available  in  this  new  form. 

Perhaps  the  most  difficult  part  of  the  entire  program  of  the  Com¬ 
mittee  grew  out  of  the  effort  to  solve  the  problems  involved  in  the 
relationship  between  educational  and  commercial  broadcasting.  The 
Committee  was  under  what  its  members  took  to  be  a  mandate  that 
it  should  demand  from  the  federal  government  the  exclusive  assign¬ 
ment  to  education  of  15  percent  of  all  radio  broadcasting  channels. 
As  a  first  step  in  carrying  out  this  mandate,  arrangements  were  made 
with  the  late  Senator  Simeon  D.  Fess  of  Ohio  to  introduce  a  bill  call¬ 
ing  for  the  reservation  of  such  a  percentage  of  frequencies.  Behind 
this  bill  was  the  historical  tradition  under  which  the  federal  govern¬ 
ment  during  the  opening  up  of  the  west  had  dedicated  a  percentage 
of  the  public  domain  to  the  extension  of  education.  The  hope  was 
that  this  plan  might  be  extended  to  radio. 

When  the  public  domain  of  the  air  was  opened  up,  education  was 
one  of  the  first  settlers.  The  engineering  departments  of  many  of 
our  institutions  of  higher  learning  became  pioneers  in  experimenta¬ 
tion  with  transmission  equipment.  They  rendered  an  important  serv¬ 
ice  and  for  a  time  represented  a  sizable  percentage  of  all  broad¬ 
casters. 

With  the  introduction  of  advertising  as  the  chief  source  of  support 
for  broadcasting  stations,  the  usurpation  of  education’s  place  on  the 
air  began.  While  licenses  were  in  no  case  taken  away  from  educational 
stations,  the  obstacles  to  continued  broadcasting  became  increasingly 
insurmountable.  Out  of  202  noncommercial  institutions  and  agencies 
which  have  received  licenses  to  broadcast,  only  31  are  operating 
today  what  seem  to  be  genuine  educational  stations. 

The  conflict  involved  here  was  not  merely  one  between  educational 
and  commercial  interests  for  the  control  of  a  transmitter.  There  was 
also  involved  the  question  of  the  public  policy  which  should  be  ap¬ 
plied  to  the  licensing  of  stations  by  the  federal  government.  The  best 
indication  of  the  consideration  which  education  received  at  the  hands 
of  the  government  is  contained  in  the  news  release  published  in 
December  1931  by  the  Federal  Radio  Commission,  the  predecessor 
of  the  present  Federal  Communications  Commission.  The  opening 
paragraphs  of  that  release  were: 

The  following  statement  was  today  authorized  by  the  Commission: 

IN  RE  THE  USE  OF  RADIO  BROADCASTING  STATIONS  FOR  ADVERTISING  PURPOSES 

The  Commission  believes  that  the  American  system  of  broadcasting  has  pro¬ 
duced  the  best  form  of  radio  entertainment  that  can  be  found  in  the  world. 

This  system  is  one  which  is  based  entirely  upon  the  use  of  radio  broadcasting 
stations  for  advertising  purposes.  It  is  a  highly  competitive  system  and  is  carried 
on  by  private  enterprise.  There  is  but  one  other  system — the  European  system. 
That  system  is  governmental.  Under  that  system,  broadcasting  is  conducted  either 
by  the  government  or  by  some  company  chartered  by  the  government.  There  is 
no  practical  medium  between  the  two  systems.  It  is  either  the  American  system 
or  the  European  system. 

There  has  been  no  indication  that  this  release  has  ever  been  repudi¬ 
ated.  The  assumption  is  that  it  carries  over  and  represents  the  present 
philosophy  of  the  Communications  Commission  in  licensing  stations. 

Under  such  a  philosophy  the  state-owned  educational  station  and 


[60] 


the  noncommercial  station  have  no  status.  Under  that  philosophy  the 
educational  station  is  being  tolerated  rather  than  accepted  and  en¬ 
couraged  by  the  regulatory  body  of  the  government.  That  philosophy 
is  a  purely  commercial  one  which  compels  all  stations  to  operate  ac¬ 
cording  to  commercial  standards.  If  such  a  basis  of  operation  were 
to  be  applied  to  education  generally  the  colleges  and  universities  of 
the  United  States  could  not  justify  their  existence. 

Had  the  Fess  Bill  been  passed  by  Congress  it  would  have  protected 
the  rights  of  education  in  radio  against  either  the  philosophy  of  an  un¬ 
friendly  regulatory  body  or  the  attacks  of  commercial  stations.  There¬ 
fore,  the  Committee  persisted  in  its  support  of  the  bill.  When  the 
Communications  Act  of  1934  was  drafted,  the  request  of  the  Com¬ 
mittee,  backed  by  labor,  had  become  so  well  supported  that  mention 
of  it  was  written  into  the  law.  The  Communications  Commission  was 
instructed  to  hold  hearings  on  the  feasibility  of  such  a  reservation 
of  frequencies.  As  a  result  of  these  hearings  the  Commission  finally 
recommended  to  Congress  that  the  request  be  denied.  The  Commis¬ 
sion  claimed  that  all  the  needs  of  education  could  be  met  within  the 
framework  of  the  existing  broadcasting  structure. 

Some  of  the  testimony  upon  which  the  Commission  reached  its 
verdict  has  since  been  repudiated.  Specifically,  this  occurred  in  the 
booklet.  Four  Years  of  Network  Broadcasting,  which  is  the  report 
of  the  experience  of  the  Committee  on  Civic  Education  by  Radio 
of  the  National  Advisory  Council  on  Radio  in  Education  and  the 
American  Political  Science  Association.  That  booklet  tends  to  sup¬ 
port  the  original  claim  of  the  National  Committee  on  Education 
by  Radio  that  broadcasting  under  an  educational  philosophy  could 
not  expect  to  receive  due  consideration  in  a  system  of  broadcasting 
based  upon  and  judged  entirely  by  commercial  standards.  Perhaps 
the  most  pointed  sentence  from  the  report  is  as  follows:  “Educa¬ 
tional  broadcasting  has  become  the  poor  relation  of  commercial 
broadcasting  and  the  pauperization  of  the  former  has  increased  in 
direct  proportion  to  the  growing  affluence  of  the  latter.” 

The  Federal  Communications  Commission,  in  the  same  communi¬ 
cation  to  Congress  which  recommended  against  special  facilities  for 
education,  suggested  that  a  conference  be  held  at  which  attempts 
would  be  made  to  thresh  out  differences  between  education  and  com¬ 
mercial  broadcasting.  Such  a  conference  was  held,  under  the  aus¬ 
pices  of  the  Communications  Commission.  Out  of  it  grew  the  Fed¬ 
eral  Radio  Education  Committee,  composed  about  half  and  half 
of  commercial  broadcasters  and  educators  selected  in  their  capacity 
as  individuals  and  not  as  the  representatives  of  organizations  or 
institutions. 

Until  recently  this  committee  has  been  .rather  inactive.  However, 
one  of  the  positive  acts  of  its  chairman.  Dr.  John  W.  Studebaker, 
U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Education,  was  to  appear  at  a  hearing  on  the 
disposition  of  ultra-high  frequencies  which  was  held  by  the  Commis¬ 
sion  in  June  1935  and  to  ask  that  certain  ones  of  these  frequencies  be 
set  aside  for  the  exclusive  use  of  education.  This  was  a  very  specific 
endorsement  of  the  position  which  the  National  Committee  on  Edu¬ 
cation  by  Radio  had  advocated  in  the  regular  broadcast  band.  Dr. 
Studebaker  has  stated  publicly  that  assurances  have  been  given  to 
him  that  the  Commission  will  reserve  as  a  matter  of  public  policy 
ultra-high  frequencies  for  education.  However,  no  public  announce¬ 
ment  of  such  a  reservation  has  been  made  by  the  Commission. 

The  most  favorable  indication  of  interest  on  the  part  of  the  Com¬ 
mission  in  this  fundamental  problem  occurred  at  the  reallocation 
hearings  held  in  October  1936.  At  that  time  the  Commission  invited 
testimony  not  only  on  technical  matters  but  also  on  the  social  and 


The  institute  for  propaganda 

ANALYSIS,  132  Morningside  Drive,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  publishes  a  monthly  letter.  Propa¬ 
ganda  Analysis,  to  help  the  intelligent  citizen  de¬ 
tect  and  analyze  propaganda.  By  its  charter  the 
Institute  is  a  nonprofit  corporation  organized  to 
assist  the  public  in  detecting  and  analyzing  propa¬ 
ganda,  but  it  is  itself  forbidden  to  engage  in 
propaganda  or  otherwise  attempt  to  influence 
legislation. 

In  the  November  issue  of  Propaganda  Analysis 
the  seven  common  propaganda  devices  are  listed 
as:  the  name  calling  device,  the  glittering  generali¬ 
ties  device,  the  transfer  device,  the  testimonial 
device,  the  plain  folks  device,  the  card  stacking 
device,  and  the  band  wagon  device.  .411  of  these 
devices  are  designed  to  appeal  to  our  emotions. 
They  are  made  use  of  by  newspapers,  radio,  news¬ 
reels,  books,  magazines,  labor  unions,  business 
groups,  churches,  schools,  and  political  parties. 

The  Institute  does  not  propose  to  tell  its  sub¬ 
scribers  what  to  think  but  how  to  think.  Subscrip¬ 
tion  price  of  the  monthly  letter  is  $2  a  year. 

o 

TO  SERVE  outside  island  teachers  and  those 
in  rural  Oahu  who  find  it  difficult  to  attend 
campus  courses  in  the  late  afternoon  or  evening, 
the  University  of  Hawaii  Adult  Education  Divi¬ 
sion  has  arranged  to  broadcast  an  extension  course 
in  “Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States” 
over  KGMB,  a  Honolulu  commercial  station. 

A  half  hour  broadcast  each  Monday  from  3:30- 
4pm,  study  outlines  sent  in  advance  of  the  broad¬ 
cast,  textbook,  collateral  reading,  and  weekly 
papers  based  on  questions  raised  by  Dr.  Charles 
H.  Hunter,  instructor  in  the  course,  form  the 
lesson  material.  Forty-five  students  are  enroled 
for  credit.  A  great  many  more  report  that  they 
are  listening  in. 

The  course  was  planned  as  a  part  of  the  univer¬ 
sity’s  participation  in  the  sesquicentennial  cele¬ 
bration  of  the  federal  Constitution. 


For  those  with  discriminating 

TASTES,  a  half-hour  of  good  music — me¬ 
lodic,  unobtrusive,  and  unbroken  by  commercial 
announcements — is  being  offered  by  the  educa¬ 
tional  shortwave  station  WIXAL  in  Boston,  as  a 
background  for  the  enjoyment  of  a  leisurely  din¬ 
ner.  These  programs,  introduced  by  the  Magic 
Song  theme,  are  radiated  on  6.04  megacycles  each 
weekday  evening,  Monday  thru  Friday,  at  7pm, 
EST.  They  are  reminiscent  of  the  type  of  music 
formerly  heard  in  the  best  restaurants  and  hotel 
diningrooms  before  their  invasion  by  dance  or¬ 
chestras.  The  selections  include  Viennese  waltzes, 
ballets,  minuets,  serenades,  love  songs,  and  light 
operatic  airs  written  by  the  best  classical  and 
modern  composers. 


Dubuque  COUNIA  schools,  lowa,  pre¬ 
sent  a  weekly  radio  program  over  station 
WKBB.  The  program,  entitled  “Rural  School 
Forum  of  the  Air,”  serves  to  interpret  the  work 
of  the  county  schools  to  the  public. 


[61  ] 


VARIETY,  trade  paper  of  the  amusement  in¬ 
dustry,  reports  what  appears  to  be  the  first 
instance  where  a  radio  station  has  abandoned  the 
position  of  political  neutrality  which  is  traditional 
in  broadcasting.  In  the  recent  Boston  mayoralty 
campaign,  according  to  Variety,  the  Yankee  and 
Colonial  Networks  gave  the  full  support  of  their 
news  service  broadcasts  to  a  single  candidate, 
who  emerged  victorious. 

Whether  or  not  this  new  trend  in  the  political 
use  of  broadcasting  facilities  becomes  widespread, 
it  raises  questions  of  public  policy  that  deserve 
careful  consideration. 

Section  315  of  the  Communications  Act  of  1934 
is  designed  to  provide  equality  of  broadcasting 
opportunity  to  all  political  candidates.  It  reads 
as  follows:  “If  any  licensee  shall  permit  any  per¬ 
son  who  is  a  legally  qualified  candidate  for  pub¬ 
lic  office  to  use  a  broadcasting  station,  he  shall 
afford  equal  opportunities  to  all  other  such  can¬ 
didates  for  that  office  in  the  use  of  such  broad¬ 
casting  station,  and  the  Commission  shall  make 
rules  and  regulations  to  carry  this  provision  into 
effect.” 

John  Shepard,  III,  president  of  the  two  net¬ 
works,  made  the  following  statement:  “The  posi¬ 
tion  of  the  Colonial  and  Yankee  Network  News 
Service  in  regard  to  political  candidates  for  the 
office  is  made  clear  by  the  following: 

“To  these  News  Services  the  party  to  which  the 
candidate  belongs  is  not  a  factor.  Each  candidate 
for  high  political  office  will  be  investigated  by 
these  News  Services  to  the  best  of  their  ability 
and  candidates  will  be  judged  on  their  past  rec¬ 
ords  as  to  their  honesty,  ability,  and  courageous 
adherence  to  their  public  duty. 

“In  determining  the  fitness  of  a  candidate  for 
the  position  which  he  or  she  seeks,  due  considera¬ 
tion  will  be  given  to  those  in  the  background  who 
may  exercise  control  over  the  candidate,  provided 
he  is  elected. 

“The  decision  as  to  whether  to  support  any  par¬ 
ticular  candidate  or  not  will  be  based  entirely  in 
facts  as  we  are  able  to  ascertain  them. 

“In  cases  where  there  are  two  or  more  candi¬ 
dates  in  the  field  that  seem  equally  worthy,  these 
Services  will  not  attempt  to  select  between  two 
such  candidates.” 

• 

KOAC,  Oregon  State  College,  Corvallis,  now 
provides  its  farm  audience  with  regular  mes¬ 
sages  from  the  agricultural  agents  of  six  counties 
comprising  more  than  14,000  square  miles  and  a 
total  population  of  195,000.  These  counties  range 
in  all  directions  from  Corvallis  and  are  well  within 
the  KOAC  primary  listening  area. 

The  new  agricultural  service  not  only  brings 
county  listeners  direct  word  from  their  own 
agents,  but  from  the  agents  of  five  other  counties 
as  well.  The  broadcasts  occur  during  the  Noon 
and  Evening  Farm  Hours  and  are  spotted  thruout 
the  week. 

According  to  the  Market  News  Radio  Broad¬ 
casting  Schedule  for  1937,  published  by  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  KOAC  broad¬ 
casts  one  of  the  most  complete  market  news 
services  in  the  United  States.  Two  fifteen-minute 
periods  of  market  news  are  released  daily  from 
the  state-owned  station,  at  12:30pm  and  6:45pm, 
PST. 


economic  implications  of  existing  allocation  policy.  After  the  hearings 
the  Commission  instructed  its  chief  engineer  to  prepare  two  reports 
for  its  consideration.  The  first  had  to  do  with  the  technical  aspects 
of  testimony  at  the  hearings.  That  report  was  made  public  about 
three  months  after  the  hearings  ended.  The  second  was  to  concern 
itself  with  the  social  and  economic  implications  of  the  testimony. 
That  report  has  finally  been  prepared  and  should  be  released  soon — 
more  than  a  year  after  the  hearings  were  held. 

On  February  22,  1933,  even  before  a  final  refusal  to  set  aside  a  ' 
percentage  of  frequencies  for  education  had  been  received,  the  Com¬ 
mittee  was  responsible  for  the  introduction  by  Representative  H.  P. 
Fulmer  of  South  Carolina  of  a  bill  calling  for  a  Congressional  study 
of  the  whole  subject  of  radio.  This  bill  was  the  forerunner  of  all  the 
demands  for  Congressional  investigations  which  have  followed  it. 
While  the  Committee  has  taken  no  official  part  in  any  of  the  recent 
agitation  for  an  investigation  of  the  present  Communications  Com¬ 
mission,  it  welcomes  this  substantiating  evidence  of  the  wisdom  of 
its  early  request  for  a  study  of  the  entire  matter. 

When  it  became  clear  that  its  original  proposal  for  the  safeguard¬ 
ing  of  education  by  radio  was  not  to  be  accepted,  the  Committee 
began  the  search  for  a  constructive  plan  by  which  the  integrity  and 
independence  of  educational  and  cultural  broadcasting  could  be 
established  and  preserved  under  the  conditions  which  have  come  to 
characterize  the  American  system  of  broadcasting.  In  this  new  en¬ 
deavor  the  Committee  had  the  benefit  of  its  own  earlier  experience 
in  the  protection  of  educational  stations  and  its  studies  of  the  experi¬ 
ence  of  others  both  in  the  United  States  and  in  foreign  countries.  The 
result  was  the  development  of  a  democratic  regional  plan  for  an  Amer-  i 
ican  Public  Broadcasting  Service.  The  Committee  has  been  working 
on  this  project  for  the  past  two  years  under  the  leadership  of  Dr. 
Arthur  G.  Crane,  who  was  elected  chairman  following  Mr.  Morgan’s 
resignation  in  September  1935.  The  plan  was  described  fully  in  the 
November  1937  issue  of  Education  by  Radio.  Its  purpose  is  to  create 
a  working  organization  thru  which  educational  institutions  and 
agencies,  service  departments,  and  citizens’  groups  can  mobilize 
their  broadcasting  resources,  raise  the  standards  of  their  radio  pres¬ 
entations,  and  demonstrate  a  cooperative  method  of  maintaining 
working  relationships  between  broadcasting  stations  and  the  pro¬ 
ducers  of  noncommercial  programs.  The  plan  has  the  acceptance  of 
commercial  broadcasters  and  representatives  of  public  bodies  as  well 
as  substantial  backing  from  educational  interests. 

As  an  experiment  to  demonstrate  its  possibilities,  two  regional  or¬ 
ganizations  predicated  upon  the  use  of  this  plan  have  been  set  up 
and  are  prepared  to  function.  One  is  known  as  the  Rocky  Mountain 
Radio  Council  and  is  designed  to  serve  primarily  the  states  of  Colo¬ 
rado  and  Wyoming.  The  other,  the  Texas  Radio  Council,  will  serve 
the  Lone  Star  State. 

Seven  years  is  a  long  time  in  the  history  of  any  thing  as  young  as 
radio.  Great  changes  have  taken  place.  The  Committee  has  had  to 
adjust  its  program  to  keep  pace  with  all  the  changes.  To  set  forth 
all  of  the  details  of  this  adjustment  is  impossible.  Many  projects 
have  been  undertaken,  each  as  the  time  seemed  opportune  and  as  the 
need  appeared  to  exist.  While  some  of  the  projects  have  not  as  yet 
been  consummated,  each  has  left  its  residue  of  information  and  ex¬ 
perience  upon  which  other  projects  can  be  built.  The  successful 
efforts  have  assisted  in  the  pioneering  of  new  fields  and  have  helped 
dedicate  the  services  of  this  new  medium  of  communication  to  edu¬ 
cation  and  enlightenment.  Seed  has  been  planted  which  should  pro¬ 
duce  even  more  fruit  in  years  to  come  than  has  yet  been  harvested. 


[62  ] 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  SEVEN 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 


Abbot,  Waldo,  Handbook  of  Radio  Rroadcastint;  12 
Adam,  Thomas  R.  California  Experiments  with 


Radio  Education  .  26 

Ade,  Lester  K .  13 

Ahrnsbrak,  H.  C .  54 

American  Medical  Association 

—  radio  programs  .  43 

Anderson,  A.  Helen .  14 

Angell,  James  Rowland .  44 

Another  Perspective  on  Broadcasting .  39 

Austin  Radio  Institute .  40 

Australia 

—  school  broadcasting  .  44 

Avery,  George  T .  52 

Bacon,  Robert  1 .  39 

Baldw'in,  Boyd  E . 23,  31,  38 

Bardour,  Philip  .  48 

Batchelor,  G.  \V .  32 

Belfour,  C.  Stanton .  38 

Benet,  Stephen  Vincent .  24 

Borchardt,  Selma  .  28 

Boutvvell.  William  H . 14,  48,  52 

—  (quoted)  . 2,  14 

■ —  So  They  Don’t  Want  Educational  Programs?,  .  13 

Boylan,  John  J . 20,  29 

—  radio  bill  .  42 

‘■Brave  New  World” . 54 

British  Broadcasting  Corporation 

—  listener  survey  .  12 

Broxam,  Mrs,  Pearl  Bennett .  59 

Bryan,  Wright  .  55 

Bryson,  Lyman  . 48,  50 

Buckley,  H.  M . 20,  22,  48 

Burkhard,  Russell  V . 21,  24 

Burton,  Edgar  A .  52 

Bush,  Vannevar  .  33 


California  Association  for  Adult  Education 

--  radio  broadcasts  . .  ■  26 

California  Experiments  with  Radio  Education 

(Thomas  R,  Adam) .  26 

Campbell,  W,  M .  52 

Canada 

—  legal  status  of  broadcasting .  14 

—  radio  in  . 42 

Canadian  Broadcasting  Corporation 

•  -  new  regulations  .  51 

Carpenter,  Harry  A . 48,  59 

Carthage  College  Music  Hour .  43 

(Jeller,  Emanuel  . 11,  29 

—  radio  bill  .  42 

Chapman,  James  P .  60 

Children’s  radio  programs.^ .  58 

Classification  of  radio  stations .  31 

Clifton,  J,  1 .  56 

(Tocking,  Walter  I) .  55 

COFF.MAN,  L.  D .  33 

Cohen,  Philip  .  57 

CoLTRANE,  Eugene  J .  57 

Conant,  James  B . ^ .  33 

Congressional  investigation  of  radio .  39 

Connecticut  Congress  of_  Parents  and  Teachers 

—  Regional  Italian  Civic  Project .  22 

Connery,  Willlam  P,,  Jr . 9,  29,  39 

Clontribution  of  School  Broadcasting,  The .  37 

C'onverse,  Blair  .  6 

Cooper,  Lewis  B . 36,  40,  52 

Cooper,  William  John .  55 

Crabtree,  J,  W .  28 

Craig,  Edwin  W .  48 

Crane,  Arthur  G .  14,  15,  25,  33,  48,  49, 

51,  52,  56,  57,  62 

Craven,  T,  A.  M . 12,  31,  41,  46,  59 

Critical  listening  .  52 

Cross,  Elizabeth  W .  59 

Dale,  Edgar .  ,S.s 

Dallas  Radio  Institute .  36 

Dammon,  Clarence  E .  48 

Damrosch,  Walter  .  40 

D.irrow,  B,  H . 27,  29,  35,  40,  52,  55 

Dearborn,  Ned  H . 5,  16,  24 

Denison,  JIerrill  .  48 

Dent,  Ellsworth  C .  55 

Detroit’s  Plan  for  Educational  Broadcasts  (K.ath- 

lf.en  N,  Lardie) .  35 

Dr.  Tyson  Retires  from  the  Radio  Field .  8 

Duniiaxi,  Franklin  . 14,  44,  55 


Federal  Radio  Commission 

—  definition  of  American  system  of  broadcasting.  .  60 

Federal  Radio  Education  Committee . 32,  44,  61 

Eess,  Simeon  D .  60 

Fif.ser,  James  L .  28 

Filene,  Edward  A .  28 

First  American  Exhibition  of  Recordings  of  Edu¬ 
cational  Radio  Programs 

—  awards  .  19 

Fisher,  Sterling  . 48,  52 

Florida  Association  of  Broadcasters .  44 

four  Years  of  Network  Broadcasting . 

6,  8,  12,  13,  44,  61 

Fred,  E.  B .  47 

Fulmer.  H.  P .  62 

Fundamental  Principles  Which  Should  Underlie 
American  Radio  Policy .  58 


Garrison,  Garnet . 8,  53 

General  Education  Board 

—  fellowships  .  12,  25,  26,  41 

General  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs 

—  radio  programs  .  52 

Georgia 

—  Audio-Visual  Education  Association .  55 

—  state  radio  commission .  21 

Gideonse,  Harry  D .  48 

Gill,  Samuel  E.  tquoted) .  4 

Givens,  Willard  E .  28 

Goldsmith,  Alfred  N.  (quoted) .  4 

Gordon,  E.  B .  2  7 

Government  and  Radio  (John  W.  Studebaker)  .  .  17 


How  This  Index  Is  Made 


Articles  listed  under  author  and 
1.  title,  are  listed  also  under  suh- 
jectmatter  heads  when  the  title  inade¬ 
quately  describes  the  content.  Gen¬ 
eral  subject-headings  are:  periodicals 
mentioned  or  quoted,  resolutions, 
schools  and  colleges,  and  stations. 


Greene,  Felix  .  19 

Griffith,  W.  1 .  47 

Guideposts  for  Producing  Educational  Programs.  .  16 

Hale,  Lester  L .  58 

Hanke,  Elmer  .  43 

Harshbarcer.  H.  Clay .  24 

Heimlich,  Friel  .  26 

Hektoen,  Ludvig  .  33 

Herzberg,  Max  J .  52 

Higgy,  R.  C .  56 

Hill,  Frank  E .  33 

—  Listen  and  Learn .  48 

Holcojibe,  .Arthur  N.  (quoted) .  2 

Horn,  Robert  C .  31 

How  Much  Clean  Up? .  45 

How  to  get  good  reception  for  classroom  listening.  50 

Howell,  Clark,  Sr . ■ .  21 

Hubbel,  Gordon  .  47 

Hud.son,  Robert  B .  52 

Hunter,  Charles  H .  61 

Hutchins,  Robert  M .  48 

Ickes,  Harold  L .  28 

—  (quoted)  .  I 

Indiana  Radio  Clinic  .  14 

Institute  for  Education  by  Radio,  Eighth  .An¬ 
nual  . 15,  17 

Institute  of  Pacific  Relations 

—  radio  programs  .  8 

Institute  for  Propaganda  Analysis  .  61 

Is  Radio  Living  Up  to  its  Promise? .  5 

Jennings,  George  E . 25,  41,  43 

Jewett,  F'rank  B .  33 

Johnson,  Laurence  B .  57 

Junior  League  of  Dayton .  32 


Educational  Broadcasting  Conference,  The,....  1 

Educational  network . .  51.  59 

Educational  Radio  Script  Exchange  . 7,  19 

Eighth  Institute  for  Education  by  Radio .  23 

Eisenberg.  I.  L .  5 

F.isner,  M.\rk  .  5 

Emmons.  Owen  .A .  22 

Engel,  Harold  A . 47,  52 

English  teaching  correlated  with  radio .  5 

Evaluation  of  school  broadcasting .  7 

Evans.  S.  Howard .  5,  13,  33,  52,  56 

— ■  (quoted)  .  ....  7,  42 

F.xbibition  of  Recordings  of  Educational  Radio 
I’rngrams,  First  American 

—  awards .  19 

Fairchild,  Henrv  Pratt .  5 

‘‘Fall  of  the  City,  The” .  17 

Farley,  Belmont  .  19 

Federal  Communications  Commission 
— ■  reorganization  .  49 


Keller,  J.  0 .  56 

Kent.  Rikel  .  21 

Kersey.  Vieri.ing  .  10 

Kingdon.  Frank  .  5 

Kirby,  E.  M .  51 

Koon,  Cline  VI . 13,  44 

LaGuardia,  F.  H .  8 

Laine,  Elizabeth  .  33 

Laird,  Angus  .  52 

L.\Pr.\de.  Ernest  (quoted) .  4 

Lardie,  K.vthleen  N.  Detroit’s  Plan  for  Educa¬ 
tional  Broadcasts  .  35 

Larr.uiee,  Carlton  H .  5 

“Let  .Freedom  Ring'’ . -r .  .  .  12 

Levenson.  WlLLI.tM  B .  37 

Levine,  Michael  (quoted) .  42 

Lewin,  William  .  58 

Lewis,  Willi.ui  Mather  (quoted) .  4 

Link.  Henry  C.  (quoted) .  1 

Lischka,  Ch.arles  N .  56 


Listen  and  Learn  (Frank  E.  Hill) .  48 

Listeners  protest  e-xcessive  commercial  announce¬ 
ments  .  46 

Listening  groups  .  41 

Lorand,  Saxdor  .  5 

Lovett.  Robert  VIorss .  5 

Lowdermilk,  R.  R . 34,  56,  5  7 

MacCracken,  John  H .  56 

MacDougall.  Robert  B .  52 

MacLeish,  .Archibald  . 17,  24 

VI.tDDV,  Joseph  E . 15,  53 

Marconi,  Guglielmo  .  38 

M.vrsden,  Carl  E .  13 

Mathews,  Lee  Howard .  47 

McCarty.  H.  B . 9,  23,  25,  33.  47 

McXinch,  Frank  R . 39,  41,  45,  49 

■'Men  Who  Vlade  History” .  9 

Menotti,  Gian-Carlo  .  24 

Menzer,  Carl  . 47,  51 

Michigan  State  College  of  the  .Air .  6 

Miller,  .Allen  .  12 

Miller,  Lincoln  W .  36 

Montana  Society  for  the  Study  of  Education 

—  radio  committee  endorses  public  radio  board 

plan  .  23 

Morei.l,  Peter.  Poisons,  Potions  and  Profits...  41 

Morgan.  Joy  Elmer . 56,  5  7 

Mountain  Radio  Listening  Center  System .  46 

Murray,  Gladstone  . 15.  23 

Murrow,  Edward  R . 14,  16 

"Mystic  King  of  the  North,  .A'’ .  19 

Nalder,  Frank  F .  28 

Xational  Association  of  Educational  Broadcasters 

25,  39,  47 

Xational  Broadcasting  Company 

—  -  Vlusic  .Appreciation  Hour .  40 

Xational  Council  of  Teachers  of  English .  52 

—  -  radio  broadcasts  .  59 

Xational  Education  .Association 

—  -  proposed  radio  organization .  31 

-  radio  programs  .  46 

Xational  Farm  and  Home  Hour .  26 

Xational  Research  Council 

— -  Committee  on  Scientific  Aids  to  Learning,  ..  23,  33 

Xational  School  Assembly .  28 

Xcw  Jersey 

—  Conference  on  Xoncommercial  Use  of  Radio 

in  .  57 

—  proposes  state-owned  station .  17 

Xcw  Vork  City  Board  of  F.ducation 

—  adult  education  radio  programs .  53 

X'ew  Vork  University  Radio  Workshop . 13,  16 

X'oncommercial  network  .  8 

Page,  Meredith . 9,  17 

Pan-.American  radio  station .  II 

P.tRKER.  Lester  Ward .  47 

Partridge.  H.  M .  41 

Payne,  George  Henry . 5,  20,  42,  49,  58 

—  (quoted)  .  6 

Pennsylvania  extempore  speaking  contest .  38 

Periodicals  mentioned  or  quoted 

—  -  Atlanta  Journal  .  55 

—  -  Broadcasting  .  42 

—  -  Canadian  Bar  Review .  14 

•  -  Civic  Leader  .  9 

■  -  Congressional  Record  .  59 

—  -  IJstener  .  12 

—  -  Microphone  . 33,  56 

—  -  Montana  Education  .  38 

—  Nation  .  30 

—  New  Jersey  Educational  Review .  57 

—  New  York  Times .  7 

—  -  Ohio  Radio  Announcer . 34,  38,  57 

—  -  Propaganda  Analysis  .  61 

—  School  Executive  . 15,  37 

—  Time  .  17 

—  Yariety  . 16,  46,  62 

—  -  Washington  Daily  News .  30 

—  Washington  Herald  .  30 

—  Wisconsin  Journal  of  Education  . ■.  .  .  .50,  52 

I’ERRV,  Araistrong  .  23,  29,  38,  56,  59 

Petersen,  William  J .  59 

Phillips,  Delight  .  56 

Pitkin,  Walter  B .  28 

Poisons,  Potions  and  Profits  (Peter  VIoheli.)  ....  41 

Povenmire.  Kenneth  W .  7 

Prall,  .Anning  S . 15.  35 

—  -  tquoted)  . 3,  16 

Public  Broadcasting  Service,  A . _..  49 

Public  radio  board  plan  . 4,  23,  25,  49,  62 

Puerto  Rico  School  of  the  .Air .  32 

Radio  and  the  English  Teacher .  .86 

Radio  as  a  Classroom  Device  .  38 

Radio  at  the  X>w  Orleans  Convention .  14 

Radio  bills  .  9.  11,  20,  29.  37,  39.  42 

Radio  cour.ses . 6.  8,  25,  27,  30.  35,  48,  58,  60 

Radio  Garden  Club  . 52,  56 

Radio  Vlusic  Festival .  27 

Radio  Panorama.  The .  29 

R.inkin.  Paul  T .  .  .  5 

Recordings  of  Educational  Radio  Pro,grams,  First 
.American  Exhibition  of 

—  awards .  19 

Reed.  Paul  C .  59 

Reed.  Thomas  H .  6 

Reis,  Irving  .  40 

Report  of  Stewardship,  A .  55 


[63  ] 


EDUCATION  BY  RADIO 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  SEVEN 


Resolutions 

—  Committee  on  Radio  and  Education . 

—  Florida  Association  of  Broadcasters . 

— ■  Texas  Congress  of  Parents  and  Teachers . 

—  Texas  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs . 

Richardson,  G.  W . 

Ries,  Joseph  . 

Risiiworth,  Thomas  Dunnung . 

Rivers,  E,  D . 

Robinson,  Charles  .A,,  S,  J . 

Rochester  School  of  the  .Air . 

Rocky  Mountain  Radio  Council . 

Roosevelt,  Franklin  I),  (quoted) . 

Sauer,  ,Iulia  L . 

School  broadcasting 

—  Australia  . 

—  Chicago  . 

ScTiooiEV,  Frank  . 

Schools  and  Colleges 

—  University  of  California,  bill  to  provide  broad¬ 

casting  facilities  for . 

—  Carthage  College  Jlusic  Hour . 

—  Chicago  Public  Schools,  school  broadcasts... 

—  Cleveland  Public  Schools . 

—  to  use  ultra-shortwaves . 

—  Detroit  Public  Schools,  radio  activities . 

—  Dubuque  County  .Schools,  radio  broadcasts.  .  . 

—  University  of  Florida,  speech  broadcasts  . 

—  Frank  A.  Day  Junior  High  School,  radio  pro¬ 

grams  . 

—  Harvard  University,  radio  broadcasts . 

— •  University  of  Hawaii  Adult  Education  Division, 

broadcasts  on  "Constitutional  History  of  the 
United  States”  . 

—  Iowa  State  College,  course  in  radio . 

—  University  of  Kentucky 

—  Mountain  Radio  Listening  Center  System.. 

—  radio  listening  groups . 

—  radio  programs  . 

—  -  Lash  High  School . 

—  Louisiana  State  University,  radio  courses . 

—  Mound  Junior  High  School 

—  radio  listening  . 

—  Radio  Program  News . 

—  -  Muhlenberg  (Tollcgc  . 

—  New  York  State  College  of  .Agriculture,  radio 

programs  . 

—  -  New  'A'ork  University  Radio  Workshop . 13, 

—  I'niversity  of  Southern  California,  radio  staff.  . 

—  Southern  Alethodist  University 

—  radio  course  . 

—  Radio  Workshop  . 

—  State  Teachers  College,  Bloom.sburg,  Pa.,  broad¬ 

casting  activities  . 

— •  I’niversity  of  Texas,  radio  course . 

—  Warne  University 

— ■  Broadcasting  Guild  . 

--  radio  technics  course . 

—  Webster  College,  radio  courses . 

— •  Weequahic  High  School,  photoplay  and  radio 

appreciation  course  . 

—  University  of  Wyoming,  conference  on  school 

use  of  radio . 

Scott.  Walter  Dill . 

Second  National  Conference  on  Educational  Broad¬ 
casting  . 43,  48, 

Seebach.  Julius  F.  (quoted) . 

Sii.uv,  Leora  . 


53 
44 

6 

57 

14 

19 

54 

21 

56 

59 

Shepard,  John,  III . 

Smith,  Harley  .A .  25 

Smith,  Peter  .A . 

Smith,  T.  \' . 

So  They  Don’t  Want  Educational  Programs? 

(William  D.  Boutwet.l) . 

Social  Values  in  Broadcasting . 

Southern  Conference  on  Audio-Visual  Education.. 
Stations 

—  JOAK  . 

—  KECA  . 

62 

41 

57 

48 

13 

9 

55 

48 

26 

53 

-  ■  KFAB  . 

47 

13 

—  KFDV  . 

20 

KFI  . 

26 

59 

—  KFKU  . 

22 

—  KGMB  . 

61 

44 

•  KOAC  . 

48, 

62 

45 

—  KOB  . 

30 

47 

—  KSAC  . 

60 

—  KSTP  . 

54 

—  KWSC . 

28 

15 

-  WALK  . 

31 

43 

WBAA  . 

28, 

48 

45 

-  WBBM  . 

47 

20 

—  WBEN  . 

29, 

55 

22 

WBRV  . 

22 

22 

WCAL  . 

54 

61 

-  WCOA  . 

58 

58 

WEAO  . 

23 

-  WEVD  . 

5 

21 

WFOV  . 

58 

5S 

WGST  . 

21 

WHA . 9,  10,  19,  23, 

25,  26,  29,  33, 

40, 

47, 

52 

61 

WHAM  . 

59 

6 

.  WHAS  . 

5 

-  WHAZ  . 

16, 

47 

46 

WHEC  . 

59 

33 

-  -  WICC  . 

22 

5 

—  WILL  . 

.24,  25,  39, 

43, 

47 

31 

.  -  WJA.N  . 

58 

30 

—  WjBK  . 

53 

—  WJNO  . 

58 

26 

WKAR  . 

6 

7 

WKBB  . 

61 

8 

—  WKOK  . 

55 

-  WLAK  . 

58 

34 

-  WLB  . 

54 

16 

—  WLBI . 

. 10, 

23, 

40 

14 

WLW  . 

. 19, 

21, 

47 

-  ■  WMBC  . 

53 

35 

—  WMFJ  . 

58 

27 

.  WNAD  . 

34 

WOI  . 

.  .6,  32,  47, 

51, 

59 

55 

WOR  . 

52, 

56 

35 

—  WOSU  . 

23, 

26 

-  .  WOV  . 

22 

53 

-  WOWO  . 

48 

8 

WQAM  . 

58 

60 

WRUF  . 

. 29, 

35. 

58 

WSM  . 

48, 

51 

58 

WSMK  . 

32 

-  WSIT  . 

. 47, 

51, 

59 

31 

-  WSUN  . 

58 

48 

-  WTIC  . 

22 

WXVZ  . 

53 

50 

-  Wl.NAI . 

.  8, 

58. 

61 

Stew.irt,  Irvin  . 

33, 

35 

26 

—  (quoted)  . 

16 

Studebaker,  John  W . 5,  11,  13,  23,  26 

28,  31,  32,  61 

—  Government  and  Radio .  17 

—  (quoted)  . 3,  7 

SuLZER,  Elmer  G . 5,  46 

Summer  courses  in  radio  education .  25 

Super-power  .  44 

Sutton,  Vida  R .  52 

Syllabus  for  radio  education  course .  13 

Synchronization  .  47 

Tax  on  broadcasting  stations  proposed .  20 

Taylor,  Ch.arles  A .  34 

Taylor,  Deems .  18 

Television  .  33 

Texas  Congress  of  Parents  and  Teachers 

— •  listening  groups  .  41 

Texas  Radio  Council .  52 

Transradio  Press  .  32 

Tyler,  I.  Keith .  13,  14,  15,  34,  38,  56 

— ■  (quoted)  . 7,  53 

Tyler,  Tracy  F . 56,  57,  59 

Tyson,  Levering . 5,  8,  44,  47,  48 

Umberger,  H.  J .  56 

United  States  Department  of  the  Interior 

—  new  radio  studios .  57 

United  States  Office  of  Education 

— ■  Educational  Radio  Project . 7.  8,  12,  13,  27,  34 


VanAuken,  Glenn .  27 

A'anderwoude,  Mrs.  J.  C . 40,  41,  52 

VanLoon,  Hendrik  Willem .  5 

A’ocational  guidance  programs .  32 

Waller,  Judith . 14 

Ward,  Paul  W .  30 

Washburne,  Carleion  .  48 

Wearin,  Oiiia  1) . 9,  29 

Webster,  Bethuel  jM .  33 

Weed,  Joseph  J .  42 

Wheeler,  Burton  K . 9,  29,  39 

White,  Wallace  H . 37,  39 

—  (quoted)  .  30 

WiGCLEswoRTH,  Richard  B .  39 

—  (quoted)  . _ .  29 

Wisconsin  College  of  the  Air 

—  group  listening  project.  . .  10 

Wisconsin  Education  Association 

— ■  Committee  on  School  Broadcasting . .29,  54 

Wisconsin  Research  Project  in  School  Broadcasting  47 

Wisconsin  School  of  the  Air . 19,  27 

Wisconsin  State  Legislature 

—  broadcasts  by  members .  40 

Women’s  National  Radio  Committee .  16 

Wood,  Ben  D .  33 

World  Federation  of  Education  .Associations 

—  Educational  Broadcasting  Section .  48 

— -  radio  program  .  28 

"World  is  A'ours,  The” .  8.  2  7 

Wright,  Jos.  F . 24,  39 

"A'oung,  Blanche  C .  28 

A'oung,  L.  McC.  (quoted) .  47 

Zook,  George  F .  48